A 
 
 POPULAR GUIDE TO THE TERMS 
 
 OP 
 
 ART AND SCIENCE. 
 
 BY 
 
 C. BANKES BEOOKES. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 
 J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO. 
 
 1879. 
 
 R-lf ^
 
 Copyright, 1879, by C. Baskes Brookes.
 
 EXPLAl^ATOEY. 
 
 The object of this little work is to enable a non-professional 
 or non-scientific person readily to accomplish two things, — to 
 find the technical terms used in the arts and sciences by merely 
 knowing the popular words relating thereto, and to translate 
 into popular language technical terms which he may meet with 
 but not understand. For example, by turning to the word 
 " Plants," he will learn that the name of the science which re- 
 lates to plants is " Botany," and he will find brought together 
 all the important terms that express the structure, growth, 
 origin, classification, etc., of plants. So, if one should happen 
 upon the unfamiliar term " Xylography," and desire to learn its 
 meaning, he has only to consult the index to ascertain the page 
 upon which the definition of the wood-engraver's art may be 
 found. 
 
 In these respects lies its difference from a dictionary, which 
 only undertakes to deal with single and separate terms, alpha- 
 betically arranged, and does not exhibit any portion of the 
 terminology of an art or a science collected together, which is 
 attempted here. In this work the veriest novice can find both 
 the terms and the definitions relating to a science, whereas in a 
 dictionary he could find only the definitions of terms already* 
 known to him. 
 
 The index contains, in strict alphabetical order, the names of 
 the several arts and sciences, and of all the terms connected 
 with them, whether technical or popular, so that the first place 
 to look for anything is in the index. 
 
 The author here takes occasion to acknowledge his indebted- 
 ness to Mr. Charles E. Illsley, of Washington, D. C, for valu- 
 able services rendered in the compilation of this work. 
 
 3
 
 A POPULAR GUIDE TO THE TERMS 
 
 ART AND SCIENCE. 
 
 ACCOUNTS. 
 
 Au'dit. — The settling of accounts by examining documents and 
 
 hearing parties concerned ; a final account. 
 Book-keeping. — The art of recording mercantile transactions 
 
 in a regular and systematic manner. 
 
 AIR. 
 
 Aerodynam'ics (Gr. atr, air, and dunamis, power). — The 
 science which treats of the motion of the air, and its me- 
 chanical effects whou in motion ; also its resistance to bodies 
 moving in it. 
 
 Aerog'nosy (Gr. ae?-, air, and gnosis, knowledge). — The science 
 wliich treats of the properties of air, and the part it per- 
 forms in the operations of nature. 
 
 Aerol'ogy (Gr. aer, air, and lo(jios, description). — A descrip- 
 tion of the air ; that branch of philosophy which treats of 
 the air, its constituent parta, properties, and phenomena. 
 
 Aerom'eter (Gr. aer, air, and metron, measure). — An instru- 
 ment for ascertaining the density or rarity of air. 
 
 Aerom'etry (Gr. aer, air, and metreo, I measure). — The art 
 of measuring the air, so as to ascertain its pressure or 
 weight, its elasticity, rarefaction, etc. 
 
 Aeronaut'ics, Aerosta'tion (Gr. aer, air, and nautes, a 
 sailor). — The doctrine, science, or art of sailing in the air 
 by means of a balloon. 
 
 1* 5
 
 C, AIR. 
 
 Aerostat'ics (Cr. aa; air, and sUilos, sustaining). — The sci- 
 cncf' wliifh treats of the equilibrium of elastic fluids^ or 
 (if liodics sustained in tliem. 
 
 Astro-Meteorol'ogy HJr. axtron, a star, and meteorology). — 
 Tlif art <if foretelling the weather from the aspect of the 
 moon and stars. 
 
 Atmol'ogy (Gr. ntmon, vapor, and loyos, discourse). — That 
 hraiK-h of science which treats of the laws and phenomena 
 of iKjucons vapor. 
 
 Barom'eter ((ir. haros, weight, and metron, measure). — An 
 instrument for measuring the weight or pressure of the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 Brontd'ogy (Gr. Ironte, thunder, and logos, discourse). — A 
 discourse or dissertation upon thunder, containing an ex- 
 ]ihiiiation of its causes and phenomena. 
 
 Cyanom'eter (Gr. kuanos, blue, and metreo, I measure). — An 
 instrument to ascertain degrees of blueness, or the azure 
 color of the ocean or sky. 
 
 Eudiom'eter (Gr. eudia, calm air, and metron, measure). — 
 An instrument for ascertaining the purity of the atmos- 
 phere, or rather the (piantity of oxygen contained in any 
 given bulk of elastic fluid. 
 
 Hydrometeororogy (Gr. hudor, water, meteoros, a meteor, and 
 (o;/')s, discourse). — That branch of meteorology which re- 
 lates to water in the atmosphere, as rain, clouds, etc. 
 
 Hyetog'raphy (Gr. huetos, rain, and graplio, I write). — The 
 sciciu'o of the geographical distribution of rain. 
 
 Hygrometer, Hy'groscope (Gr. hugros, moist, and metron, 
 measure). — An instrument for measuring the degree of 
 ninisture in the atmo.sphere. 
 
 Hygrom'etry (Gr. hugros, moist, and metron, measure). — That 
 part of physics which concerns the measurement of the 
 dryness or humidity of the atmosphere. 
 
 Manometer (Gr. manos, rare, and metron, measure). — An in- 
 strument for mea.suring the density of the air, or other 
 elastic fluid, or rather its elastic force, to which the density 
 is supposed to be proportional. 
 
 Manos'copy (Gr. manos, rare, and sJwpco, I view). — The 
 seienec of the determination of the density of vapors and 
 gases. 
 
 Meteorol'ogy (Gr. meteoros, a heavenly body, and logos, dis- 
 course). — The science which treats of the atmosphere and
 
 ANATOMY. 7 
 
 its phenomena, particularly in its relation to heat and 
 moisture ; the science of meteors. (For names of Meteors, 
 etc., see general heading, Meteors and Atmospheric 
 Phenomena.) 
 
 Ombrom'eter (Gr. ombros, rain, and metron, measure). — An 
 instrument to measure the quantity of rain that falls. 
 
 Pneumat'ics (Gr. j^'teumatik-os, belonging to the air). — The 
 science of the motion and pressure of elastic Jiukh in 
 general, but chiefly of air and steawi. 
 
 Psychrom'eter (Gr. psucliros, cool, and metron, measure). — 
 An instrument for measuring the tension of the uqweoits 
 vapor in the atmosphere. 
 
 Pyr'oscope (Gr. pur, fire, and skopeo, I view). — An instru- 
 ment for measuring the pulsatory motion of the air, or the 
 intensity of heat radiating from a fire. 
 
 TJdom'eter (Gr. hudOr, water, and luctron, measure). — An in- 
 strument for measuring the quantity of water which falls 
 from the atmosphere ; a rain-gauge. 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Anat'omy (Gr. anatemno, I cut up). — The art of dissecting 
 
 animal bodies ; the science which treats of the internal 
 
 structure of the human body. 
 JEdceal'ogy (Gr. aidoia, organs of generation, and logos, a 
 
 discourse). — A treatise on the ovga)is of generation. 
 JEdoeat'omy (Gr. aidoia, and tome, a cutting). — Dissection 
 
 of the parts of generation. 
 .fflsthesiog'raphy (Gr. aisthesis, sensation, perception, and 
 
 grap/u', a descn'ption). — A description of the sensorial 
 
 apparatuses. 
 Angiol'ogy (Gr. aggeion, a vessel, and logos). — A treatise on 
 
 the vessels of the body. 
 Angiot'omy (Gr. aggeion, and tome, a cutting). — Dissection 
 
 of the vessels. 
 Anthropot'omy (Gr. anthropos, a man, and tome, a cutting). 
 
 — Dissection of the human hodg. 
 Aponeurot'omy (Gr. aponeurose, and to7ue). — Dissection of 
 
 the aponeuroses. 
 Arteriol'og'y (Gr. arteria, an artery, and logos, a discourse). 
 
 — A treatise on the arteries.
 
 Cardiol'ogy (<ir. l,-nfl!,i, the lioart, and logon). — A trcati.so 
 
 (III llic liiiirt. 
 Cephalol'ogy '<Jr. /:rj>/iit/r, the lioad, and lofjon). — A treatise 
 
 nil I lie liKtil. 
 
 Choledol'ogy (<ir. choir, bile, and logos). — A treatise on tlic 
 ////' ami liiliary origans. 
 
 Chondrol'ogy (Cir. choinb-os, a cartilage, and logos). — A trea- 
 tise (III tlw cftrti'liigrs. 
 
 Chondrot'oray (Hr. chondrox^ a cartilage, and toim, a cutting). 
 
 — |)i>.M(tion of tlic cardliigrs. 
 
 Chylog'raphy ( (Jr. clmlos, chyle, and grnpliS^ a description). — 
 
 A ill sriijitiun of the chyl[ffro\if, tr.sst7.s. 
 Dermatology, <'r Dermol'ogy (Clr. derma, dermafos, the skin, 
 
 anil Inijiis). — A treatise on the slcln. 
 Desmol'ogy (<ir. dcsnio.s, a ligament, and logos, a discourse). 
 
 — A treatise on the Ugamrnls. 
 Desmot'omy (Gr. dcsmos, and tome, a cutting). — Dissection 
 
 lit' the ligaments. 
 Diacrisiog'raphy (Gr. dinhrlsls, separation, and graphe, a 
 
 tle>eri|itiiin). — A de.'^eription of the organs of secretion. 
 Eccrinol'ogy (Gr. ek, from, krino, I separate, and logos). — 
 
 A treatise on the secretions. 
 Encephalot'omy (Gr. enhephalos, the brain, and tome). — 
 
 |)isseetion of the hrain. 
 Enteradenology (Gr. enteron, intestine, adtn, a gland, and 
 
 /oyri.si. — A treatise on the intestinal glands. 
 Enterol'ogy (Gr. enteron, an intestine, and logos). — A treatise 
 
 (III the intestines. 
 Enterot'omy (Gr. enteron, nn intestine, and tome, a cutting). 
 
 — A dissection of the intestines. 
 
 Gastrol'ogy iGr. gastcr, the stomach, and logos). — A treatise 
 
 (III tiie stomach. 
 Gastrot'omy (Gr. gasfer, the stomach, and tome). — Dissection 
 
 of the stomach. 
 Glossorogy (Gr. gldssa, a tongue, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 
 treatise on the tongue. 
 Glossot'omy {Gr. glOssa, and tome). — Dissection of the tongue. 
 
 Amputation of the tongiic. 
 Hepatol'ogy (Gr. hepar, liver, and logos). — A treatise on the 
 
 liitr. 
 
 Hepatot 'omy (Gr. hfpar, liver, and tome, a cutting). — Dissec- 
 tion of the liver.
 
 ANATOMY. 9 
 
 Histol'ogy (Gr. hisfos, the organic texture, and logos). — The 
 
 study of the formation and growth of the tissues. It is 
 
 prosecuted by aid of tlie microscope. 
 Homorogy (Gr. homologia, agreement). — The doctrine of sim- 
 
 ilariti/ of structure. 
 Hygrol'ogy (Gr. hugros, humid, and logos). — A treatise oa 
 
 the Jiuids of the body. 
 Hymenot'omy (Gr. humen, a membrane, and tome). — The 
 
 dissection of the membranes. 
 Hysterol'ogy (Gr. hustera, the womb, and logos). — A treatise 
 
 on the sound and the morbid titerus. 
 Hysterot'omy (Gr. husiera, the womb, and tovie, a cutting). — 
 
 Dissection of the tderus. 
 Laryngol'ogy (larynx, and logos). — A treatise on the larynx. 
 Lymphog'raphy (Gr. lymj)ha, lymph, and grapho, I describe). — 
 
 A description of the lymphatic vessels, their origin and uses. 
 Lymphot'omy. — Dissection of the lymphatics. 
 Membranorogy {memhrane and logos). — A treatise on the 
 
 membranes of the body. 
 Merol'ogy (Gr. meros, a part, and logos). — A treatise on tlie 
 
 elementary constituents of the tissues and humors of the 
 
 organism. 
 Myol'ogy (Gr. muon, a muscle, and logos). — A treatise on the 
 
 muscles. 
 Myot'omy (Gr. muon, a muscle, and tome). — Dissection of 
 
 the 7nuscles. 
 Nephrol'ogy (Gr. nephros, a kidney, and logos). — A treatise 
 
 on the kidneys. 
 Nephrot'omy. — Dissection of the kidney. 
 Neurd'ogy (Gr. neuron, a nerve, and logos). — A description 
 
 of the nerves of animal bodies, or the doctrine of the nerves. 
 Neurot'omy (Gr. neuron, a nerve, and tome). — Dissection of 
 
 the nerves. 
 Neurypnol'ogy (Gr. neuron, a nerve, hupnos, sleep, and logos). 
 
 — The philosophy of the sleej) of the nerves, or animal 
 
 magnetism, or a treatise on the subject. 
 Odontol'ogy (Gr. odous, odontos, a tooth, and logos). — A treatise 
 
 on the teeth. 
 Ophthalmorogy (Gr. ophthalmos, the eye, and logos). — A 
 
 treatise on the eye. 
 Ophthalmot'omy (Gr. ophthalmos, the eye, and tome, a cut- 
 ting). — The dissection of the eye.
 
 10 AX/MALS. 
 
 Osteol'ogy (<«r- ostron, a b(jne, and lor/os). — A treatise on the 
 
 linni s. 
 
 Osteotomy ('«i'- ostmn and (oim'). — Dissectiuri of ihc bones. 
 Otorogy ((Jr. oils, the car, and loyox). — A treatise on the enr. 
 Ototomy ((Jr. ous, the ear, and tome^ a cutting). — Dissection 
 
 (iC tlio ciir. 
 Ovolog'y (ovinn and Or. lo/jos, a discourse.) — A treatise on the 
 
 finini. 
 
 Pharyng'ol'og'y (pharynx and logos). — A treatise on the 
 
 j ill I in/ II. r.. 
 
 Phlebol'ogy (Gr. phleps, phlcbos, a vein, and logos). — A 
 
 treatise on the veins. 
 Pneumol'ogy (Or. j^neumon, the lung, and logos'). — A treatise 
 
 on the lungs. 
 Pneumot'omy (dr. pncumOn, the lung, and tomt^ a cutting). 
 
 — Dissection of the lungs. 
 Pogond'ogy ( Gr. pogOn, a beard, and logos). — A treatise on 
 
 the Ijinnl. 
 Sarcol'ogy ((jr. sarx, flesh, and logos). — A treatise on the 
 
 soft parts of the body, as the muscles, fat, intestines, 
 
 ?v.v.sv'/.s-, etc. 
 
 Skeletol'ogy (skeleton and logos). — A treatise on the solid 
 piirfs i)f the body. 
 
 Sphygmol'ogy (Gr. .<2)hugmos, pulse, and logos). — The doc- 
 trine of the pulse. 
 
 Splenol'ogy (Gr. S2)lvn, the spleen, and logos). — A treatise on 
 
 the .-'■p/rrn. 
 
 Splenot'omy (Gr. splen, the spleen, and tome, a cutting). — 
 
 Dissection of the spleen. 
 Synosteol'ogy (Gr. sun, with, osteon, a bone, and logos). — 
 
 A treatise on the Joints. 
 Synosteotomy (Gr. sun, with, osteon, a bone, and tome, a 
 
 euttiii!,'). — Dissection of the Joints. 
 Vivisection ( L. vicus, alive, and seco, I cut). — The dissection 
 
 of an animal body while alive, for the purpose of making 
 
 some physiological discovery. 
 
 ANIMALS. 
 
 Zoorogy (Gr. zoon, an animal, and logos, a discourse). — That 
 part of natural history which treats of the structure, hab-
 
 ANIMALS. 11 
 
 its, classification, and habitation of all animals, from man 
 to the lowest of all the tribes. 
 Vertebrata. — The first division of the animal kingdom com- 
 prises animals in whose structure is a jointed backbone, 
 or vertebral column, and includes the following classes, viz. : 
 
 1. Main'mSils. — Animals which produce their young alive, 
 and which nourish them afterwards by suckling. (For 
 orders of Mammals, see Mammals.) 
 
 2. Birds. — All the feathered tribe. (For orders of Birds, 
 see Birds.) 
 
 3. Batra'chia. — Animals of the frog tribe. 
 
 4. Rep'tiles. — Such as the turtle, crocodile, serpent, lizard, 
 etc. ( For orders of Reptiles, see Eeptiles.) 
 
 5. Fish'es, — Those adapted to breathe by means of water, so 
 as to be capable of living in that element only. (For orders 
 of Fishes, see Fishes.) 
 
 Articiilata. — The second division is characterized by a jointed 
 or articulated covering, consisting of a series of annulations 
 or rings corresponding to the internal skeleton of the ver- 
 tebrated animals, and embraces 
 
 1. In'sects. — Articulate animals having bodies composed of 
 three distinct parts, the head, thorax, and abdomen ; the 
 legs, six in number, with usually two or four wings at- 
 tached to the thorax ; and along the sides of the abdomen 
 minute punctures by means of which the respiration takes 
 place. 
 
 2. Arach.'nida. — Articulate animals with legs, but without 
 wings, including spidei-s, mites, scorpions, etc. 
 
 3. Crusta'cea. — Articulate animals adapted to breathe by 
 means of gills, and thus to I'eside in or near water, instead 
 of inhabiting the air, as crabs, lobsters, shrimps, etc. 
 
 4. Cirrhipe'da. — The barnacle tribe, or tendril-footed animals. 
 
 5. Myriapo'da. — Articulate land animals having many legs, 
 as the centipede. 
 
 6. Annelida. — Articulate animals whose bodies possess no 
 jointed members, as the leech, and worm tribe. 
 
 7. Entozo'a. — Articulate animals inhabiting the bodies of 
 other animals, as the tapeworm. 
 
 Mollusca. — The third division includes species whose bodies 
 are soft and inarticulate. Some of them are naked, while 
 others are invested in a shell. With the exception of a 
 single family they have no distinct organ of sense, except
 
 12 AMMALS. 
 
 eyes, and tlicsc arc wantinp; in some species. It is subdi- 
 vidcil into six classes, as follows: 
 
 1 . Cephalapo'da. — The cuttle-fish tribe. 
 
 2. Pterapo'da. — The tribe characterized by baving broad, 
 ilrshy, winir-like appendages in front, or organs of motion. 
 They are all oceanic species. 
 
 3. Gasteropo'da, — A tribe wbich crawl upon a fleshy disc 
 on the under side of their bodies. Some of them form 
 shells, while others arc destitute of them, — as the slug, 
 snail, etc. 
 
 4. Conchifera. — Acephalous shell-bearing mollusks, as the 
 oyster. 
 
 5. Tunica'ta. — Acephalous mollusks protected by a leather- 
 like tunic, and without organs of locomotion. 
 
 G. Polyzo'a. — Compound molluscous animals, the nervous 
 sy.stem of which consists of a single ganglion, situated be- 
 tween the mouth and anus. They have a distinct mouth, 
 surrounded by a row of ciliated tentacles, and are commonly 
 hermaphrodite and propagated by buds or ova. In the 
 mature state they are mostly fixed, though some have the 
 ]>n\ver of locomotion. 
 Hadiata. — The fourth division consists of invertebrate animals, 
 chiefly marine, whose bodily organs are arranged in a radi- 
 ate manner around the digestive cavity, and is subdivided 
 into three clas.ses, viz. : 
 
 1. Echinoder'mata. — Invertebrate radiated animals having 
 bodies jirotected by a crustaceous covering, as the star-fish, 
 sea-urchin, etc. 
 
 2. Acale'phse. — A class of zoophytes, — sea-nettles, jelly-fish. 
 
 3. Polypif era. — Coral-forming animals. 
 
 Protozoa. — A terra applied to the lowest forms of animal life, 
 
 — animals without definite symmetry or plan of growth ; 
 
 animalcules, sponges, etc. 
 Actinorogy (Gr. akfis, a ray, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 siienee of radiated animals. 
 Amphib'ia (dr. ampJn] both or about, and hios, life). — A class 
 
 of animals so formed as to live on land and for a long 
 
 time under water. 
 Amphibiology {amphibia and logos). — The history and de- 
 
 si ription of ampldbioiiR animals. 
 Cetology ((Jr. Ay/o.s, a whale, and logfis, a discourse). — The 
 
 doctrine or natural history of cetaceous animals.
 
 ANTIQUITIES. 13 
 
 Crustaceol'ogy (crmtacca and logos). — The science which 
 treats of tlie Crustacea. 
 
 Embryorogy (Gr. embmon, a foetus, and logos, a discourse).^ 
 The doctrine of the development of the foetus of animals. 
 
 Fau'na. — A general term by which the whole of the animals 
 of a country are designated. Air fauna, the birds of a 
 particular country. 
 
 Helminthorogy (Gr. helmins, a worm, and logos'). — The science 
 or knowledge of loorms ; the description or natural history 
 of worms. 
 
 Illaquea'tion. — The art of ensnaring or entrapping animals. 
 
 Malacology (Gr. malakos, soft, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science which relates to the structure and habits of mollusks. 
 
 Mannnalogy, Mastol'ogy, or Mazol'Dgy (Lat. mamma, Gr. 
 mastus, or mazos, abreast). — The natural history of animals 
 which suckle their young. 
 
 Micrd'ogy (Gr. viikros, small, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science or doctrine of microscopic animals and phvits. 
 
 Ophiol'ogy (Gr. ophis, a serpent, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 natural history of serpents. 
 
 Organology. — That branch of physiology which treats in par- 
 ticular of the different organs 0/ animals, especially of the 
 human species. 
 
 Tax'idermy (Gr. taxis, an arranging, and derma, the skin). — 
 The art 0? preparing and preserving specimens of animals. 
 
 Zoog'eny (Gr. zoon, an animal, and genesis, generation). — The 
 doctrine of animal formation. 
 
 Zoog'raphy. — A description of animals, their forms and habits, 
 
 Zoon'omy (Gr. zoon, an animal, and nomos, law). — The laivs 
 of animal life, or that science which treats of the phe- 
 nomena of animal life, their causes, consequences, and 
 relations. 
 
 Zoophytorogy. — The natural history of zoopliytes. 
 
 Zootomy (Gr. zoon, an animal, and temno, I cut). — The anat- 
 omy of all animals ; the dissection of all animals for the 
 purpose of discovering their structure and the functions of 
 their several parts. 
 
 ANTIQUITIES. 
 
 Archaeology, Palaeol'ogy (Gr. archaikos ov palaios, ancient, 
 and logos, a discourse). — The science of antiquities. 
 2
 
 1 I ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 Eg-yptol'ogy. — The science of Ej^yptian antiquities. 
 Iconography ((xr. cikOn^ an image, and f/rapho, I describe). 
 
 — A (lesciiption of ancient woiks of art, as statuary, 
 
 ])aintings, mosaic works, etc. 
 
 ARCIHTECTURE. 
 
 Ar'chitecture (L. architect ura). — The art of inventing and 
 drawing designs for building, or the science wliich teaches 
 the method of constructing any edifice for use or orna- 
 ment. 
 
 Abacus. — The upper member of a capital of a column, and 
 serving as a crowning both to the capital and to the whole 
 column. 
 
 Abutment. — The solid part of a pier from which the arch 
 immediately springs. The mass of stone at the end of a 
 timber bridge without arches. 
 
 Aisle. — A term applied to the side portions of a church, in 
 distinction from the central portion or nave ; a walk or 
 passage in a church. 
 
 Ancones'. — The consoles or ornaments on the keystones of 
 iirchos or sidrs of doors. 
 
 An'nulet, m- Cincture. — A small, flat fillet encircling a column, 
 etc. ; it is used, several times repeated, under the Doric 
 capital. 
 
 Arch. — A mechanical arrangement of blocks of any hard ma- 
 terial disj)osod in the line of some curve, and supporting 
 line another by their mutual pressure. 
 
 Arch'itrave. — The lower division of an entablature, or that 
 part which rests immediately on the column. 
 
 Arch'ivolt. — The ornan)ental band of mouldings round the 
 V(>us.s()irs, or arch-stones of an arch, which terminates hori- 
 zontally upon the impost. 
 
 Bal'cony. — A projection from the external wall of a house, 
 biirne by columns or consoles, and usually placed before 
 windows or openings, and protected on the extremity of 
 the projection by a railing of balusters or ironwork. 
 
 Bal'uster. — A small turned column, usually introduced between 
 piers on the upper parts of large buildings, under windows, 
 and <iM balconies, etc. 
 
 Balustrade'. — A series or row of balusters, joined by a rail. 
 
 Bar'tizan. — A small overhanging turret, which projects from
 
 ARCHITECTURE. 15 
 
 the angles of towers, or from the parapet and other parts 
 
 of the building. 
 Base. — The lowest part of a column or pillar. 
 Bas'ton, — x\ round moulding in the base of a column. 
 Batter. — An inclination or sloping backward of the face of a 
 
 wall. 
 Bay- or Oriel-Window. — A window placed in the bay or bow 
 
 of a window. 
 Bead. — A round moulding commonly made upon the edge of a 
 
 piece of stuff, in the Corinthian and Roman orders, cut or 
 
 carved in short embossments, like beads in necklaces. 
 Beam. — The largest piece of timber in a building, laid across 
 
 the walls, and serving to support the principal rafters. 
 Beam'-Filling. — The masonry or brick-work which fills the 
 
 interstices between joists or beams. 
 Bed. — The horizontal surface on which the stones or bricks of 
 
 a wall lie on its courses. 
 Bel'fry. — The upper part of the steeple of a church, for the 
 
 reception of the bells. 
 Bell Roof. — A roof whereof the vertical section, perpendicular 
 
 to the wall on to its springing line, is a curve of contrary 
 
 flexure, being concave at the bottom and convex at the 
 
 top. 
 Belvedere'. — A raised turret or lantern, raised for the enjoy- 
 ment of a prospect ; also a small edifice in gardens, not 
 
 uncommon in France and Italy. 
 Beton. — A concretion used in foundations of hydraulic works ; 
 
 concrete. 
 Bond. — A peculiar mode of disposing bricks in a wall; as, 
 
 English bond, where one course consists of bricks with 
 
 tiieir ends toward the face of the wall, called headers, and 
 
 the next course of bricks with their lengths parallel to the 
 
 face of the wall, called stretchers; Flemish bond, where 
 
 each course consists of headers and stretchers alternately. 
 Bon'ing. — The art of judging of, or making, a plain surface or a 
 
 straight line, as by sighting along two straight edges or poles. 
 Boss'age. — Rustic work, consisting of stones which advance 
 
 beyond the level of the building, by reason of indentures 
 
 or channels left in the joinings. 
 Boulder Walls. — Walls built of round flints or pebbles laid 
 
 ill strong mortar. 
 Boxings of a Window. — The cases opposite each other on
 
 IG AnrinTECTunE. 
 
 tlio si(l<« of a window, ii)to which the shutters arc folded 
 or \'a\\ hiick. 
 
 Branched' -work. — The carved and sculptured leaves and 
 liraiiches in monuments and friezes. 
 
 But'tress. — A projectinj; support to the exterior of a vrall, 
 most commonly applied to churches in the Gothic style, 
 hut also to other buildings, and sometimes to mere walls. 
 
 Campanile'. — A tower for the reception of bells. 
 
 Cancel'li. — Trellis or lattice-work, made of cross-bars of wood 
 or iron. Also the balusters or rails encompassing the bar 
 of a court of justice. 
 
 Capital. — The head or uppermost member of any part of a 
 building. 
 
 Caryatides. — Figures of women dressed in long robes, after 
 the Asiatic manner, serving to support entablatures. 
 
 Chancel. — That part of a church between the altar, or com- 
 munion-table, and the balustrade, or railing that encloses it, 
 or that part where the altar is placed. 
 
 Chim'ney. — The place in a room where the fire is burnt, and 
 from which the smoke is curried away by means of a con- 
 duit, called a flue. 
 
 Choir. — The part of a church in which the choristers sing 
 divine service. 
 
 Cilery. — Tiie drapery or foliage carved on the heads of columns. 
 
 Circular Roof. — A roof whose horizontal sections are circular. 
 
 Clustered Column. — A column which is composed, or appears 
 to be composed, of several columns collected together. 
 
 Coffer. — A sunken panel in the ceiling of a vault or dome, or 
 in the under side of a Corinthian or Composite cornice, 
 ordinarily decorated with a rose, a pomegranate, or other 
 ornament. 
 
 Cof ferwork. — Rubble walls faced with freestone, or formed with 
 cement between two parallel rows of planks placed edge- 
 wise. 
 
 Colonnade'. — A series or range of columns placed at regular 
 intervals. 
 
 Col'umn. — A long, round body of wood or stone, used to sup- 
 port or adorn a building, composed of a base, a shaft, and 
 a capital. 
 
 Commissure. — The joint between two stones. 
 
 Concrete. — A mass of stone chippings, pebbles, etc., cemented 
 by mortar, laid at the foundation of walls in spongy soils.
 
 ARCHITECTURE. 17 
 
 Coping. — The highest and covering course of masonry or 
 brickwork in a wall. 
 
 Cor'nice. — Any moulded projection which crowns or finishes 
 the part to which it is affixed. 
 
 Corridor. — A gallery or passage-way leading to apartments 
 independent of each other. 
 
 Cous'sinet. — A stone placed upon the impost of a pier for 
 receiving the first stone of an arch. 
 
 CiOck'et, — An ornament formed in imitation of curved and 
 bent foliage, and placed upon the angles of canopies, spires, 
 and pinnacles. 
 
 Crosette'. — A term applied to the small, projecting pieces in 
 arch stones, which hang upon the adjacent stones. 
 
 Grown'-Post. — A post which stands upright in the middle 
 between two principal rafters. 
 
 Crypt. — The space under a building, or hidden from view ; 
 especially a subterranean chapel or oratory. 
 
 Cupola. — A spherical vault on the top of an edifice or struc- 
 ture ; a dome. 
 
 Da'is. — The platform or raised floor at the upper end of a hall. 
 
 Dome. — The spherical, or otherwise formed, convex roof over 
 a circular or polygonal building. 
 
 Dor'mer. — A window placed on an inclined plane of the roof 
 of a house, the frame being placed vertically on the 
 rafters. 
 
 Dressing's. — Mouldings round doors, windows, and the like. 
 
 Eaves. — The lowest edges of the inclined sides of a roof which 
 project beyond the face of the walls, so as to throw the 
 water off therefrom, that being their office. 
 
 Ecclesiol'ogy (Gr. eJcklesia, an assembly, and logos, a dis- 
 course). — The science of church building and decoration. 
 
 Engaged Columns. — Columns sunk partly into the wall to 
 which they are attached, and standing out at least one-half 
 of their thickness. 
 
 Entablature. — That part of the order of a column which is 
 over the capital, including the architrave, frieze, and 
 cornice. 
 
 Fin'ial. — The top or finishing of a pinnacle or gable ; some- 
 times also the entire pinnacle. 
 
 Flashing. — A term applied to pieces of lead, or other metal, 
 let into the joints of a wall, so as to lap over the gutters 
 and prevent the splashing of rain on the interior works. 
 2*
 
 18 AliCIIITECTriti:. 
 
 Flue. — 'I'ln' Inner opon tiil»o of a cliiinnoy from the fireplace to 
 the top of tlio hliaft, for voidaiicc of the smoke. 
 
 Flutes or FlutingS. — lljirii^'ht channels on the shafts of col- 
 umns, usiiahy endinj,' l)emispherically at top and bottom. 
 
 Footings. — A term applied to the broad foundations of a 
 wall. 
 
 Frieze. — That part of the entablature of a column which is 
 between the architrave and cornice. 
 
 Front'ispiece. — The principal face of a buildin^r. 
 
 Gable. — Tlio trianj^ular end of a house or other building from 
 the cornice or eaves to the top. 
 
 Girder. — The principal beam in a floor, for supporting the 
 binding or other joists, whereby the bearing or length is 
 lessoned. 
 
 Glyph. — Any channel or cavity intended as an ornament. 
 
 Graining, — A kind of painting in imitation of the grain or 
 iibres of wood. 
 
 Hacking. — The making up of a course of stonework with 
 stones smaller and less regular than the rest. 
 
 Hip-Roof. — A roof who.se ends slant back at the same angle 
 with the adjacent sides. 
 
 Hood-Moulding. — A projecting moulding, as over the head of 
 an arch. 
 
 Hypotrache'lium. — The slenderest part of the column ; being 
 tliat iniinediately below the neck of the capital. 
 
 Interlacing Arches. — Arches, usually circular, so constructed 
 that their curves intersect or are interlaced. 
 
 Jamb. — Tlie side-piece or post of a door ; or the side-piece of 
 a fireplace. 
 
 Joist. — A small piece of timber, such as is framed into the 
 girders and summers of a building to support a floor. 
 
 Lacunar. — The ceiling or under surface of any part, especially 
 when it consists of compartments, sunk or hollowed, with- 
 out spaces or bands between the panels. 
 
 Lancet. — A high and narrow window pointed like a lancet. 
 
 Lintel. — A piece of timber that lies horizontally over door- 
 yiosts and window-jambs. 
 
 Lock'rand. — A course of bond stones, or a bonding course. 
 
 Luthern. — A kind of window over the cornice in the roof of 
 a l(uilding to admit light into the upper story. 
 
 Mansard-Roof, Curb-Roof. — A roof formed of four contigu- 
 ous planes, externally inclined to each other, the ridge being
 
 ARCHITECTURE. 19 
 
 in the line of concourse of the two middle planes, and the 
 hioliest of the three lines of concourse. 
 
 Mantel. — ^A narrow shelf above the fireplace. 
 
 Mar'quetry. — Inlaid work, consisting of different pieces of 
 divers-colored woods, of small thickness, glued on to a 
 ground usually of oak or fir, formerly much used in cabi- 
 net-work, but now chiefly confined in its use to floors. 
 
 Member. — A subordinate part of a building, as a frieze or 
 cornice. 
 
 MoTlld'ings. — Certain projections beyond the bare wall, column, 
 etc., an assemblage of which forms a cornice, or other dec- 
 oration. 
 
 Mul'lion. — The post, or bar, dividing the lights in a window. 
 
 Nave. — The middle or body of a church, or place where the 
 people are seated. 
 
 New'el, — The upright cylinder or pillar round which, in a 
 winding staircase, the steps turn, and are supported from 
 the bottom to the top. 
 
 Or'der. — An assemblage of parts, consisting of a base, shaft, 
 capital, architrave, frieze, and cornice, whose several ser- 
 vices, requiring some distinction in strength, have been 
 contrived in five several species: Tuscan, Doric, Ionic, 
 Corinthian, and Composite. 
 
 Oriel-Window. — A large bay or recessed window, as in a hall, 
 a chapel, or other apartment. It usually projects outwardly 
 from the face of the wall, with a semi-hexagonal or semi- 
 square plan, and may be of various kinds or sizes. When 
 not on the ground-floor, it is supported by a corbel, or 
 bracket. 
 
 Par'geting. — A kind of decorative plaster-work in raised or- 
 namental figures, formerly used for the internal and ex- 
 ternal decoration of houses. 
 
 Party-Wall. — A wall that separates one house from the next. 
 
 Pavilion, — A kind of building or turret, usually insulated and 
 contained under a single roof, sometimes square and some- 
 times in the form of a dome. Sometimes a pavilion is 
 a projecting part in the front of a building, and sometimes 
 it flanks a corner. 
 
 Ped'estal. — The lowest part of a column or pillar ; the part 
 which sustains a column or serves as its foot. It consists 
 of three parts : the base, the die, and the cornice. 
 
 Ped'iment. — A kind of low pinnacle, which serves to com-
 
 20 AR CITITECTUR E. 
 
 |)lcto a frontispiece, and which finishes the fronts of build- 
 
 iiif^s, or is phiccd as an ornament over gates, doors, windows, 
 
 or niclies. 
 Pent-Roof. — A roof of any building or slied formed like an 
 
 iiK liiiod plane, the slope being all on one side. 
 Per'istyle. — A range of columns around a building or square ; or 
 
 a Ituilding encompassed by a row of columns on the outside. 
 Pilas'ter. — A sort of square column, sometimes insulated, but 
 
 more commonly engaged in a wall, and projecting only a 
 
 fourth or fifth of its thickness. 
 Pinnacle. — A slender turret or part of a building elevated 
 
 above the main building. 
 Plate. — A piece of timber lying horizontally on a wall, to 
 
 receive the ends of girders, rafters, etc. 
 Plinth. — The square, flat table under the moulding of the base 
 
 of a column. 
 Pol'ystyle. — A building surrounded by numerous columns, so 
 
 that they cannot be readily counted at first view. 
 Porch. — An exterior appendage to a building, forming a covered 
 
 approach to one of its principal doorways. 
 Portico, or Piazza. — A covered space enclosed by columns at 
 
 the entrance of a building. 
 Pro'style. — A portico in which the columns stand in advance 
 
 of the building to which they belong. 
 Purlin. — A piece of timber extending from end to end of a 
 
 building or roof, across and under the principal rafters, to 
 
 support them in the middle. 
 Raft'er. — A piece of timber that extends from the plate of a 
 
 building toward the ridge, and serves to support the 
 
 covering of the roof. 
 Rere'dos. — The screen or wall behind an altar in a church ; 
 
 also, the back of a fireplace. 
 Rood-Tower. — A tower or steeple at the intersection of the 
 
 navo and transept of a church. 
 Rose-Window. — A circular window, with compartments of 
 
 mullions and tracery branching from a centre, sometimes 
 
 called a Catherine-wheel or marigold-window. 
 Rotun'da. — A round building; any erection that is round both 
 
 on the out.-^ide and inside. 
 Rus'tic-Work. — A term used when the stones, etc., in the face 
 
 of a building or the groins, etc., are hacked or indented, 
 
 so as to be rou<ih.
 
 ARCHITECTURE. 21 
 
 Sacel'lum. — An ornamental chapel witliln a church. 
 
 Saddle-Roof. — A roof having two gables. 
 
 Sash. — A frame for holding the glass of -windows, and so 
 
 formed as to be raised and lowered by means of pulleys. 
 Sciag'raphy (Gr. sA-/a, a shadow, and (/rapho, I write). — The 
 
 profile or vertical section of a building to exhibit its interior 
 
 structure. 
 Shaft. — The body of a column, between the base and the 
 
 capital. 
 Sill. — The horizontal piece at the bottom of a framed case, such 
 
 as that of a door or window. 
 Skew-Back. — The sloping abutment in brickwork or masonry, 
 
 for the ends of the arched head of an aperture. 
 So'cle. — A square member, having a greater breadth than 
 
 height. It is used to support a column, base, etc.. instead 
 
 of a pedestal, from which it differs by having neither base 
 
 nor cornice. 
 Span-Roof. — A roof consisting of two inclined planes, in con- 
 tradistinction to shed or lean-to roofing. 
 Stee'ple. — A turret of a church, ending in a point. 
 Stri'se. — The fillets which separate the furrows or grooves of 
 
 fluted columns. 
 Tam'bour. — The wall of a circular building surrounded with 
 
 columns. 
 Tax'is. — That disposition which assigns to every part of a 
 
 building its just dimensions. 
 To'rus. — A large moulding used in the bases of columns the 
 
 profile whereof is semicircular. 
 Tracery.— That species of pattern-work which is formed or 
 
 traced in the head of a Gothic window by the mullions 
 
 being made to diverge into arches, curves, and flowing 
 
 lines, enriched with foliations. 
 Transom. — A beam across a window, of two lights in height. 
 
 A lintel over a door. 
 Trestle-Work. — A viaduct, pier, or scaffold, resting on numerous 
 
 posts or piles which are usually connected by cross-beams. 
 Truss. — A framed assemblage of timbers for fastening or binding 
 
 a beam, or for supporting a roof, etc. 
 Vault. — An arched ceiling or roof. 
 Venetian Window. — A window formed with three apertures 
 
 separated by slender piers t'rom each otiier, whereof the 
 
 centre one is much larger than those on the sides.
 
 2:i A RT.—r.KKn. — BELL-niXaiNO.— BIRDS. 
 
 Veran'da. — A \vs\\i j^allery external to a house, supported on 
 I li liars, and (iCteu ciielo.sed in front with hitticc-work. 
 
 Ves'tibule. — The porch or entrance into a house, or a large 
 • ipen space before the door, but covered. 
 
 Vignette. — A running ornament, consisting of leaves and ten- 
 drils, used in Gothic architecture. 
 
 Volute'. — A kind of spiral scroll, used in Ionic and Composite 
 capitals, of which it is a principal ornament. 
 
 Wain'scot. — A wooden lining or boarding of walls made in 
 jiaiicis. 
 
 Wheel- Window. — A circular window with radiating muUions, 
 resembling the disposition of spokes in a wheel. 
 
 ART. 
 
 Callotecb'nics (Gr. hahs, beautiful, and techne, an art). — The 
 ornamental or fine arts. 
 
 Technics. — The doctrine of arts in general ; such branches of 
 learning as respect the arts. 
 
 Technol'ogy (Gr. tcchne, and logos). — The science of the in- 
 (Inslridl arts. In its widest sense it would embrace the 
 whole field of industry, but it is restricted in usage to the 
 more important manufactures (spinning, weaving, metal- 
 lurgy, brewing, etc.). 
 
 BEER 
 
 Brewing. — The art of making beer, or an alcoholic liquor, 
 from a fermented infusion of some saccharine and amyla- 
 ceous substance with water. 
 
 BELL-RINGING. 
 
 Campanology ( L. campana, a bell, and Gr. logos, a discourse). 
 — The art of ringing bells. 
 
 BIRDS. 
 
 Ornithology (Gr. arm's, omithos, a bird, and logos, a discourse). 
 
 — The .science of birds, which comprises a knowledge of 
 
 their form, structure, habits, and uses. 
 One of the most recent classifications of birds is as follows : 
 1. Rapto'res. — Birds of prey, as eagles, vultures, and hawks.
 
 BOOKS. 23 
 
 2. Incesso'res. — Perching birds, as thrushes, nightingales, 
 sparrows, larks, etc. 
 
 3. Scanso'res. — Climbers, as parrots and woodpeckers. 
 
 4. Raso'res. — Birds destined to obtain their subsistence from 
 the vegetable world, and to pass their time upon the 
 ground, rather than among trees or upon the wing, as 
 pigeons, fowls, pheasants, etc. 
 
 5. Curso'res. — Birds whose wings are so little developed that 
 they are unable to fly, as the ostrich, cassowary, emu, etc. 
 
 6. Grallato'res. — The stilt-walkers, including cranes, herons, 
 snipes, plovers, etc. 
 
 7. Natato'res. — Web-footed birds, such as the swan, duck, 
 petrel, and gull. 
 
 Ornithos'copy (Gr. amis, a bird, and skopeo, to observe). — 
 The art or practice of closely observing birds and their 
 habits. 
 
 BOOKS. 
 
 Bibliog''raphy (Gr. biblos, a book, and (/rapho, I write). — 
 
 The knowledge of books as to their several editions, time 
 
 of printing, and other information tending to illustrate 
 
 the history of literature. 
 Cunab'ula. — The extant copies of the first or earliest printed 
 
 books, or of such as were printed in the fifteenth century. 
 Bibliop'egy (Gr. hihlos, a book, and pe<jnuo, to make fast). — 
 
 The art of hiiuling hooks. 
 Book'-binding. — The art by which printed sheets are folded, 
 
 gathered, pressed, sewed together, shielded with mill-boards, 
 
 and covered with leather or cloth. 
 Duodecimo. — A book in which a sheet is folded six times, so 
 
 as to have twenty-four pages. Abbreviated to 12mo. 
 Folio. — A book of the largest size, formed by once doubling a 
 
 sheet of paper. 
 Half-binding. — That style of binding in which only the back 
 
 and corners are covered with leather, and the sides with 
 
 paper or cloth. 
 Incunab'ula. — Books printed during the early period of the 
 
 art, generally confined to those which were printed before 
 
 the year 1500. 
 Octa'vo. — A book in which a sheet is folded into eight leaves 
 
 or sixteen pages. Abbreviated to 8vo.
 
 24 BUILDING. 
 
 Octodec'imo. — A book in which each sheet is folded into 
 (Mj^liL leaves. Abbreviated to 18mo. 
 
 Quar'to. — A book folded into four leaves or eight pages. Ab- 
 breviated to 4to. 
 
 Sextodecimo. — A book composed of sheets folded so as to 
 make .-^i.xteen leaves. Abbreviated to IGnio. 
 
 Vigesimo-quarto. — A book composed of sheets folded so as 
 to make twenty-four leaves. Abbreviated to 24mo. 
 
 BUILDING. 
 
 Architecture. See Architecture. 
 
 Bricklaying'. — The art of building with bricks. 
 
 Carpentry. — The art of framing or letting into each other an 
 a.ssemblage of pieces of timber, such as those of a roof, 
 floor, centre, etc. 
 
 Engineering (Civil). — The art of forming, or the construction 
 of, roads, bridges, railroads ; the construction of machinery 
 for all purposes ; the formation of canals, aqueducts, harbors, 
 docks ; drainage of lands, etc. 
 
 Gas'fitting. — The occupation of a gas-fitter. 
 
 Gild'ing.— The art or practice of overlaying things with gold- 
 leaf or a thin coating of gold. 
 
 Glazing. — The art of setting glass. 
 
 Joinery. — The art of framing or joining together wood for the 
 external and internal finishings of houses, such as the 
 linings of walls and rough timbers ; the putting together of 
 doors, windows, stairs, and the like. 
 
 Masonry. — The art of preparing and combining stones so that 
 they shall tooth, indent, or lie on each other, and become 
 masses of walling and arching for the purposes of building. 
 
 Plumb'ing. — The art of casting and working in lead, and using 
 it in building. 
 
 Tecton'ics (Gr. tekfonikos, skilled in building). — The science 
 or art by which implements, vessels, dwellings or other 
 edifices are constructed, both agreeably to the end for 
 which thej^ are designed, and in conformity with sentiments 
 and artistic ideas. 
 
 Turnery, ur Turning. — The art of fashioning solid bodies 
 iuio cylindrieal or other forms by means of a turning-lathe. 
 
 Veneering. — The art of overlaying a coarse or inferior wood 
 with thin leaves of superior wood.
 
 CHEMISTRY. 25 
 
 CHEMISTKY. 
 
 Chemistry. — The science which investigates the intimate nature 
 of bodies, their composition and properties, together with 
 the changes they undergo. 
 
 Acetom'eter. — An apparatus for determining the strength of 
 vinegar and other forms of acetic acids. 
 
 Acidom'eter. — A hydrometer for determining the density of 
 acids. 
 
 Acidula'tion. — The art or process of acidulating : preservation 
 of food by the use of vinegar. 
 
 Alcohol'meter (Gr. alcohol, and mefron, measure). — An instru- 
 ment for ascertaining the quantity of alcohol in wines and 
 other spirituous liquors. 
 
 Al'kali. — A term now generally used to designate soda, potash, 
 and ammonia, which are also termed vegetable, mineral, 
 and volatile alkali. 
 
 Alkalim'etry (Gr. alkali, and mefron, measure). — The art of 
 ascertaining the strength of the alkalies. 
 
 Al'kaloids. — Substances analogous to alkaline bases of vegetable 
 origin, and generally possessed of great medicinal activity, 
 such as aconite, cinchona, etc. 
 
 Analysis. — The determination of the parts or elements of 
 compound bodies ; decomposition. 
 
 Areom'eter (Gr. araios, rare, thin, and metron, measure). — An 
 instrument for measuring the specific gravity of liquids. 
 
 Atom'ic Theory, — The doctrine of definite proportions teaches 
 that all chemical combinations take place between the sup- 
 posed ultimate particles or atoms of bodies, and that these 
 unite, either one atom with one atom, or by sums of atoms 
 which are integral multiples of unity, 
 
 Sase. — The principal element of a compound, usually electro- 
 positive in quality, 
 
 Bi'nary Compound. — A compound of two elements, or of 
 an element and a compound performing the function 
 of an element, or of two compounds performing tlie 
 function of elements. The binary compounds are as 
 follows : 
 Bro'mide. — Bromine with a metallic or combustible base. 
 Car'bide, or Car'buret. — Carbon with a basifiable or 
 
 acidifiable substance. 
 B 3
 
 26 CHEMISTRY. 
 
 Ciilo'ridk. — Cliloriiie witli another element. 
 Flu'oride. — Fluorine with a metallic or combustible base. 
 I'ODIDE. — Iodine with metal or other (substance. 
 Ox'iDK. — Oxygen with a base destitute of salifying prop- 
 erties. 
 Pllos'puiDE, or Plios'lMlORET. — Pliosphorus with a base. 
 Sel'enide, or Sele'niuret. — Selenium with some other 
 
 element. 
 Sur/piiiDE, or SiJi/rnURET. — Sulphur with a base. 
 
 Bronzing. — The act or art of communicating to articles in metal, 
 wood, ivory, clay, plaster, etc., the appearance of bronze by 
 means of bronze-powders, or by chemical processes. 
 
 Calcina'tion. — The operation of expelling from a substance, 
 by heat, some volatile matter with which it is combined, 
 and thus disintegrating it and reducing it to a friable state. 
 Thus, carbonate of lime is reduced to lime by calciiidtion, 
 or the expulsion of carbonic acid. 
 
 The operation of reducing a metal to an oxide or metallic 
 cnlx. 
 
 Calorim'eter (L. aihr, heat, Gr. metron, measure). — An appa- 
 ratus lor measuring relative quantities of heat, or the specific 
 caloric of bodies ; or an instrument for measuring the heat 
 given out by a body in cooling from the quantity of ice it 
 melts. 
 
 Calorim'etry (L. cahr, heat, Gr. viefron, measure). — The 
 measurement of quantities of heat contained in bodies. It 
 is conducted by different processes, but mostly by that of 
 the melting of ice around the bodies to be tested. 
 
 Catalysis. — The influence by which certain substances, with- 
 out undergoing any change themselves, resolve certain other 
 substances into new compounds by mere contact, as the 
 conversion of starch into sugar by sulphuric acid. 
 
 Cementation. — A process which consists in surrounding a 
 solid body with the powder of other substances, and heat- 
 ing the whole to redness. Iron is thus converted into steel, 
 glass into porcelain, etc. 
 
 Crystallization. — The process of forming crystals. 
 
 Distillation. — Dri/ distillation is the distillation of substances 
 per sc, or without the addition of water. Destructive dis- 
 tillufiou, the distillation of substances at very high tem- 
 peratures, so that the ultimate elements are separated or 
 evolved in new combinations.
 
 CHEMISTRV. 
 
 27 
 
 Distillery. — The art of distilling spirits. 
 
 Elective Affinity. — A tendency to unite with certain things 
 rather than with others. 
 
 Erements. — The indecomposable constituents of bodies. 
 
 The following is a list of the elements now known. The 
 most important are distinguished in the table by capitals ; 
 while those which at present are of slight importance, on 
 account of their rare occurrence or of our insufficient 
 knowledge of their properties, are printed in italics. 
 
 Aluminium, 
 
 Antimony, 
 
 Arsenic, 
 
 Barium, 
 
 Bismuth, 
 
 Bromine, 
 
 Cadmium, 
 
 Cassium, 
 
 Calcium, 
 
 Carbon, 
 
 Cerium, 
 
 Chlorine, 
 
 Chromium, 
 
 Cobalt, 
 
 Copper, 
 
 Didymium, 
 
 Erbium, 
 
 Fhiorinc, • 
 
 Gallium, 
 
 Glucinum, 
 
 Gold, 
 
 Hydrogen, 
 
 Indium, 
 
 Iodine, 
 
 Iridium, 
 
 Iron, 
 
 Lanthanum., 
 
 Lead, 
 
 Lithium, 
 
 Magnesium, 
 
 Manganese, 
 
 Mercury, 
 
 Molyhdenutn, 
 
 Nickel, 
 
 Niobium, 
 
 Nitrogen, 
 
 Osmium, 
 
 OXYG EN, 
 
 Palladium., 
 
 Phosphorus, 
 
 Platinum, 
 
 Potassium, 
 
 Rhodium,, 
 
 Miibidiiim,, 
 
 Muthenium., 
 
 Selenium, 
 
 Silicon, 
 
 Silver, 
 
 Sodium, 
 
 Strontium, 
 
 Sulphur, 
 
 Tantalum, 
 
 Tellurium, 
 
 Terbium, 
 
 Thallium, 
 
 Thorium., 
 
 Tin, 
 
 Titanium, 
 
 TuyujHten, 
 
 Uranium, 
 
 Vanadium, 
 
 Yttrium, 
 
 Zinc, 
 
 Zircotiium. 
 
 Equiv'alent. — A terra expressing the proportional weight or 
 quantity of any substance which is necessary to saturate 
 any other with which it can combine. 
 
 Eudiom'eter (Gr. eudius, serene, and mefron, measure). — An 
 instrument for ascertaining the purity of the atmosphere, 
 or rather the quantity of oxygen contained in any given 
 bulk of elastic fluid. 
 
 Evaporom'eter. — An instrument for ascertaining the quantity 
 of a fluid evaporated in a given time. 
 
 Formula. — A concise mode of exhibiting by symbols the re- 
 sults of chemical changes. 
 
 Gasom'eter. — An instrument for measuring the quantity of gas 
 employed in an experiment.
 
 28 CHEMISTRY. 
 
 Gasom'etry. — The science, art, or practice of mrasuring gnsm. 
 It teaches, also, the nature and properties of these elastic 
 fluids. 
 
 Hy'drates. — Compounds containini^ water as one of their 
 proximate elements, and in definite proportion. 
 
 Hydrom'eter (Or. hnddr, water, and mefron, measure). — An 
 instrument for determining the specific gravity of liquid.s. 
 
 Hydrom'etry (Ur. hudOr, water, and metroa^ measure). — The 
 art of determining the specific gravity of liquids. 
 
 Incompat'ibles. — Substances 'h'liich cannot be united in solu- 
 tion without decomposition or chemical change. 
 
 Isom'erism. — An identity of elements and of atomic propor- 
 tions, with a difference in the amount combined in the 
 compound molecule, and of its essential qualities ; as in 
 the case of the physically unlike compounds of carbon and 
 hydrogen, consisting one of 1 part each, another of 2 parts 
 each, and a third of 4 parts each. 
 
 Met'alepsy (Gr. metaltpsis, participation). — Change or varia- 
 tion in a series of compounds under a type, by substitutions 
 of different elements or substances for an ecjuivalent in the 
 type, as when a substance contains hydrogen, and, when 
 subjected to change, takes up an equivalent for each atom 
 of hydrogen it loses ; called also theory of substitutions. 
 
 Met'alloids. — A name sometimes applied to the metallic bases 
 of the alkalies and earths. 
 
 Oxida'tion. — The process of converting metals or other sub- 
 stances into oxides, by combining with them a certain por- 
 tion of oxygen. 
 
 Radical. — An element (or molecular group, and thence called 
 compound radical), whether insoluble or not, which may be 
 transferred from one combination to another in exchange 
 for one or more atoms of hydrogen or its representatives. 
 
 Rectifica'tion. — The process of refining or purifying any sub- 
 stance by repeated distillation, which separates the grosser 
 parts. 
 
 Saccharom'eter (L. sacchamm, sugar, Gr. metron, measure). 
 — A hydrometer for determining the density of syrups. 
 
 Specific Gravity. — The weight of a body compared with 
 another of the same bulk taken as a standard. Water is 
 the standard for solids and liquids, common air for gases. 
 Thus, the exact weight of a cubic inch of gold, compared with 
 that of a cubic inch of water, is called its specific gravity.
 
 CLASSJFICA TIO .V. 29 
 
 Spectrol'ogy. — The science of chemical analysis by means of 
 
 lines of spectra as modified by the volatilization of different 
 
 elements. 
 Stereom'eter (Gr. stereos, solid, and mefron, measure). — An 
 
 instrument for determining the specific gravity of liquid 
 
 bodies, porous bodies, and powders, as well as solids. 
 Stoichiom'etry. — That department of chemistry which con- 
 siders the numerical relations of atoms. 
 Sublima'tion. — An operation by which solids are changed by 
 
 heat into vapor, and then condensed into a solid form again. 
 Sub'salt. — An oxysalt containing a less number of equiv^alents 
 
 of the acid than of the base, or in which the latter is a 
 
 suboxide. 
 Symbol. — An abbreviation of the name of an elementary body ; 
 
 thus, ag is written for silver (argentum) ; pb for lead 
 
 (plumbum). 
 Synthesis.— The uniting of elements into a compound, as of 
 
 ox^'gen and hydrogen into water, — the opposite of analysis. 
 TJrinom'eter (Gr. ouron, urine, and metron, measure). — A small 
 
 hydrometer for taking the specific gravity of urine. 
 Zymol'ogy (Gr. zume, ferment, and logos^ discourse). — The 
 
 doctrine o^ fermentation. A treatise on the fermentation of 
 
 liquors. 
 
 Salts formed by the union of an acid with a base : 
 
 Acetic acid Acetate. Malic acid Malate. 
 
 Arsenic acid Arseniate. Hydrocliloric acid.. Muriate. 
 
 Arsenioiis acid Arsenito. Nitric acid Nitrate. 
 
 Benzoic acid Beiizoatc. Oxalic acid Oxalate. 
 
 Carbonic acid Carbonate. Phosphoric acid Phosphate. 
 
 Chloric acid Chlorate. Selenic acid Seleniate. 
 
 Chromic acid Chroniate. Silicic acid Silicat(i. 
 
 Citric acid Citrate. Succinic acid Succinate. 
 
 Cyanic acid C^'anate. Sulphuric acid Sulphate. 
 
 Formic acid Formate. Sulphurous acid Sulphite. 
 
 Fulminic acid Fulminate. Tannic acid Tannate. 
 
 Gallic acid Gallate. Tartaric acid Tartrate. 
 
 Lactic acid Lactate. Uric acid Urate. 
 
 CLASSIFICATIOiN^ 
 
 Taxon'omy (Gr. taxis, an arranging, and nomas, law). — That 
 department of Natural History which treats of the laws 
 and principles of classification. 
 3*
 
 30 r/./.V.l TE.— CLOUDS.— COATS OF ARMS. 
 
 CLIMATE. 
 
 Climatol'og'y (Or. h-Uimi, a climate, and forfo.f, a discourse). 
 — All invest i;j^at ion of" the causes on which the climate of 
 a place depends. 
 
 CLOTH. 
 
 Weaving'. — The art of combining threads, yarns, filaments, or 
 =*■ strips of different materials, or anything flexible, so as to 
 form cloth or some other kind of textile fabric. 
 Warp. — -The threads which arc extended lengthwise in a loom. 
 Woof. — The threads that cross the warp. 
 
 CLOUDS. 
 
 Cir'ro-cu'mulus. — A cloud intermediate between the cirrus and 
 cumulus, composed of small, well-defined masses, closely 
 arranged. 
 
 Cir'ro-stra'tus. — A cloud intermediate between the cirrus and 
 stratus, consisting of horizontal masses separated into 
 groups, with which the sky is so mottled as to suggest 
 resemblances to the back of the mackerel. The prevalence 
 of this cloud is usually followed by bad weather. 
 
 Cirrus. — A cloud consisting of fibres or curling streaks, which 
 diverge in all directions. It occupies the highest region, 
 and is frequently the first cloud which is seen after a con- 
 tinuance of clear weather. 
 
 Cu'mulo-stra'tus. — A blending of the cirro-stratus with the 
 cunmlus. 
 
 Cu'millus. — A convex aggregate of watery particles, increasing 
 upwards from a horizontal base, and assuming more or less 
 of a conical figure. 
 
 Nim'bus. — The cloud into which the others resolve themselves 
 when rain falls. 
 
 Stra'tus. — A cloud consisting of horizontal layers, and com- 
 prehending fogs and mists. It is the lowest of the clouds, 
 its under surface usually resting on the earth or water. 
 
 CROATS OF ARMS. 
 
 Heraldry. — The science of recording genealogies, and blazon- 
 ing arms or cusi<rus armorial. It also teaches whatever
 
 COATS OF ARMS. 31 
 
 relates to the marshalling of cavalcades, processions, and 
 
 other public ceremonies. 
 Bla'zonry (Germ, hlasea, to blow). — The art of describing or 
 
 explaining coats of arms in proper terms. 
 Accole. — Sometimes used to denote two thing's joined to- 
 gether ; at other times, animals with collars or crowns 
 
 about their necks ; and at others, batons or swords placed 
 
 saltier-wise behind the shield. 
 Addors'ed. — Back to back. 
 Affirontee. — Animals facing each other. 
 Apau'me. — A hand opened, so that the full palm appears, 
 
 with the thumb and fingers extended, as may be seen in 
 
 the arms of a baronet. 
 Arms of Patronag'e. — Those arms on the top of which are 
 
 some marks of subjection and dependence. 
 Arra'che. — The representation of a plant torn up by the roots. 
 Arron'dee. — A cross, consisting of segments of a circle, the 
 
 whole of the curves being in the same direction, so that its 
 
 arms are not of different widths at different points. 
 Aspect'ant. — Borne fice to face, or opposite each other, as 
 
 two beasts or birds. 
 Atti're. — A term designating the horns of stags and similar 
 
 animals in blazoning coats of arms. 
 Bar'ry. — An escutcheon divided bar-wise (that is, across from 
 
 side to side) into an even number of partitions, consisting 
 
 of two or more tinctures interchangeably disposed. 
 Bearings. — Coats of arms, or armorial figures. 
 Bend. — A kind of belt occupying the shield diagonally. 
 Bend'let. — A little bend that is only half-breadth. 
 Bezant'. — A circle in gold, representing the gold coin called 
 
 hezanf. 
 Bor'dure. — An edging on the shield, having a width of about 
 
 one-fifth of the field, serving as a difference in a coat of 
 
 arms, to distinguish families of the same name, or persons 
 
 bearing the same coat. 
 Cabocli'ed, or Cabosse. — Having the head cut close, so as to 
 
 have no neck left. 
 Canton. — A small square separated from the rest of the coat. 
 Chevron. — An honorable ordinary, representing two rafters of 
 
 a house joined together, or meeting at the top. 
 Chief. — One of the honorable ordinaries which occupies the 
 
 upper part of the escutcheon, — a third part of the field.
 
 32 COATS OF ARMS. 
 
 Cleche. — A kind of cross, charged with another cross of the 
 
 same figure, but of the color of the field. 
 Coat of Arms. — A device or assemblage of devices supposed 
 
 to be painted on a shield, which is called the field. 
 Compart'ments.— Partitions and quarterings of the escutcheon. 
 Contourne. — An epithet for a beast standing or running with 
 
 his face to the sinister side. 
 Counterpas'sant. — Two lions represented as going contrary 
 
 ways. 
 Coupe. — The head or an}' limb of an animal cut off smooth from 
 
 the trunk. 
 Cou'rant. — An epithet for any beast represented in a running 
 
 attitude. 
 Cres'cent. — An honorable ordinary often used as a mark of dis- 
 tinction for the second sons of families, or those descended 
 
 from them. When the horns are turned toward the chief 
 
 or upper part of the shield, it is called crescent ; when to 
 
 the right, increscent ; and when to the left, decrescent. 
 Crest. — The plume of feathers, or other object, on the top of 
 
 the ancient helmet. 
 Dancette'. — The outline of any bordure or ordinary, very 
 
 largely indented. 
 Degra'ded. — An epithet in blazoning for a ci'oss that has steps 
 
 at each end. 
 Dem'y. — Any charge that is borne half: as, a demy-lion, or 
 
 half-lion. 
 Descent'. — A term to express coming down : as, " a lion in 
 
 descent," t.c, a lion with his heels upwards, as though in 
 
 the act of leaping down from an eminence. 
 Dex'ter, — The right, or on the right hand or side. 
 Dismembered.— An epithet for birds that have neither feet 
 
 nor legs ; also for lions and other animals whose members 
 
 are separated. 
 Display 'ed. — An eagle, or any other bird, when it is erect, 
 
 with its wings expanded or spread out. 
 Dragonnee. — The term for a lion or other beast whose upper 
 
 half resembles a lion, etc., but the lower the hinder parts 
 
 of a dragon. 
 Dor'mant. — In a sleeping posture. 
 
 Empale'ment. — A conjunction of coats of arms palewise. 
 Enclave. — Something let into another, especially when the 
 
 piece so let in is square.
 
 COATS OF ARMS. 33 
 
 Enfiled'. — The head of a man, beast, or any other charge, 
 
 phiced on the blade of a sword. 
 Ente. — An epithet signifying grafted ; engrafted. 
 Environ'ne. — Surrounded with other things : thus, a lion is 
 
 said to be environne with so many bezants. 
 Eradicated. — An epithet for a tree or plant torn up by the 
 
 roots. 
 Erased'. — An epithet for the head or limb of any creature 
 
 violently torn from the body, so as to give it a jagged ap- 
 pearance. 
 Erect'. — An epithet for anything upright, or perpendicularly 
 
 elevated : as, wings erect, etc. 
 Escroll'. — One of the exterior ornaments of the escutcheon, 
 
 representing a slip of parchment or paper, on which the 
 
 motto is generally put. 
 Escutch'eon. — The shield on which a coat of arms is repre- 
 sented. 
 Es'sorant. — A term for a bird standing on the ground with its 
 
 wings expanded, as if it had been wet and was drying itself. 
 Fesse. — One of the nine honorable ordinaries, consisting of a 
 
 line or belt drawn directly across the shield, from side to 
 
 side, and containing the third part of it. 
 Field. — The tincture, or combination of tinctures, which forms 
 
 the ground of the escutcheon. 
 Fil'let. — A kind of narrow bordure, which runs quite round, 
 
 near the edge. 
 Flo'tant. — Flying or streaming in the air, as a banner. 
 Fretted. — Interlaced one with another; said of charges and 
 
 ordinaries. 
 Gard'ant. — Having the f\\ce turned toward the spectator, as 
 
 it were in a posture of defence. 
 Gorg"'ed. — Bearing a crown, coronet, or the like, about the neck. 
 Impale'ment. — The division of a shield palewise. 
 In'censed, — An epithet for panthers when represented with 
 
 fire issuing from their mouths and ears. 
 Inescutch'eon. — A small escutcheon borne within the shield. 
 In'grailed. — An epithet for anything represented with the 
 
 edges ragged or notched semicircularly, as if broken by 
 
 something having fallen upon it, the points being turned 
 
 outward to the field. 
 Is'suant. — An epithet for a lion or other beast coming out of 
 
 the bottom line of any chief or fesse.
 
 34 COATS OF ARMS. 
 
 Jess'ed. — An opithet for a hawk or ftilcon having the jesses or 
 straps of leather which were used for tying the bells on 
 its legs. 
 
 Lan'gued. — An epithet for the tongue of an animal, when 
 represented of a different tincture from the body. 
 
 Li'oncel. — A small lion. 
 
 Lodged. — A term for a buck, hart, etc., when lying on the 
 ground. 
 
 Mailed.— Speckled, as the feathers of hawks, partridges, etc. 
 
 Mantling. — That appearance of flourishing, or drapery, which 
 is rt'presented about a coat of arras. 
 
 Mar'shalling. — The arranging of several coats of arms be- 
 longing to distinct families in one escutcheon or shield, to- 
 gether with their ornaments. 
 
 Martlets. — Little birds, like swallows, but with short tufts of 
 feathers instead of legs. It is the difference or distinction 
 of a fourth son. 
 
 Mot'to. — A word or short sentence put to an emblem or device, 
 or to a coat of arms in a scroll at the bottom of the es- 
 cutcheon. 
 
 Mound. — A ball or globe with a cross upon it, such as mon- 
 archs are usually represented as holding in the left hand. 
 
 Mullet. — ^A figure in shape like the rowel of a spur, used as 
 the filial distinction of the third son. 
 
 Nai'ant. — -An epithet for fish that are borne across the es- 
 cutcheon as if swimming. 
 
 Nais'sant, — A term applied to any animal issuing out of the 
 midst of some ordinary, and showing only its head, shoul- 
 ders, fore feet, and legs, with the tip of its tail. 
 
 Nom'bril. — The centre of an escutcheon. 
 
 Onglee. — An appellation given to the talons or claws of beasts 
 or birds, when borne of a different tincture from that of 
 the body of the animal. 
 
 Or'dinary. — A portion of the escutcheon, included between 
 straight or other lines. 
 
 Pale. — One of the greater ordinaries, being a broad perpen- 
 dicular stripe in an escutcheon. 
 
 Palisse.— A bearing like a range of palisades before a fortifi- 
 cation, represented on a fesse, rising up a considerable 
 height, and pointed at the top, with the field appearing 
 between them. 
 
 Pallet. — The diminutive of a pale, being one-half of its breadth.
 
 COATS OF ARMS. 35 
 
 Paly. — The shield when it is divided into four or more equal 
 parts by perpendicular lines from top to bottom. 
 
 Par'ty. — The division of a field by a line running in the di- 
 rection of an ordinary. 
 
 Pas'sant.— -Said of a lion or other animal in a shield, appearing 
 to walk leisurely. When walking with his head afii'onte, 
 or looking full-faced, it is termed jKissant gardant. 
 
 Patee or Pattee. — A cross having the arms small in the centre 
 and widening toward their extremities, which are broad. 
 
 Pen'noil. — A small pointed flag, borne in former times by a 
 gentleman. 
 
 Phe'on. — The barbed head of a dart, arrow, or other weapon. 
 
 Pose. — A lion, horse, or other beast, standing still, with all his 
 four feet on the ground. 
 
 ftuar'tering. — Partitions of the escutcheon according to the 
 number of coats that are borne in it. 
 
 Q,uatre-foil. — A four-leaved plant. 
 
 Raguled or Ragged. — An epithet for any bearing that is 
 ragged or uneven, like the trunk or limb of a tree lopped 
 of its branches, so that only the stumps are seen. 
 
 Ram 'pant. — An epithet for a lion, or other beast, when it stands 
 on its hinder legs and rears up its fore feet in the posture 
 of climbing, showing only its profile. 
 
 Rampant Gardant. — An animal standing on its hinder legs, 
 looking full-faced. 
 
 Ram'pant Regar'dant. — An animal standing on its hinder 
 legs, looking behind. 
 
 Rayonnant'. — An epithet for any ordinary that darts forth 
 rays like the sun when it shines. 
 
 Regar'dant. — An animal with the face turned toward the 
 back in an attitude of vigilance. 
 
 Renverse'. — Set with the head downwards, or contrary to the 
 natural posture. 
 
 Rousant. — Rising ; applied to a bird in the attitude of rising. 
 
 Sa'lient. — -An epithet applied to a beast represented in a leap- 
 ing posture, with his right foot in the dexter point, and 
 his hinder left foot in the sinister base of the escutcheon, 
 by which it is distinguished from rampant. {^Counter- 
 salieitt is when two beasts on the same escutcheon are 
 salient, the one leaping one way, and the other in an 
 opposite direction, so that their bodies cross.) 
 
 Salt'ier. — One of the ei";ht greater ordinaries ; a St. Andrew s
 
 36 COINS. 
 
 Cross. Charges such as swords, batons, etc., placed in the 
 
 direction of sahicr, are said to be borne saltie7--icise. 
 Sejant. — Sitting; applied to a lion or other beast. 
 Seme. — A term used to indicate a field or charge powdered or 
 
 strewed over with figui'cs, such as stars, crosses, etc. 
 Sin'ister. — The lelt side of the escutcheon. 
 Supporters. — Figures placed by the side of the shield and 
 
 appearing to support it. Thus, the lion and the unicorn 
 
 are the supporters of the British sovereign's arms. 
 Tierce. — An epithet for the field when it is divided into three 
 
 parts. 
 Vair. — One of the furs employed in blazoning, supposed to 
 
 represent the skin of a small squirrel. 
 Vergette'. — A pallet or small pale ; hence, a shield divided by 
 
 such pallets. 
 Vo'lant. — Flying, or having the wings spread. 
 
 COINS. 
 
 Numismat'ics (Gr. nojm'sma, a coin). — The science of medals 
 
 and coins. 
 Coining", or Coinage. — The art of making stamped metallic 
 
 money. 
 Contornia'ti. — A species of medals or medallions of bronze 
 
 having a curved furrow (contorno) on each side, and sup- 
 posed to have been struck in the days of Coustantiue and 
 
 his successors. 
 Coun'termark. — A stamp frequently seen on ancient coins, 
 
 often obliterating a large part of the impression. 
 Exergue'. — The small space around, and without, the work or 
 
 figures of a medal, for an inscription, etc. 
 Med'alurgy (jmedal, and Gr. ergon^ work). — The art of making 
 
 and striking medals and other coins. 
 Milling. — The process of stamping coin on the edge. 
 Numismatog'raphy (Gr. nomisma, a coin, andp-apho, I write). 
 
 — The science which treats of coins and medals in their 
 
 relation to history. 
 Ob'verse. — The side of a coin which contains the principal 
 
 symbol. 
 Planch'et. — A disk of metal ready to be stamped as a coin. 
 Reverse'. — The side of a coin opposite to that on which the 
 
 head or principal figure is impressed.
 
 COLORS.— COMMERCE. 37 
 
 Shroffage. — The examination of coins, and separation of tlie 
 
 good from tlie debased. 
 To'ken. — A piece of metal intended for currency, and issued 
 
 by a private party, usually bearing the name of the party 
 
 by whom issued, and redeemable by the issuer in lawful 
 
 money. 
 
 COLORS. 
 
 Chromatorogy (Gr. chroma^ color). — A treatise on colors. 
 Enamelling. — -Tlie art of applying vitrifiable colors to metal, 
 pottery, or glass. 
 
 COMMERCE. 
 
 Cam'bistry (Gr. cajnhio, exchange). — The science of com- 
 mercial exchanges, weights, measures, etc. 
 
 Acceptance. — The act by which a person on whom a bill of 
 exchange is drawn undertakes to pay it at maturity. 
 
 Accommodation Bill. — A bill of exchange accepted with- 
 out value, for the purpose of raising money thereon by 
 discount. 
 
 Active Commerce. — The commerce in which a nation carries 
 its own productions and foreign commodities in its own 
 ships, or which is prosecuted by its own citizens. 
 
 Ad. Valo'rem. — Stamp duties the amount of which is regulated 
 according to the value of the property, etc. 
 
 A'gio. — The diflference in value between metallic and paper 
 money, or between one sort of metallic money and an- 
 other. 
 
 Annu'ity. — A periodical payment of money for a lengthened 
 period 
 
 Balance of Trade. — The difference between the value of the 
 commercial exports and imports of any country. 
 
 Bal last. — Any heavy material placed in a ship's hold with the 
 object of sinking her deeper in the water, and of thereby 
 rendering her capable of carrying sail without danger of 
 being overset. 
 
 Bill of Adventure. — A writing signed by a merchant, to tes- 
 tify that the goods shipped on board a certain vessel belong 
 to another person, he himself being answerable only for 
 the produce. 
 
 4
 
 38 COMMERCE. 
 
 Bil'. of Entry. — A written account of goods entered at the 
 custom-house, whctlier imported or intended for ex- 
 portation. 
 
 Bill of Exchange. — A written order for payment of money 
 by one person (called the drawer) upon another (termed 
 the drawee). When the drawee has undertaken to pay 
 the bill, which he does by writing his name across it, he 
 is termed the acceptor. 
 
 Bill of Lading. — A memorandum or receipt signed by the mas- 
 ter of a ship, acknowledging tlie shipment of goods, which 
 arc usually made deliverable to tlie consignee or his order. 
 
 Bonded Goods. — Goods for the duties on which bonds are 
 given at the custom-house. 
 
 Bottomry. — The borrowing of money by the master on the 
 bottom or liull of a sliip ; to be paid with interest, if the 
 ship return in safety, but otherwise to be lost or forfeited. 
 
 Bro'kerage. — The fee, reward, or commission given or charged 
 for transacting business as a broker. 
 
 Bullion. — Gold and silver, coined or uncoined, but considered 
 simply as material according to weight. 
 
 Carrying Trade. — That of transporting commodities from one 
 country to another by water. 
 
 Catallac'tics. — The science of exchanges. 
 
 Chamber of Commerce. — A board to protect the interests of 
 commerce, chosen from among the merchants and traders 
 of a city. 
 
 Change. — A place where merchants and others meet to transact 
 business. 
 
 Clear'ance. — A certificate that a ship or vessel has been cleared 
 at the custom-house. 
 
 Clearing. — A method adopted by banks and bankers for mak- 
 ing exchanges and settling balances. 
 
 Clough, or Cloff. — An allowance of two pounds in every hun- 
 dredweight, after tare and tret have been deducted, for the 
 turn of the scale, that the commodity may hold out in 
 retailing. 
 
 Coasting Trade. — The trade which is carried on between the 
 different ports of the same country, or under the same 
 jurisdiction, as distinguished from foreign trade. 
 
 Collateral Security. — Security for the perfoi'mancc of cove- 
 nants or the payment of money, given in addition to the 
 principal .security.
 
 COMMERCE. 39 
 
 Consignment of Goods. — The delivering or making tliem over 
 to another: thus, goods are said to be consigned to a factor 
 when they are sent to him for sale, etc. He who con- 
 signs the goods is called the consigner, and the person to 
 whom they are sent is called the consignee. 
 
 Contraband. — Contraband goods are such as are prohibited to 
 be imported or exported, either by the laws of a particular 
 kingdom or state, or by the law of nations, or by special 
 treaties. 
 
 Corporation. — A body politic or corporate, authorized by law 
 to act as a single person, and endowed by law with the 
 capacity of perpetual succession. 
 
 Cus'toms. — Duties levied on commodities exported and imported. 
 
 Demur rage. — An allowance made to the master or owners of 
 a ship by the freighter for detaining her in port longer 
 than the period agreed upon for her sailing. 
 
 Dis'count. — An allowance made on a bill or any other debt not 
 yet become due, in consideration of immediate payment ; 
 or any deduction from the customary price of an article. 
 To discount a bill of exchange, signifies to pay it before it 
 is due, deducting a certain part of the sum for the accom- 
 modation. 
 
 Dividend. — The share of the interest or profit of stock in 
 trade or other employment, which belongs to each proprie- 
 tor according to his proportion of the stock or capital. 
 
 Draft. — An order by which one person draws on another for a 
 certain sum of money; a check ; a bill of exchange. 
 
 Embargo. — A prohibition issued by the authorities of a coun- 
 try to prevent merchant vessels leaving their ports. It is 
 generally imposed in time of war, or during fear of inva- 
 sion ; and in such cases the ships under embargo are used 
 in armaments, expeditions, etc. 
 
 Emporium. — A common resort of merchants for trade, par- 
 ticularly a city or town of extensive commerce, or in which 
 the commerce of an extensive country centres, or to which 
 sellers and buyers resoit from different countries. 
 
 Exchange'. — The form of exchanging one debt or credit for 
 another ; or the receiving or paying of money in one place 
 for an equal sum in another by order, draft, or bill of 
 exchange. 
 
 Excise'. — An inland duty, paid in some instances upon the com- 
 modity consumed, or on the retail which is the last stage
 
 40 COMMERCE. 
 
 before consumption, but paid in others at the manufac- 
 tories. 
 Flot'sam. — Goods lost by shipwreck and floating on the sea. 
 Free Port. — A port where ships of all nations may load and 
 
 unload free of duty, provided the goods are not carried into 
 
 the adjoining country. Also, a port where goods of all 
 
 kinds are received from ships of all nations at equal rates 
 
 of duty. 
 Freight. — That with which anything is fraught or laden for 
 
 transportation. 
 Imports and Exports. — The various commodities brought into 
 
 this country from abroad ; and those home manufactures 
 
 and products which, through our commercial relations, we 
 
 sell or barter and send to other countries. 
 Im'post. — A tax, tribute, or duty ; often a duty or tax laid by 
 
 government on goods imported into a country. 
 In' voice. — A written account of the particulars of merchandise 
 
 shipped or sent to a purchaser, consigner, etc., with the 
 
 value or prices and charges annexed. 
 Jet'sam. — Goods which are cast into the sea and there sink and 
 
 remain under water. 
 Joint-Stock Company. — A species of partnership, consisting 
 
 generally of a large number of members, having a capital 
 
 divided or agreed to be divided into shares transferable 
 
 ■without the consent of all the copartners. 
 Letter of Credit. — A letter authorizing credit to a certain 
 
 amount of money to be given to the bearer. 
 Mar'gin. — The difference between the price of purchase and 
 
 .sale of an article, which leaves room for profit. 
 Marine Law, or Maritime Law. — A branch of the commer- 
 cial law relating to the atiairs of the sea, such as seamen, 
 
 ships, shipping, navigation, and the like. 
 Mer'chandise. — The objects of commerce ; whatever is usually 
 
 bought or sold in trade, or market, or by merchants. 
 Metrol'ogy (Gr. metron, a measure, and logos, a discourse). — 
 
 The seience of weights and measures. 
 Passive Commerce. — The commerce in which the productions 
 
 of one country are transported by the people of another 
 
 country. 
 Policy. — The writing or instrument in which a contract of 
 
 insurance is embodied. 
 Prat'ique. — A license or permission to hold intercourse and to
 
 COMMERCE. 41 
 
 trade with the inhabitants of a place after havino; per- 
 formed quarantine, or upon a certificate that the ship did 
 not come from an infected place. 
 
 Price-current. — A statement or list, published statedly or oc- 
 casionall}", of the prevailing prices of merchandise, stocks, 
 specie, bills of exchange, rate of exchange, etc. 
 
 Pri'mag'e. — A certain allowance paid by the shipper or con- 
 signee of goods to the mariners and master of a vessel 
 for loading the same. 
 
 Prom'issory Note. — A written promise by which one person 
 engages or promises to pay a certain sum of money to 
 another. 
 
 Pro'test. — On bills of exchange, the solemn declaration of a 
 notary public of the dishonor of a bill. 
 
 Quar'antine. — The term during which a ship, arriving in port, 
 and suspected of being infected with a malignant, contagious 
 disease, is obliged to forbear all intercourse with the shore. 
 
 Redemp'tion. — Repurchase by the issuer of notes, bills, or 
 other evidences of debt by making payment to the holder. 
 
 Re-exchange'. — The expense chargeable on a bill of exchange 
 or dralt which has been dishonored in a foreign country, 
 and returned to that country in which it was made or 
 indorsed, and then taken up. 
 
 Register. — A document issued by the custom-house, contain- 
 ing a description of a vessel, its name, tonnage, country, 
 ownership, etc., always to be kept on board on a foreign 
 voyage, as evidence of its nationality. 
 
 Responden'tia. — A loan on goods laden on board of a ship. 
 
 Rever'sion. — A payment which is not to be received, or a 
 benefit which does not begin, until the happening of some 
 event, as the death of a person now living. 
 
 Sal'vage. — A recompense allowed to such persons as have assisted 
 in saving goods from fire, loss at sea, or ships from shipwreck. 
 
 Specific Duty. — A tax upon goods of a specific sum upon given 
 quantity or number. 
 
 Stamp-duty. — A duty or tax imposed on paper and parch- 
 ment, the evidence of the payment of which is a stamp. 
 
 Sterling. — In English commerce, a term which is applied to 
 money, signifying that it is of the fixed or standard 
 national value. 
 
 Su'pra-protest. — An acceptance of a bill by a third person 
 after protest for non-acceptance by the drawee.
 
 42 CONJURINO.— DANCING. 
 
 Tare. — A deduction or abatement made from the weight of a 
 parcel of goods on account of the weight of the cask, bag, 
 etc., in which they are contained. 
 
 Tar'iflf. — A list or table of duties or customs to be paid on goods 
 imported or exported. 
 
 Tontine'. — An annuity or survivorship, or a loan raised on life- 
 amiuitics with the benefit of survivorship. 
 
 Trade'-mark, — A distinguishing mark or device used by a 
 manufacturer on his goods or labels, the legal right in 
 which is recognized by law. 
 
 Transit-duty. — A duty paid on goods that pass through a 
 country. 
 
 Tret. — An allowance to purchasers, for waste or refuse matter, 
 of 4 pounds on every 104 pounds of suttle weight, or 
 weight after the tare is deducted. 
 
 Ullage. — The wantage of casks of liquor, or what a cask 
 wants of being full. 
 
 Underwriting. — -Subscribing one's name to a policy of in- 
 surance, for the purpose of becoming answerable for loss 
 or damage, for a certain premium per cent. 
 
 Warehousing-system. — An arrangement for lodging imported 
 articles in the custom-house stores, without payment of 
 duties, until they are taken out for home consumption. 
 
 CONJURING. 
 
 Jugglery.— The art of a juggler. 
 
 Magic (Natural). — The art of employing the powers of nature 
 to produce effects apparently supernatural. 
 
 Thaumatur'gics. — Feats of legerdemain or magical perform- 
 ances. 
 
 The'urgy (Gr. Theos, God, and ergon, work). — That species of 
 magic in which effects arc produced by supernatural agency, 
 in distinction from natural magic. 
 
 DANCINa 
 
 Choreg'raphy (Gr. choreia, a dancing, and grapho, I de- 
 scribe). — The art of representing dancing by signs, as a 
 tune is represented by notes. 
 
 Orchesog'raphy (Gr. orchesia, a dance, and grajyho, I write). 
 — A treatise on dancing.
 
 DEAD BODIES.-DIALS.— DRAMA. 43 
 
 DEAD BODIES. 
 
 Embalming. — The art of preserving dead bodies of men and 
 auimuls. 
 
 DEATH. 
 
 Tbanatology (Gr. thanafos, death, and logos, a. discourse). — 
 A description or the doctrine of death. 
 
 DIALS. 
 
 Di'aling, Horog'raphy. — The science whicb unfolds the prin- 
 ciples of measuring time by dials, or the art of construct- 
 ing dials. 
 
 Gno'mon. — The style or pin which by its shadow shows the 
 hour of the day. 
 
 Gnomon'ics, Gnomonol'Dgy (Gr. gnomon, an index, and logos, 
 a discourse).— The art or science of dialing, or of con- 
 structing dials to show the hour of the day by the shadow 
 of a gnomon. 
 
 Node. — A point or hole in the gnomon of a dial, by the shadow 
 or light of which are shown the hour of the day, the par- 
 allels of the sun's declination, etc. 
 
 Sub'style. — The line on which the gnomon stands. 
 
 DISSECTIOX. 
 
 Anat'omy (Gr. anatemno, I cut up). — 1. The art of dissecting or 
 artificially separating the different parts of an animal body, 
 to discover their situation, structure, and economy. 
 
 2. The doctrine of the structure of the body learned by dis- 
 section. 
 
 DISTANCE. 
 
 Longim'etry (Lat. longns, long, and Gr. metreo, I measure). — ■ 
 The art of measurius; distances or lengths. 
 
 DRAMA. 
 
 Dram'aturgy (Gr. drama, a play, and ergon, a work). — The 
 
 science or art of dramatic poetry and representation. 
 Act. — The name given to a division of a drama, at the end
 
 44 DJiA WING. 
 
 of which there is a pause to aflford rest to actors and 
 spectators. 
 
 After-piece. — A piece performed after a play ; a farce or other 
 short eiitertainnient. 
 
 Burlesque'. — A composition of which the humor consists in 
 a hidicrous mixture of things high and hjw. 
 
 Burlet'ta. — A light, comic species of musical drama. 
 
 Comedy. — A dramatic composition intended to represent the 
 lighter ])assions and actions of mankind. 
 
 Dram'atis Perso'nae. — The characters represented in a drama. 
 
 Epilogue. — The closing address to the audience at the end of 
 a play. 
 
 Farce. — A short piece of low comic character. 
 
 Histrionic Art. — The art which teaches how to bear a part in 
 dramatic representations. 
 
 In'terlude. — A short dramatic piece introduced between the 
 acts of longer performances. 
 
 Melodra'ma. — A dramatic performance in which songs are in- 
 troduced. 
 
 Mon'odrame. — A dramatic performance by only one person. 
 
 Op'era. — A dramatic composition set to music and sung on the 
 stage. 
 
 Orato'rio. — A sacred musical composition, usually in a dramatic 
 form. 
 
 Pan'tomime. — A species of theatrical entertainment in which 
 the whole action of the piece is represented by gesticula- 
 tion without the use of words. 
 
 Trag'edy. — A dramatic composition representing some signal 
 action performed by illustrious persons, and generally hav- 
 ing a fatal result. 
 
 Vaude'ville. — A theatrical piece, usually a comedy, the dia- 
 logue of which is intermingled with light or satirical songs, 
 sung in familiar airs ; also, sometimes, a drama of a higher 
 order. 
 
 DRAWING. 
 
 Diagraph'ics (Gr. dlagrapho^ I mark out by lines). — The art 
 
 of design or drawing. 
 Drawing. — The art of representing the appearances of objects 
 
 upon a flat surface so as to exhibit their form and shadow, 
 
 situation, distance, etc. 
 Orthog'raphy. — Tiie representation of the front of a building
 
 DREAMS.— EARTH. 45 
 
 or other object by lines which are perpendicular to each 
 other, or which make the same angle as the corresponding 
 lines in the object represented, — distinguished from per- 
 spective. 
 
 Stereography (Gr. stereos^ solid, and graplio, I write). — The 
 art of drawing the figures of solids upon a plane. 
 
 Working-drawing. — A drawing, as of the whole or part of a 
 structure, machine, etc., made to a scale, and in such detail 
 as to be the guide in its construction. See Perspective. 
 
 DREAMS. 
 
 Oneirocrit'ics (Gr. dnei'ros, a dream, and krifikos, fit forjudg- 
 ing). — The art or the science of interpreting dreams. 
 
 EARTH. 
 
 Cosmorogy (Gr. hosmos, the world, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The science of the world or universe ; or a treatise relating 
 to the structure and parts of the system of creation, the 
 elements of bodies, the modifications of material things, 
 the laws of motion, and the order and course of nature. 
 
 Cosmog'ony (Gr. Jcosmos, world, and gone, generation). — The 
 generation, origin, or creation of the world or universe. 
 
 Cosmog'raphy (Gr. kosmos, the world, and graphe, a descrip- 
 tion). — A description of the tcorld or universe, or the 
 mode of describing the several parts of the visible world. 
 
 Cosmom'etry (Gr. kosmos, world, and metrco, I measure). — 
 The art of measuring in degrees the world or sphere. 
 
 Geog'ony (Gr. ge, the earth, sinA gone, generation). — The doc- 
 trine of i\\e formation of the earth. 
 
 Geography. — See Geography. 
 
 Geol'cgy. — See Geology. 
 
 Geon'omy (Gr. ge, the earth, and nomos, law). — The science 
 which relates to the physical laics of the earth, including 
 geology and physical geography. 
 
 Geos'copy (Gr. ge, the earth, and skojieo, I view). — Knoicledge 
 of the earth, ground, or soil, obtained by inspection. 
 
 PalsBtiorogy (Gr. palaios, ancient, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The science which explains the past conditions of the earth 
 by the laws of causation .
 
 4 C, EARTirq UAKES. -EG Gfi.— ELECTRICITY. 
 
 EARTHQUAKES. 
 
 Seismorogy (Gr. seismos, an earthquake, and logos, a discourse). 
 — A science constructed from the study of earthquake phe- 
 nomena. 
 
 Seismom'eter (Gr. sehmos, and metron, a measure). — An 
 instrument for measurvig the shock of earthquakes and 
 other violent concussions. 
 
 EGGS. 
 
 Ool'ogy (Gr. oon, an egg, and logos, a discourse). — The science 
 of eggs in relation to their coloring, size, shape, and num- 
 ber, and the law deduced from that knowledge. 
 
 ELECTRICITY. 
 
 Electrol'ogy (Gr. elektron, amber, and logos, a discourse). — 
 That department of physical science which treats of 
 electricity. 
 
 Absorption. — The process or act by which electricity is made 
 passively to disappear in some other substance through 
 molecular or other invisible means. 
 
 An'ode.— In electro-chemistry , the way by which the electric 
 current enters substances through which it passes, or the 
 surface at which the electric current enters the electrolyte ; 
 opposed to cathode, and equivalent to positive pole. 
 
 Cath'ode. — The way by which the electric current leaves sub- 
 stances through which it passes, or the surface at which 
 the electric current passes out of the electrolyte ; opposed 
 to anode, and equivalent to negative pole. 
 
 Ca'tion. — An electro-positiv^e substance, which, in electrolysis, 
 passes to the cathode of the electrolyte. 
 
 Charge. — A quantity of electrical fluid communicated to a 
 coated jar, vial, or pane of glass. 
 
 Conduct'or. — A substance which forms a medium for the trans- 
 mission of some other substance or fluid, particularly of 
 lieat or electricity. 
 
 Declinom'eter. — An instrument for measuring the declinatioo 
 of the majiuetic needle.
 
 ELECTRWITF. 47 
 
 Diamag'netism. — The science which treats of diamagnetic 
 lihciiomena and of the properties of diamagnetic bodies. 
 
 Elec'tro-Biol'ogy. — The science of electrical forces as shown 
 ill mesnierisui. 
 
 Electro-Chemistry. — The science which treats of the agency 
 of electricity and galvanism in effecting chemical changes. 
 
 Elec'trode. — A name applied to what is called the pole of the 
 voltaic circle. The electrodes are the surfaces of air, water, 
 metal, etc., which serve to convey an electric current into 
 and from the liquid to be decomposed. 
 
 Elec'tro-Dynam'ics. — The phenomena of electricity in motion. 
 
 Electrorysis. — The act of decomposing a compound substance 
 by the action of electricity or galvanism. 
 
 Elec'trolyte. — A compound which may be directly decomposed 
 by an electric cui'rent. 
 
 Elec'tro-Mag'net. — A bar of iron made temporarily magnetic 
 by causing a current of electricity to pass through a wire 
 coiled around it. 
 
 Elec'tro-Mag'netism. — The science which treats of the 
 agencij of electricity and galvanism in communicating mag- 
 netic properties. 
 
 Elec'tro-Met'allurgy. — The art of depositing metals on pre- 
 pared surfaces through the agency of voltaic electricity or 
 galvanism. 
 
 Electrom'eter (Gr. eleldron, amber, and metreo^ I measure). 
 — An instrument for measuring the quantity or intensity 
 of electricity. 
 
 Electro-Physid'ogy. — Electric results produced through phys- 
 iological agencies. 
 
 Elec'tro-Stat'ics (Gr. cleldron^ amber, and statikos, belonging 
 to a state of rest). — The science which treats of elec- 
 tricity in equilibrium, as distinguished from electro- 
 dynamics. 
 
 Gal'vanism. — Electrical phenomena in which the electricity is 
 developed icithout the aid of friction, and in which a 
 chemical action takes place between certain bodies. 
 
 Galvanology (galvanism, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — A 
 treatise on galvanism, or a description of its phenomena. 
 
 Galvanom'eter, or Rheometer (galvanism, and Gr. metron, 
 measure). — An instrument or apparatus for measuring the 
 force or detecting the presence of minute quantities of 
 galvanic electricity.
 
 48 ENOINKS.—KNORA VI NG. 
 
 Id'io-Elec'tric. — Electric per se, or containing electricity in its 
 iiatuiiil .state. 
 
 Induc'tion. — Ai\ influence exerted by an electrified body 
 tliroiiuli a non-conducting raediuui without apparent 
 communication of a spark : thus electrical attractions and 
 repulsions may be transmitted by induction through glass, 
 although no spark can pass througli such a medium. 
 
 Insula'tion. — In electrical experiments^ the act of placing elec- 
 trified bodies, by means of non-conductors, in such a situa- 
 tion that the electricity is prevented from escaping. 
 
 Insula'tor. — The substance or body that insulates ; a non-con- 
 ductor. 
 
 Magnetics. — The science ov principles of magnetism. 
 
 Magnetism. — That branch of science which treats of the 
 pr(i)>erties of the iiKignet. 
 
 Magnetiza'tion. — The mode by which magnetism can be com- 
 municated to a bar or mass of steel or iron. 
 
 Magnetom'eter {magnet, and Gr. metron, measui'e). — An in- 
 strument to ascertain the force of magnetism. 
 
 Thermo-Electricity (Gr. therme, heat). — Electricity developed 
 by the unequal distribution of heat through bodies. 
 
 Thermo-Mag'netism (Gr. therme, heat). — Magnetism as af- 
 fected or caused by the action of heat. 
 
 Voltam'eter, — An instrument for measuring the intensity, etc., 
 of an electric current. 
 
 Zinc'ode. — The positive pole of a galvanic battery. 
 
 ENGINES. 
 En'ginery. — The art of managing engines. 
 
 ENGRAVING. 
 
 Engrav'ing. — The art of producing figures or designs on metal, 
 etc., by incision or corrosion, for the purpose of being sub- 
 sequently printed on paper. 
 
 Anaglyptog'raphy (Gr. anagluplw, 1 describe, and grapho, I 
 write). — The art of copying icorhs in relief hy a process 
 of machine-ruling on an etching-ground, which gives to 
 the subject the appearance of being raised from the surface 
 of the paper, as if it were embos-sed.
 
 ENGRA VIXG. 49 
 
 Aquatin'ta (L. aqua, water, and It. fintn, dye). — A method 
 of en^raviug by aqna-forlis, by whicli an effect is pro- 
 duced resembling a drawing in water-colors or Indian ink. 
 
 Biting" in. — The process of corroding copper and steel plates 
 with acids. 
 
 Calcography (Gr. calx, lime, and grajyho, I write). — An en- 
 graving after the manner of a drawing in chalk. 
 
 Cerog'raphy (L. cera, wax, and Gr. grapho, I write). — The 
 art of engraving on loax spread on a sheet of copper, 
 from which a stereotype plate is taken. 
 
 Chalcography ( Gr. chalkos, copper, and grapho, I write). — 
 The art of engraving on copper or on brass. 
 
 Cop'per-plate. — A plate of polished copper on which concave 
 lines are engraved or corroded according to some delineated 
 figure or design. This plate, when charged with any 
 colored fluid, imparts an impression of the figure or de- 
 sign to paper or parchment. 
 
 Coun'ter-proof. — A print taken off from another fresh printed, 
 which, by being passed through the press, gives the figure 
 of the former, but inverted. 
 
 Dactylography (Gr. daktn/os, a finger, and grapho, I write). 
 - — -The science or art of gem engraving. 
 
 Damaskeening. — The art of engraving on and inlaying iron 
 or steel with gold or silver. 
 
 Ectypog'raphy (Gr. cldupos, worked in high relief, and grapho, 
 I write). — A method of etching in which the lines of the 
 design upon the plate are in relief instead of being de- 
 pressed or cut iuto it. 
 
 Elec'trotint. — A method of etching hy galvanism. The sub- 
 ject being painted on copper with a thick varnish or paint, 
 the plate is submitted to the electro-coppering process, by 
 which a deposit is made upon it, forming another plate 
 with the lines of the device marked in intaglio, or sunken. 
 
 Embossing (Fr. hosse. a protuberance). — The art of producing 
 figures in relief from a plane surface of metal by means 
 of a chisel or punch. 
 
 Etching. — A mode of engraving by wliicli figures or designs 
 are produced on copper or other metallic plates hy means 
 of lines or strokes first drawn, and then eaten or corroded 
 by aqua-fortis. 
 
 Glyp'tics (Gr. gluptos, engraved). — The art of engraving Jig- 
 ares on precious stones. 
 c 5
 
 50 EXERCISE. 
 
 Glyptog^'raphy (Gr. glnptos, engraved, and grapM, descrip- 
 tion). — A description of the art of engraving upon gems. 
 
 Gypsog'raphy (Gr. gupsos, gyp.sum, and grapko, I engrave). — 
 'J'lie art uf engraving on gi/psimi. 
 
 Hatching". — A mode of executioti in engraving in which the 
 eiiect is produced by courses of lines crossing each other at 
 angles more or less acute. 
 
 Heliogra'vure (Gr. helios, the sun, and grapho, I engrave). — 
 Tlie art of phofograjyhic engraving. Tiiere are two sorts of 
 heliogravure, — that which prints like a copper-plate, and 
 that which prints like a woud-cut. 
 
 Hyalog'raphy (Gr. hitalos, glass, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of engraving on glass. 
 
 Impast'ing'. — An intermixture of lines and points to represent 
 thickness or depth of coloring. 
 
 Lithog'raphy (Gr. lithos, a stone, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of tracing letters, figures, or other designs on stone, and 
 of transferring them to paper by impression. 
 
 Mezzotin'to (It. half-tinted). — A particular manner of en- 
 graving by an artificial disposition of the shades and 
 different parts of a figure, on different plates. Mezzotintos 
 are printed in colors so as to represent actual paintings. 
 
 Proof. — An early impression taken, as from an engraved plate, 
 lithographic stone, and the like. 
 
 Siderog'raphy (Gr. sideros, steel or iron, and grapho, I en- 
 grave j. — The art or practice of engraving ou steel, by means 
 of which impressions may be transferred from a steel plate 
 to a steel cylinder in a rolling press of a particular construc- 
 tion. 
 
 Stip'pling. — A method of engraving in dots, as distinguished 
 from etching in lines. 
 
 Xylography (Gr. xulon, wood, and grapho, T engrave). — The 
 art of cutting figures in wood, in representation of natural 
 objects ; icood-engraving. 
 
 Zincography. — Engraving ou zinc in the style of wood-cuts. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Calisthenics (Gr. hdos, beautiful, and sfhenos, strength).— 
 The art, science, or practice of healthful exercise of the 
 body and limbs, to promote strength and graceful move- 
 ments.
 
 FARMING. 51 
 
 Gymnas'tics (Gr. gumnazo, I exercise). — The art of perform- 
 ing gymnastic exercises. 
 
 FARMING. 
 
 Agricul'tlire (L. oger, a field, and cultura, cultivation). — The 
 art of preparing the soil, sowing and planting seeds, dress- 
 ing plants, and removing crops. 
 
 Arboricul'ture (L. arbor, a tree, cultura, cultivation). — The art 
 of cultivating trees and shrubs, chjefly for timber or orna- 
 mental purposes. 
 
 Horticul'ture {hortus, a garden, and cuUiird). — The art of cul- 
 tivating gardens. 
 
 Pomorogy (L. pormnn, fruit, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — The 
 art or science of raising /i-j((V. 
 
 Ablactation. — A method of ingrafting by approach or inarch- 
 ing, by which the scion of one tree is united to the stock 
 of another without being cut before it is firmly attached 
 and as it were weaned from the parent tree. 
 
 Ablaquea'tion. — A laying bare the roots of trees to expose 
 them to the air and water. 
 
 Arcua'tion. — A method o^ raising trees hy layers; that is, by 
 bending branches to the ground, covering the small shoots 
 with earth three inches deep upon the joints, and making 
 a basin around them to hold water. Upon taking root, 
 they are removed into a nursery. 
 
 Blanching. — A term applied to the process of whitening the 
 stalks or leaves of plants, by earthing them up or tying 
 them together, so as to exclude the light or diminish its 
 intensity. 
 
 Bos'ket. — A compartment formed by branches of trees regularly 
 or irregularly disposed. 
 
 Bud' ding. — A method of propagating plants. A bud with a 
 small portion of bark is neatly cut off and transferred to 
 another tree, a slit being first made in the bark of the 
 latter to receive the bud. It is then bound round with 
 thread until the bud has grown to and become part of the 
 tree. The branch springing from the bud will afford 
 flowers and fruit similar to those of the tree from which it 
 was taken. 
 
 Caprifica'tion. — The process by which the maturation of the fig 
 is accelerated in the Levant.
 
 52 FARMING. 
 
 Cleft'-Grafting". — A mode o^ rp-afling in which the scion is in- 
 serted in ;i cleft made in the stock. 
 
 Cross-tin'ing. — A lianowin;^ by drawint^ the harrow or drag 
 l)aek and forth on the same ground. 
 
 Drilling. — A mode of putting seed into the ground by a ma- 
 chine called a drill plough^ which makes channels in the 
 ground and lets the seed into them, so that it comes up 
 in rows in which the plants are at regular distances from 
 each other. 
 
 Etiola'tion. — The rendering plants white, crisp, and tender, by 
 excluding the action of light from them. 
 
 Fallow. — Land that has lain a year or more untilled or un- 
 seeded. It is also called fallow when ploughed without 
 being sowed. 
 
 Flo'riculture. — The cultivation of flowering plants. 
 
 Flute'-grafting. — A kind of budding in which a ring of bark 
 is used instead of a single bud, and, a stock of similar thick- 
 ness having been cut over, a ring of bark is removed, and 
 the foreign one substituted. 
 
 Gleaning. — The act of gathering afler reapers. 
 
 Graft ing. — The process of inserting a branch of one tree into 
 the stock of another, so that it may receive nourishment 
 from it, while at the same time it produces a new tree like 
 the old one whence the graft was taken. 
 
 Har'rowing. — The act of drawing a harrow over for the pur- 
 pose of breaking clods and levelling the surface, or for 
 covering the seed sown. 
 
 Husbandry. — The practical part of the science of agriculture. 
 
 Irriga'tion. — The operation of causing water to flow over lands, 
 for nourishing plants. 
 
 Mowing. — The cutting down of grass with a scythe. 
 
 Paring. — The act or practice of cutting off the surface of grass 
 land, for tillage. 
 
 Plashing. — The operation of cutting small trees half through, 
 and interweaving them, as in hedges. 
 
 Ploughing. — The trenching and turning up of the soil with a 
 plougli. 
 
 Ring'ing. — The cutting out of a ring of bark down to the new 
 wood, for the purpose of making a branch fruitful. 
 
 Tal lowing, — The art or practice of causing animals to gather 
 tallow. 
 
 Thrashmg. — The beating out of grain from the husk.
 
 FIREWORKS.— FISHES. 53 
 
 Till'age. — The operation, practice, or art of tilling or pre- 
 pariiip; land for seed, and keeping the ground in a state 
 favorable for the growth of crops. 
 
 Tongue-grafting. — A mode of grafting by inserting the end 
 of a scion in a particular manner. 
 
 Top'-dressing. — A dressing of manure laid on the surface of 
 land. 
 
 Top'iary-Work. — The fanciful form sometimes given, by cut- 
 ting and trimming, to arbors and thickets, trees and 
 hedges. 
 
 Trencll'ing. — The preparation of soils by digging two or more 
 spades deep and exposing the soil. 
 
 \¥arp. — A slimy substance deposited on land by marine tides, 
 by which a rich alluvial soil is formed. 
 
 Win'nowing. — The operation of separating and driving off 
 the cliatt" from grain by means of wind. 
 
 FIREWORKS. 
 
 Pyrotechnics (Gr. p(«r, fire, and techne, an art). — The art of 
 making fireworks, or the science which teaches the manage- 
 ment and application of fire in its various operations, par- 
 ticularly in making rockets and other artificial fireworks. 
 
 FISHES. 
 
 Ichthyol'ogy (Gr. ichthus, a fish, and lorjos, a discourse). — The 
 science of fishes, or that part of zoology which treats of 
 fishes, their structure, habits, etc. 
 
 The class has been divided into five orders, as follows : 
 
 1. Sela'chii. ^Fishes with cartilaginous skeletons and five 
 or more gill-openings on each side, including the sharks 
 and rays. 
 
 2. Ganoid'ei. — Fishes whose bodies are covered with hard 
 plates, including the sturgeon, etc. 
 
 3. Teleos'tei. — Bony fishes. 
 
 4. Cyclos'tomi. — Boneless fishes, including the lampreys 
 and other irenera. 
 
 5. Leptocar'dii. — The amphioxus or lancelot. 
 
 The order Tdcoatci is divided into the following sub-orders : 
 A. Plectog'nathi. — Those in which the bones of the upper 
 jaw and face are firmly attached to, or amalgamated with,
 
 54 FOOD.— FORESTS. 
 
 those of the skull, including the globe-fishes, the file- 
 fislics, etc. 
 
 B. Lophobran'chii. — Those having tlie branchial filaments 
 arranged in little tufts along the branchial arches, and the 
 face produced into a long snout, including the pipe-fishes, 
 the sea-li(irsc, etc. 
 
 C. Acanthop'teri. — Those having spinous rays in some of 
 the fins, including the perch, mullet, mackerel, etc. 
 
 D. Pharyngog'nathi.— Those whose lower jiharyngeal bones 
 are united, including the flying-fi.slies, the wrasses, etc. 
 
 E. Anacan'thini. — Tho.se without spinous rays in the fins, 
 and liaving a completely clo.sed air-bladder, including the 
 cod family, the turbot family, the remoras, etc. 
 
 r. Physos'tomi. — Those which have soft fin-rays, except 
 the first in the dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins, which are 
 occasionally spinous, and an air-bladder which con)muni- 
 cates with the pharynx by an open duct, including eels, 
 herrings, the salmon and carp families, etc. 
 Piscicul'ture (Lat. piscis, a fish, and cultura, culture). — The 
 artificial method of promoting the j^fojyagation and nur- 
 ture of fish. 
 
 FOOD. 
 
 Aristol'ogy (Gr. arkfon, luncheon, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The art oF preparing dinners. 
 
 Bromatog'raphy (Gr. brOma, food, and grapht, description). 
 — A description of aliments. 
 
 Cu'linary Art (Lat. culina, a kitchen). — The art of preparing 
 meats for the table. 
 
 Gastron'omy (Gr. gasfer, the stomach, and nomos. law). — 
 The art or science of good eating. 
 
 Threpsology (Gr. ihrcpsis, nutrition, and logos, a. discourse). 
 — The doctrine of, or a treatise on, the nutrition of organ- 
 ized bodies. 
 
 FORESTS. 
 
 For'estry.— =-Thc art of forming or cultivating forests. 
 Dendrom'eter (Gr. dcndron, a tree, and metron, measure). — 
 
 An instrument to measure the height and diameter of 
 
 trees.
 
 FOR TIFICA TION. 55 
 
 FORTIFICATION. 
 
 Engineering (Military). — The art of constructing, maintain- 
 ing, and managing fortifications, and all buildings, engines, 
 or machinery necessary in military posts ; it includes in- 
 structions on all points relating to the attack and defence 
 of places. 
 
 Approach'es. — The works thrown up by the besiegers to pro- 
 tect th.eni in their advances toward a fortress. 
 
 Auget'. — The wooden pipe which contains the powder by which 
 a mine is fired. 
 
 Bac'ule. — A kind of portcullis or gate, made like a pitfall, 
 with a counterpoise, and supported by two great stakes. 
 
 Ban'quette. — The elevation of earth behind a parapet, on 
 which the garrison of a fortress may stand on the ap- 
 proach of an enemy, in order to fire upon liim. 
 
 Bar'bacan (1). — A fortification or outer defence to a city or 
 castle, consisting of an elevation of earth about three feet 
 high, along the foot of the rampart. 
 (2.) A fort at the end of a bridge, or at the outlet of a city, 
 
 having a double wall with towers. 
 (3.) An opening in the wall of a fortress through which 
 guns are levelled and fired upon an enemy. 
 
 Barbette'. — A mound of earth thrown up against the interior 
 slope, b}' means of which a piece of artillery can fire over 
 a parapet. 
 
 Barricade'. — A fortification, made in haste, of trees, earth, 
 palisades, wagons, or anything that will obstruct the prog- 
 ress of an enemy or serve for defence against his shot. 
 
 Bas'tion. — A huge mass of earth, usually faced with sods, 
 sometimes with brick or stones, standing out from the 
 angles of a fortified work to protect the wall ; formerly 
 called a bulwark. 
 
 Batardeau'. — A solid piece of masonry, seven or eight feet 
 thick, crossing the whole breadth of the ditch, opposite 
 the flanked angles of the bastions. It retains the water 
 in thut part of the ditch which requires it to be inun- 
 dated. 
 
 Bat'tlement. — A wall raised on a building with openings or 
 cmbra.-ures, or the embrasure itself. 
 
 Berm. — A space of ground left between the rampart and the
 
 56 FORTIFICATION. 
 
 moat or fosse, designed to receive the ruins of the rampart 
 and prevent -the earth from filling the fosse. 
 
 Bon'net. — A small work comp(».sed of two faces, usually raised 
 Ijcfore the salient angle of the counterscarp. 
 
 Breast'-Work. — Works thrown up to protect the besiegers 
 against the fire of the besieged. It takes its name from 
 its usual height. 
 
 Bridge-head. — A fortification covering the extremity of a 
 bridge nearest the enemy. 
 
 Cheval'-de-frise (plural, Chevaux'-de-frise). — A piece of 
 timber traversed with wooden spikes, pointed with iron, 
 five or six feet long, used to defend a passage, stop a breach, 
 or make a retrenchment to stop cavalry. 
 
 Circumvalla'tion. — The ramparts surrounding a besieged place. 
 
 Citadel. — A fort with four, five, or six bastions, raised on the 
 most advantageous ground about a city, the better to com- 
 mand it, and commonly divided from it by an esplanade, 
 the more effectually to hinder the approach of an enemy. 
 
 Contravalla'tion. — A trench guarded with a parapet, formed 
 by the besiegers, between their camp and the place be- 
 sieged, to secure themselves and check sallies of the gar- 
 rison. 
 
 Cor'beil. — A little basket, filled with earth, and set upon a 
 parapet, to shelter men from the fire of besiegers. 
 
 Cor'don. — A row of stones projecting from the rampart, at the 
 basis of the parapet. 
 
 Coun'terguard. — A small rampart or work raised before the 
 point of a bastion, consisting of two long faces parallel to 
 the faces of the bastion, making a salient angle to preserve 
 the bastion. 
 
 Coun'terscarp. — The exterior talus or slope of the ditch, or 
 the talus that supports the earth of the covered way. 
 Often, the whole covered way, with its parapet and glacis. 
 
 Crest. — The top line of a slope. 
 
 Crown'-Work. — An outwork running into the field, consisting 
 of two demi-bastions at the extremes, and an entire bastion 
 in the middle, with curtains. It is designed to gain some 
 advantageous post, and cover the other works. 
 
 Cur'tain. — That part of the rampart which is between the 
 flanks of two bastions. It is bordered with a parapet, be- 
 hind which the soldiers stand to fire on the covered way 
 and into the moat.
 
 FOR TIFICA TION. 57 
 
 Dem'i-Gorg'e. — That part of the polygon which reaches from 
 
 the cuitain to the angle of the polygon. 
 Embrasure. — An opening in a wall or parapet through which 
 
 cannon are pointed and discharged. 
 Enceinte'. — The wall or rampart which surrounds a place, 
 
 sometimes composed of bastions and curtains. 
 Envelope. — A mound of earth raised to cover some weak part 
 
 of the works. 
 Epaule'ment. — A side work, or work to cover sidewise, made 
 
 of gabions, fascines, or bags of earth. 
 Escarp'ment. — The exterior surface of the revetment. 
 Esplanade'. — An open, level space of ground, separating the 
 
 citadel of a fortress from the town, and intended to pre- 
 vent any person approaching the town without being seen 
 
 from the citadel. 
 Fas'cine. — A fagot, a bundle of rods or small sticks of wood, 
 
 bound at both ends and in the middle ; used in raising bat- 
 teries, filling ditches, strengthening ramparts, and making 
 
 parapets. 
 Flank. — That part of a bastion which reaches from the curtain 
 
 to the base, or any part of a work that defends another 
 
 work along the outside of its parapet. 
 Fleche. — A field-work usually at the foot of a glacis, consisting 
 
 of two faces forming a salient angle pointing outward from 
 
 the position taken. 
 Fosse. — A ditch, commonly full of water, lying between the 
 
 scarp and the counterscarp. 
 Fougasse'. — A little mine, charged with powder, and covered 
 
 with stones or earth ; sometimes dug outside of the works, 
 
 to defend them, and sometimes beneath, to destroy them 
 
 by explosion. 
 Fourneau'. — The chamber of a mine in which the powder is 
 
 lodged. 
 Fraise. — Palisades placed in juxtaposition, either horizontally 
 
 or slightly inclined. 
 Ga'bion. — A hollow cylinder of wicker-work, resembling a 
 
 basket, having no bottom, filled with earth, and serving 
 
 to shelter men from an enemy's fire. 
 Gabionnade'. — A parapet hastily formed by gabions. 
 Ga'zons. — IMasses of fresh earth, covered with grass, used to 
 
 line the outsides of ramparts, parapets, etc. 
 Gla'cis. — That mass of earth which serves as a parapet to the 
 
 c*
 
 58 FORTIFICA TION. 
 
 covered way, having an easy slope or declivity towards the 
 campaign or field. 
 
 Gorge. — The entrance of a bastion, ravelin, or other outwork. 
 
 Horn work. — -A kind of work composed of two half-bastions 
 and curtain, with two long sides divided upon the faces 
 of the bastions or ravelins, so as to be defended from them. 
 
 Lines. — A series of field-works, either continuous or at inter- 
 vals. The former are connected by means of curtains, or 
 long straight walls. The rule in constructing the other is, 
 that the works shall be withiu cannon-shot range of each 
 other. 
 
 Lunette'. — An enveloped counter-guard, or elevation of earth 
 made beyond the second ditch opposite to the places of 
 arms. It is commonly raised in ditches full of water, to 
 serve instead of fausse brays, to dispute the enemy's pas- 
 sage of the ditch. 
 
 Merlon. — The space in the parapet between two embrasures, 
 generally from fifteen to eighteen feet in length. 
 
 Moi'neau. — A small, flat bastion, raised in front of an intended 
 fortification, to defend it against attacks from small arms. 
 
 Oril'lon. — A rounding of earth faced with a wall raised on the 
 shoulder of those bastions that have casemates to cover the 
 cannon in the retired flank, and prevent their being dis- 
 mounted. 
 
 Outworks. — All those works of a fortress which are situated 
 without the principal wall, within or beyond the principal 
 ditch. 
 
 Palisades'. — Stakes driven into the ground, and sharpened at 
 the top, for the purpose of defence against the surprise of 
 an enemy. 
 
 Par'apet. — A wall, rampart, or elevation of earth for covering 
 soldiers from an enemy's shot. 
 
 Pick'ets. — Sharp stakes, sometimes shod with iron, used in 
 laying out ground, or for pinning the fascines of a battery. 
 
 Pos'tern. — A small gate, usually in the angle of the flank of 
 a bastion, or in that of the curtain descending into the 
 ditch. 
 
 Ramp. — An inclined plane or path serving as a communication 
 between difterent levels of works. 
 
 Ram'part.— An elevation or mound of earth round a place, 
 capable of resisting cannon-shot, and formed into bastions, 
 curtains, etc.
 
 FORTIFICATION. , 59 
 
 Redan'. — A kind of rampart ia the form of an inverted V, 
 
 having its angle toward the enemy. 
 Redoubt'. — A parapet enclosing a square or polygonal area. 
 Re-en'tering' Angle. — The angle of a work which points in- 
 ward, toward the place to be defended. 
 Relais'. — A narrow walk without the rampart, to receive the 
 
 earth that may be washed down, and prevent its falling 
 
 into the ditch. 
 Retirade'. — A kind of retrenchment in the body of a bastion 
 
 or other work which is to be disputed inch by inch after 
 
 the defences are dismantled. 
 Retired Flank. — A flank having an arc of a circle, with its 
 
 convexity turned toward the place to be defended. 
 Revetment. — A strong wall on the outside of a rampart, in- 
 tended to support the earth. 
 Ridge. — The highest portion of the glacis proceeding from the 
 
 salient angle of the covered way. 
 Salient Angle. — The angle of a polygon which projects out>- 
 
 ward from the figure. All the angles of any regular 
 
 figure are salient. 
 Scarp. — The interior slope of the ditch next to the place, at 
 
 the foot of the rampart. 
 Sil'lon. — A work raised in the middle of a ditch, to defend it 
 
 when it is too wide. 
 Site. — The ground occupied by a work. 
 Star-Forts. — Forts with several salient angles, in the form of 
 
 a star. 
 Stockade'. — A fence or barrier made with stakes or posts 
 
 planted in the earth. 
 Ta'lus. — The slope of a work, as that of a bastion, rampart, or 
 
 parapet. 
 Tam'bour. — A kind of work formed of palisades or pieces of 
 
 wood ten feet long, planted close together and driven firmly 
 
 into the ground. 
 Ten' ail. — An outwork consisting of two parallel sides with a 
 
 front, in which is a re-entering angle. It is either single 
 
 or double. 
 Ten'aillons. — Works constructed on each side of the ravelins, 
 
 like the lunettes, but differing in this, that one of the faces 
 
 of the tenaillon is in the direction of the ravelin, whereas 
 
 that of the lunette is perpendicular to it. 
 Terre-Plein (Fr. an open space). — The horizontal surface of
 
 60 FORTUNE- TELLING.— FOSSILS. 
 
 the rampart where the guns are placed and worked. It is 
 bounded outside by the parapet, and inside by the inner 
 slope of the rampart. 
 
 Tete'-de-Pont'. — A field fortification in frontof a bridge, to cover 
 the retreat of an army across a river. 
 
 Trav'erse. — A trench with a little parapet for protecting men 
 on the flank ; also, a wall raised across a work. 
 
 Trench. — A deep ditch cut for defence or to interrupt the 
 approach of an enemy. 
 
 Van-Fosse. — A ditch dug without the counterscarp, and run- 
 ning all along the glacis, usually full of water. 
 
 Works. — The fortifications about the body of a place. The 
 word is also used to signify the approaches of the besiegers, 
 and the several lines, trenches, etc., made round a place, 
 an army, or the like, for its security. 
 
 rORTUN E-TELLTNG. 
 
 Astrol'ogy (Gr. asfron, a star, and lo^os, a discour.se). — The 
 science which teaches how to judge of the effects and in- 
 fluences of the stars, and to foretell future events by their 
 situation and different aspects. 
 
 Apot'elesm. — The casting of a nativity. 
 
 Horoscope, or Nativity. — The aspect of the heavenly bodies, 
 as observed at the hour of birth or at any particular 
 moment. 
 
 Necromancy. — The art of revealing future events by means 
 of a pretended communication with the dead. 
 
 Palm'istry. — A mode of telling fortunes by the lines of the 
 hand ; a trick of imposture mucli practised by the gipsies. 
 
 ■ EOSSILS. 
 
 Paleontol'ogy {Gr. palaio?, ancient, and ontology, the science 
 of being). — The science of ancient beings or creatures ; 
 applied to the science of the fossil remains of animals 
 and plants now extinct. 
 
 Ichnol'ogy (Grr. icliuos, a trace, and logos., a discourse). — A 
 treatise on {chiiifc?, the fossil footsteps and tracks of ani- 
 mals, originally made on the sand or mud of an ancient 
 sea-shore or lake-mariiin.
 
 GAMES.— GEOGRAPHY. 61 
 
 Oryctol'ogy (Gr. oructns, dug out, and lo(/os, a discourse). 
 — That bmiicli of science which treats of fossil organic 
 renidiiis. 
 
 GAMES. 
 
 Agonis'tics (Gr. agonistts, a combatant). — The science of 
 games, or prize-fighting. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Geography (Gr. ge^ the earth, and grajjho, I describe). — A 
 
 description of the earth, particularly of the divisioits of its 
 
 sin-face, natural or artificial, together with its productions 
 
 and inhabitants. 
 An'tipodes, or Antip'odes. — A term applied to those who live 
 
 on opposite sides of the globe, and, of course, whose feet 
 
 are directly opposite. 
 Antoe'ci. — Those inhabitants of the earth who live under the 
 
 same meridian, but on different sides of the equator and 
 
 at equal distances from it. 
 As'cii. — Inhabitants of the globe who, at certain times, have 
 
 no shadow : such as those in the torrid zone, who twice a 
 
 year have the sun vertical at noon. 
 Equa'tor, — The great circle of the sphere, equally distant from 
 
 the two poles of the world, or having the same j^oles as 
 
 the world. 
 Lat'itude. — The distance of a place north or south from the 
 
 equator. 
 Longitude. — The distance of any place on the globe from 
 
 another place, eastward or westward, measured on the 
 
 equator ; or the distance of any place from a given me- 
 ridian, measured on the equator. 
 Meridian. — A great circle of the sphere passing through the 
 
 earth's axis and the zenith of the spectator. 
 Orol'ogy (Gr. oros, a mountain, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 science or description of monntains. 
 Perie'cian. — An inhabitant of the opposite side of the globe, 
 
 in the same parallel of latitude. 
 Peris'cian. — An inhabitant of a frigid zone or within a polar 
 
 circle, whose shadow moves round and, in the course of 
 
 the day, falls in every point of the compass. 
 Poles. — The extremities of the earth's axis. 
 
 G
 
 62 GEOLOGY. 
 
 Potamol'ogy (Gr. pofamos, a river, and logos, a discourse). — 
 
 A treatise on rivers. 
 Zone. — A division of the earth with respect to the temperature 
 
 of different latitudes. 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 Geol'ogy (Gr. (/e, the earth, and logos, a discourse). — The sci- 
 ence which treats of the structure and mineral constitu- 
 tion of the glohc and tlie causes of its physical features. 
 
 Lithol'ogy, or Petrology ( Gr. Uthos or petros, a stone, and 
 logos, a discourse). — That division of geology which treats 
 of rocks in their mineralogical aspect. 
 
 Stromatorogy (Gr. stroma, a bed, and logos, a discourse). — 
 Tliat division of geology which considers the stratified 
 rocks in their clironological order, as exhibiting different 
 phases of the history and development of the globe itself, 
 and in their fossil contents setting forth the progress of 
 life upon its surface. 
 
 GKAND DIVISIONS OF GEOLOGICAL TIME. 
 
 1. Azo'ic. — The preparatory time for the commencement of 
 the systems of life. 
 
 2. Paleozo'ic. — Including (1) The Age of Mollusks, or Silu- 
 rian ; (2) The Age of Fishes, or Devonian ; (3) The Age 
 of Coal Plants, or Carboniferous. 
 
 3. Mesozo'ic. — Including the Eeptilian Age. 
 
 4. Cenozo'ic. — Including the IMammalian Age. 
 
 5. The Age of Mind, or the Human Era. 
 
 E'ocene (early dawn). — A term applied to the earlier tertiary 
 
 deposits, in which are a few organic remains of existing 
 
 species of animals. 
 Mi'ocene (less recent). — The middle division of the tertiary 
 
 strata, containing fewer fossil shells of recent species than 
 
 the pliocene, but more than the eocene. 
 Pleis'tocene (most recent). — The newest of the tertiary strata, 
 
 which contains the largest proportion of living species of 
 
 shells. 
 Pli'ocene (more recent). — A name given to the most modern 
 
 tertiary deposit, in which most of the fossil shells are of 
 
 recent species.
 
 GLASS.— GOVERNMENT. 63 
 
 GLASS. 
 Glaz'ing. — The art of setting glass. 
 
 GOVERNMENT. 
 
 Pol'itics (Gr. polid'kos, from i^olis, a city). — The science of 
 government. That part of ethics wliich consists in the 
 regulation and government of a nation or state for the 
 preservation of its safety, peace, and prosperity. 
 
 Alien. — One who is not a denizen, or entitled to the privileges 
 of a citizen, 
 
 Alli'ance. — The union between nations, contracted by compact, 
 treaty, or league. 
 
 Autoc'racy. — Supreme, uncontrolled, unlimited authority or 
 right of governing in a single person. 
 
 Auton'omy. — The power or right of self-government. 
 
 Balance of Power. — Such an adjustment of power among 
 sovereign states that no single state is in a condition to 
 interfere with the independence of the rest. 
 
 Body Politic. — The collective body of a nation under civil 
 government. 
 
 Branches of Government. — The legislative body deliberates 
 and enacts laws ; the judicial body judges, or applies the 
 laws to particular cases ; the executive carries the laws 
 into eiFect, or superintends their enforcement. 
 
 Budget. — The annual financial statement which the British 
 chancellor of the exchequer, or sometimes the first lord 
 of the' treasury, makes in the House of Commons. lb 
 comprehends a general view of the national debt, income, 
 and expenditure, ways and means, etc., with the proposed 
 plan of taxation for the ensuing year. 
 
 Bu'reau. — An inferior and subordinate department of the gov- 
 ernment. 
 
 Bureau'cracy. — A system in which the business of govern- 
 ment is carried on in departments, each under the control 
 of a chief, in contradistinction from a system in which the 
 officers of government have a co-ordinate authority. 
 
 Cabinet, or Ministry. — Persons who compose the executive 
 government or the council of a supreme magistrate. 
 
 Camarilla. — A secret cabinet, not publicly recognized.
 
 G4 GOVERNMENT. 
 
 Cameralist'ics (camera AV, a financier). — The science of 7?/iance 
 or pulilic revenue, coiuprchending the means of raising and 
 disposing of it. 
 
 Can'didate. — One wlio aspires to some office or privilege, and 
 who oftl'rs himself for the same. 
 
 Capita'tion-Tax. — A tax upon each head or person ; a poll- 
 tax. 
 
 Ch.ar'ge-d' Affaires. — A person intrusted with the public in- 
 terest in a foreign nation, in the place of an ambassador 
 or other minister. 
 
 Confedera'tion. — Alliance of princes, nations, or states for 
 some common object. 
 
 Confiscation. — The act of condemning as forfeited, and ad- 
 judging to the public treasury, as the goods of a criminal 
 who has committed a public offence. 
 
 Con'gress. — An assembly of envoys, commissioners, deputies, 
 etc., from different courts, who meet to concert measures 
 for their common good, or to adjust their common con- 
 cerns. 
 Congress op the United States of America is the 
 assembly of the senators and representatives of the several 
 states of the American Union, forming the legislature of 
 the United States, which consists of two houses, a senate 
 and a house of representatives. 
 
 Conserv'atism. — Conservative principles, or the principles of 
 the conservative party. 
 
 Constitu'tion. — A system of fundamental rules, principles, and 
 ordinances for the government of a state or nation. 
 
 Coup d'etat'. — A stroke of policy. 
 
 Credentials. — The letters of commendation and power given 
 by a government to an ambassador or envoy, which give 
 him credit at a foreign court. 
 
 Del'egate. — In the United States, a person elected or appointed 
 to represent a state or a district, in Congress, or in a con- 
 vention for forming or altering a constitution. 
 
 Democracy. — A form of government in which the supreme 
 power is lodged in the hands of the people collectively, or 
 in which the people exercise the powers of legislation. 
 
 Si'et. — The principal national assembly in several countries of 
 modern Europe. 
 
 Lin'archy. — A form of government in which the supreme 
 power is vested in two persons.
 
 GOVERNMENT. 65 
 
 Diplo'maey. — The science of negotiation with foreign states as 
 founded on public law, positive engagements, or an en- 
 lightened view of the interests of each. 
 
 Duloc'racy. — A government in which slaves and base people 
 hold the reins of power. 
 
 Dy'nasty. — A race or succession of kings, of the same line or 
 famil}', who govern a particular country. 
 
 Econom'ics, — Political economy ; the science of the utilities, 
 or useful application of wealth or material resources. 
 
 En'voy. — A public minister sent from one government or 
 power to another on a special mission, and so differing 
 from an ambassador ; a public diplomatic minister of 
 second rank, inferior in dignity to an ambassador, but 
 generally invested with equal powers. 
 
 Exeq^ua'tur. — A written recognition of a person in the char- 
 acter of consul or commercial agent, issued by the govern- 
 ment, and authorizing him to exercise his powers in the 
 country. 
 
 Extradi'tion. — The delivery, by one nation or state to another, 
 of fugitives from justice, in pursuance of a treaty. 
 
 Fac'tion. — -A party in political society, combined or acting in 
 union, in opposition to the government. 
 
 Federal Governmeilt. — One that consists of several indepen- 
 dent provinces or states united under one head ; but the 
 extent to which such states give up their individual rights 
 may be very different, although, as relates to general poli- 
 tics, they have one common interest, and agree to be 
 governed by one and the same principle. 
 
 Feud'alism. — The system of holding lands on condition of 
 military service. 
 
 Finances. — The revenues of a state. 
 
 Fran'chise. — A right reserved to the people by the constitu- 
 tion ; as, "the elective yra«c/u'se." 
 
 Gynseoc'racy. — Female government, government by a woman. 
 
 Hep'tarchy. — A government conducted by seven persons or 
 sovereigns ; as, " the Saxon heptarchy.^' 
 
 Hi'erarchy.— An ecclesiastical government. 
 
 Hustings. — In England., the booth or elevated place where 
 candidates at a parliamentary election are proposed and 
 address their constituents. 
 
 Impeach'ment. — An accusation or charge brought against a 
 public officer for maladministration in his office. 
 (J*
 
 66 GOVERNMENT. 
 
 Interna'tional Law. — The laws regulating the mutual in- 
 tercourse between different nations. 
 
 Interreg'num. — The time during which a throne is vacant 
 between the death or abdication of one sovereign and the 
 accession of another. 
 
 Judi'ciary. — The system of courts of justice in a government. 
 
 Land-warrant. — An instrument issued from the Department 
 of the Interior of the United States, certifying that the 
 person in whose favor it is drawn is entitled to locate a 
 specified number of acres of land at any land-office of the 
 United States, etc., under certain limitations. This war- 
 rant conveys no title to the land, but is in many respects 
 similar to a bond for a deed. 
 
 Lega'tion. — The person or persons sent as envoys or ambassa- 
 dors to a foreign court. 
 
 Legislature. — The body of men in a state or kingdom in- 
 vested with power to make and repeal laws. The national 
 legislature of the United States is styled Congress, and 
 consists of the President, the Senate, and the House of 
 Representatives. 
 
 Letter of Marque. — A power granted by a state to its citizens, 
 to make reprisals on the citizens of a state with which it 
 is at war. 
 
 Manifes'to. — A declaration of motives by a belligerent state, or 
 by a general having full powers, previous to the com- 
 mencement of hostilities. 
 
 Mon'archy. — A government in which the supreme authority 
 is vested in a single person. Where the monarch pos- 
 sesses an absolute power, the monarchy is termed ahsolute; 
 where the supreme power is virtually in the laws, though 
 the majesty of government and the administration is vested 
 in a single person, it is a limited monarchy. It is heredi- 
 tary if the regal power descends immediately from the 
 possessor to the next heir by blood, as in Great Britain ; 
 elective^ if the choice depends upon all who enjoy the 
 benefit of freedom, as was the case in Poland. 
 
 Naturaliza'tion. — The making a foreigner a lawful subject of 
 the state. 
 
 Neutrality (Armed). — The condition of a neutral power 
 which holds itself ready to resist by force any aggression 
 on the part of either of the belligerents between which it 
 is neutral.
 
 GOVERNMENT. 67 
 
 Nomorogy (Gr. nomas, law, and lof^os, a discourse). — The 
 science or knowledge of law, legislation, and government. 
 
 Ochloc'racy.— A form of government in which the multitude 
 or common people rule. 
 
 Oc'tarchy.— A government by eight persons. 
 
 Origarchy. — A form of government in which the supreme 
 power is placed in a few hands ; a species of aristocracy. 
 
 Ordinance. — A rule established by authority; a permanent 
 rule of action ; a statute, law, edict, decree, rescript. 
 
 Pen'sion. — A yearly stipend paid by government to retired pub- 
 lic officers, disabled soldiers, the families of soldiers killed, 
 meritorious and needy authors, artists, etc., or the like. 
 
 Pen'tarchy. — A government in the hands of five persons. 
 
 Plenipotentiary. — An ambassador or envoy to a foreign court, 
 furnished with full power to negotiate a treaty or to trans- 
 act other business. 
 
 Pol'icy. — The settled method by which the government and 
 athiirs of a nation are, or may be, administered ; a system 
 of public or official administration, as designed to promote 
 the external or internal prosperity of a state. 
 
 Pol'ity. — The form or constitution of civil government by which 
 a nation or state is organized ; the framework or organiza- 
 tion by which the various departments of a civil govern- 
 ment are combined into a systematic whole. 
 
 Pol'ygarchy. — Government by several persons. 
 
 Primary Assembly. — A meeting of the people or legal voters 
 in a town, city, or other district, who appear and act on 
 public business in person, and a majority of whose votes 
 originate the supreaie power in a state. 
 
 Pro'tocol. — The original copy of any writing, as a treaty, 
 despatch, or other instrument. 
 
 Reciproc'ity. — A treaty between nations which confers equal 
 privileges as respecting customs, charges on imports, etc. 
 
 Re'gency.— The office of one who governs a kingdom in the 
 minority, absence, or disability of the sovereign. 
 
 Republic. — A state in which the exercise of the sovereign 
 power is lodged in the people. If it is an aristocracy 
 such as the republic of Venice was, the authority is vested 
 in a few privileged individuals ; if a democraci/, it is vested 
 in rulers chosen by and from the whole population, or in 
 representatives selected by it. Sometimes, as in Switzer- 
 land, aristocracy and democracy are combined.
 
 68 GRAMMAR. 
 
 Rev'enue. — The annual produce of taxes, excise, customs, 
 duties, rents, etc., wliich a nation or state collects and 
 receives into the treasury for public use. 
 
 Sen'ate. — The upper house of a national assembly, or of a 
 state legislature, in the United States and many other 
 modern republics. 
 
 Sociorogy. — Political science. 
 
 Statis'tics. — The name given to the science which exhibits 
 the state or condition of a country or nation, principally 
 in relation to its extent, population, industry, wealth, and 
 ])ower. 
 
 Statistol'ogy. — A discourse or treatise upon statistics. 
 
 Stratocracy. — A military government, or that form of gov- 
 ernment in which the soldiery bear the sway. 
 
 Syn'archy. — Joint rule or sovereignty. 
 
 Theocracy. — The government of a nation immediately by 
 God, as that of the Israelites before the appointment of 
 kings. 
 
 Timoc'racy. — A form of government in which a certain amount 
 of property is requisite as a qualification for office, or one 
 which is a kind of mean between an aristocracy and aa 
 oligarchy. 
 
 Tri'archy. — A government by three. 
 
 Ve'to ( Lat. veto, I forbid). — The power possessed by the execu- 
 tive branch of a legislative body, as a king, president, gov- 
 ernor, etc., to negative a bill that has passed the other 
 branches of the legislature. 
 
 Zoll'verein. — An agreement or union am.ong the German states, 
 for the collection of custom-house duties. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 Grammar. — As an art, is the power of reading, writing, and 
 speaking correctly ; as a science, it teaches the right use of 
 language. 
 
 Orthog'raphy — Treats of letters, syllables, separate words, and 
 spelling. 
 
 Etymol'ogy — Treats of different parts of speech, with their 
 classes and specifications. 
 
 Syn'tax — Treats of the arrangement of words in sentences. 
 
 Pros'ody — Treats of punctuation, utterance, figures, and versi- 
 fication.
 
 GRAMMAR. 69 
 
 Figures of Orthog'raphy : 
 
 Akcii'aism is a word or plirase expressed according to ancient 
 usage. 
 
 Mime'sis is a ludicrous imitation of some mistake or mis- 
 pronunciation of a word. 
 Figures of Etymorogy : 
 
 ApiIvEr'esis is the elision of some of the initial letters of a 
 word. 
 
 Apoc'ope is the elision of some of the final letters of a word. 
 
 Di^r'esis is the separating of two vowels that might be 
 supposed to form a diphthong. 
 
 Paraoo'ge is the annexing of a syllable to a word. 
 
 Pros'thesis is the prefixing of a syllable to a word. 
 
 Syn^r'esis is the sinking of two syllables into one. 
 
 Syn'cope is the elision of some of the middle letters of a 
 word. 
 
 Tme'sis is the inserting of a word between two words which 
 should be united if they stood together. 
 Figures of Syntax : 
 
 Ellip'sis is the omission of a word or words which the 
 hearer or reader may supply. 
 
 Enal'lage is the use of one part of speech for another. 
 
 Hyper'baton is the transposition of words. 
 
 Ple'onasm is the introduction of superfluous words. 
 
 Syllep'sis is the mental conception of a thing spoken of, 
 and not according to the literal or common use of the 
 term. 
 Figures of Prosody: 
 
 Articuea'tion is the forming of words by the voice with 
 reference to their component letters and sounds. 
 
 Elocu'tion is the graceful utterance of words that are ar- 
 ranged into sentences and form discourse. 
 
 Pronuncia'tion, or Or'thoepy, is the art of uttering words 
 with propriety. 
 
 Punctua'tion is the art of marking with points the di- 
 visions of a composition into sentences, etc. 
 
 Ut'terance is the art of vocal expression. 
 Rhetoric. — The science of oratory ; the art of speaking with 
 
 propriety, elegance, and force. 
 Figures of Rhetoric : 
 
 Al'legory is a continued narration of fictitious events, de- 
 signed to represent and illustrate important realities.
 
 70 II A WKS. 
 
 Antitii'esis is a placing of things in opposition to heighten 
 
 their effect by contrast. 
 Apoph'asis is where the speaker pretends to omit what at 
 
 the same time he really mentions. 
 Apos'trophe is a turning from the regular course of the 
 
 subject into an animated address. 
 Cli'max is a figure by which the sense is made to advance 
 
 by successive steps. 
 Ecphone'sis is a pathetic exclamation denoting some violent 
 
 emotion of the mind. 
 Erote'sis is a form of interrogation, asserting the reverse 
 
 of what is asked. 
 Htper'bole is extravagant exaggeration. 
 I'roxy is where a speaker sneeringly utters the reverse of 
 
 what he intends shall be understood. 
 Met'aphor expresses the resemblance of two objects by 
 
 applying some attribute of one directly to another. 
 Meton'ymy is a change of names between things related. 
 Onomatopce'ia is the use of a word, phrase, or sentence 
 
 the sound of which resembles or imitates the sound of 
 
 things spoken of. 
 Personifica'tiox is a figure by which in imagination we 
 
 ascribe intelligence to unintelligent beings or abstract 
 
 qualities. 
 Sim'ile is a simple and expressed comparison. 
 Synec'doche is a naming of a part for the whole, or the 
 
 whole for a part. 
 Vis'iox, or Im'agery, is a figure by which the speaker repre- 
 sents the objects of his imagination as actually before his 
 
 eyes. 
 
 HAWKS. 
 
 Fal'conry. — The art of training certain of the falcon tribes to 
 the pursuit and capture, on the wing, of birds, such as the 
 heron, partridge, rook, wild-duck, pigeon, etc. 
 
 Be'wits. — Straps of leather by which bells are fastened to a 
 liawk's legs. 
 
 Block. — The perch whereon a bird of prey is kept. 
 
 Brail. — A piece of leather to bind up a hawk's wing. 
 
 Car'vist. — A hawk which is of proper age and training to be 
 cani.d on the hand.
 
 HEAT. 71 
 
 Check. — The forsaking, by a hawk, of its proper game, to follow 
 
 otlier birds. 
 Clap. — The nether part of the beak of a hawk. 
 Hooding, — The blinding of a hawk by means of a hood. 
 Leash. — A leather thong by which the falconer holds the hawk. 
 Lure. — An object, not unlike a fowl, held out by the falconer 
 
 to call a hawk, 
 ftuarry. — The hawk's prey. 
 Ruf terhood. — A hood to be worn by a hawk when she is first 
 
 drawn. 
 Seel'ing' (Fr. dller^ to wink). — The running of a thread through 
 
 the eyelids of a hawk when first taken, so that she may 
 
 see verj^ little, or not at all; to make her the better endure 
 
 the hood. 
 
 HEAT. 
 
 Th.ermot'ics, or Pyronomics (Gr. therme, heat, pur, fire, and 
 nomas, a law). — The doctrine or the science of heat. 
 
 Absorption, — The process or act by which heat is made pas- 
 sively to disappear in some other substance, through 
 molecular or other invisible means. 
 
 Actinom'eter, — An instrument for measuring the intensity of 
 heat in the sun's rays. 
 
 Cerau'nics (Gr. Iceraunos, thunder and lightning). — That 
 branch of natural philosophy which relates to the efitict of 
 heat and electricity. 
 
 Interfe'rence, — The mutual action of two intersecting pencils 
 of radiant heat, by which, like two interfering pencils of 
 light, they increase each other's effects at certain points, 
 and diminish or destroy them at others. 
 
 Pyrol'ogy (Gr. jmr, fire, and logos, a discourse). — The natu- 
 nd lilstory of heat, or a treatise on the subject. 
 
 Pyrom'etry (Gr. pur, fire, and metreo, I measure). — The 
 art of measuring degrees of heat, or the expansion of bodies 
 by heat. 
 
 Radia'tion, — The divergence or shooting forth of heat from a 
 point or surface. 
 
 Th.ermoch'rosy (Gr. therme, heat, and chrosis, coloring). — 
 The property possessed by heat of being composed, like 
 light, of rays of difierent degrees of refrangibility, which 
 are unequal in rate or degree of transmission through 
 diathermic substances.
 
 72 J IK A VEKS. 
 
 Thermo-Dynam'ics (Gr. thermc, licat, and dnnamis, force). 
 — The .science which treats of the mechanical action or re- 
 lations of lieat. 
 
 Ther'mogen (Gr. therme, heat, and gcnao, I bring forth). — 
 Tiic (Icmcntarij matter of heat. 
 
 Thermom'eter (Gr. thermC, lieat, and metron, measure). — 
 An instrument for measuring heat. 
 
 HEAVENS. 
 
 Astron'omy (Gr. aatron, a star, and nomas, a law or rule). — 
 The science which treats of the heavenly bodies, explaining 
 the motions, times and cau.scs of the motions, distances, 
 magnitudes, gravities, light, etc., of the sun, moon, and 
 stars, the nature and causes of the eclipses of the sun and 
 moon, the conjunction and apposition of the planets, and 
 any other of their mutual aspects, with the times when 
 they <lid or will happen. 
 
 Aberration. — A small apparent motion of the fixed stars, 
 occasioned by the progressive motion of light and the 
 earth's annual motion in its orbit. By this they sometimes 
 appear twenty seconds distant from their true situation. 
 
 Am'plitude. — An arc of the horizon intercepted between the 
 true east and west points and the centre of the sun, or a 
 star at its rising or setting. 
 
 Anom'aly. — The angular distance of a planet from its perihe- 
 lion, as seen from the sun ; either true, mean, or eccentric. 
 
 Aphelion. — That point of a planet's orbit whicb is most dis- 
 tant from the sun. 
 
 Ap'ogee. — That point in the orbit of the moon wliicli is at the 
 greatest distance from the earth. 
 
 Appari'tion. — The first appearance of a star or other luminary 
 after having been obscured. 
 
 Ap'pulse. — The approach of a planet towards a conjunction 
 with the sun or any of the fixed stars. 
 
 Ap'sides, or Ap'sis. — The two points of a planet's orbit in 
 which it is at its greatest and least distance from the sun. 
 
 Aqua'rius (Lat., the Water-Bearcr). — The eleventh sign of 
 the zodiac, which the sun enters about the 21st of January. 
 
 A'ries (Lat., the Ram). — The first of the twelve signs of the 
 zodiac, which the sun enters about the 21st of 3Iarch.
 
 HE A YENS. 73 
 
 As'terism. — A small clustei* of stars, eitlier included or not in 
 a constellation. 
 
 As'teroids'. — The small planets that circulate between the 
 orbits of Mars and Jupiter. 
 
 Astro^'nosy (Grr. astron, a star, and gnosis, knowledge). — 
 The science of the stars. 
 
 Astrog'raphy (Gr. asfron, a star, and graphe, a description). 
 — A description of the stars, or the science of describing 
 them. 
 
 Astrom'etry (Gr. asfron, a star, and vietreo, I measure). — 
 Tlie art of making mcasiirements among the stars, or of 
 determining their relative magnitudes. 
 
 Astros'copy (Gr. asfron, a star, and shopeo, I view). — Oh- 
 servafion of the stars. 
 
 Ax'is. — The imaginary line passing through the centre and 
 poles of the earth, on which it performs its diurnal revolu- 
 tion from west to east. 
 
 Az'imuth. — An arc of the horizon intercepted between the 
 meridian of the place and the vertical circle passing through 
 the centre of a celestial object. 
 
 Can'cer (Lat., a crab). — The fourth sign of the zodiac, being 
 tliat of the summer solstice, which the sun enters about 
 the 21sc of June. 
 
 Cap'ricom (Lat. caper, a he-goat, and cormi, a horn). — The 
 tenth sign of the zodiac, which the sun enters about the 
 21st of December, at the winter solstice. 
 
 Colure'. — Two great circles, supposed to intersect each other 
 at right angles in the poles of the world, one of them pass- 
 ing through the solstitial and the other through the equi- 
 noctial points of the ecliptic, viz., Cancer and Capricorn, 
 Aries and Libra, dividing the ecliptic into four equal 
 parts. 
 
 Co'ma. — A dense, nebulous covering, which surrounds the 
 nucleus or body of a comet. 
 
 Com'et.— A member of the solar system, commonly consisting 
 of three parts : the nucleus, the envelope or coma, and the 
 tail ; but one or more of these parts is frequently wanting. 
 
 Conjuiic'tioil. — The meeting of two heavenly bodies in the 
 same point or place in the heavens. 
 
 Constella'tion. — A number of stars which appear as if situated 
 near each other in the heavens, and are considered as form- 
 ing a particular division. 
 D " 1
 
 7-t HE A YENS. 
 
 Curta'tion. — The interval between a planet's distance from the 
 
 siin and the curtate distance. 
 Cynosure. — A name of the constellation Ursa Minor, or the 
 
 LesHcr Bear, which contains, in the tail, the pole-star by 
 
 which mariners are guided. 
 Declina'tion. — The distance of any object from the celestial 
 
 equator, either northward or southward. 
 Dichot'omy. — Tlie phase of the moon when she shows just 
 
 half her di.sk. 
 Disk. — Tlie face or visible projection of a celestial body, usually 
 
 predicated of the sun, moon, or planets ; but the stars have 
 
 also apparent disks. 
 Eclipse'. — An obscuration or interception of the light of the 
 
 sun, moon, or other luminous body. 
 Eclip'tic. — The great circle of the heavens which the sun 
 
 appears to describe in his annual revolution. 
 Equa'tor. — The great circle of the sphere, equally distant from 
 
 the two poles of the world, or having the same poles as 
 
 the world. 
 E'quinox. — The precise time when the sun enters one of the 
 
 equinoctial points, making the day and night of equal 
 
 length. 
 Fac'ulae. — Certain spots sometimes seen on the sun's disk, 
 
 which appear brighter than the rest of his surface. 
 Fixed Stars. — Those which retain the same or very nearly the 
 
 same position with respect to each other. 
 Gal'axy. — The Milk3'-Way. 
 Gemini (Lat., the Twins). — The third sign or constellation in 
 
 the zodiac, which the sun enters about the 21st of May. 
 Geocentric Par'allax. — The apparent change of a body's place 
 
 that would arise from a change of the spectator's station 
 
 from the surface to the centre of the earth. 
 Ha'lo. — A luminous circle, usually prismatically colored, round 
 
 the sun or moon, and supposed to be caused by tlie refrac- 
 tion of light through crystals of ice in the atmosphere. 
 Heliocentric Par'allax. — The arc of a great circle of the 
 
 celestial sphere, drawn from the heliocentric to the geocen- 
 tric place of a body. 
 Heliom'eter (Gr. hc/ios, the sun, and melrro, I measure). — ■ 
 
 An instrument for measuring with exactness the apparent 
 
 diameter of the sun, moon, planets, etc. 
 Horizon. — A circle touching the earth at the place of the
 
 HE A YENS. 75 
 
 spectator, and bounded by the line in wliicb the earth and 
 skies seem to meet. 
 
 Immer'sion. — The disappearance of a celestial body by enter- 
 ing into any medium, as into the light of the sun or the 
 shadow of the earth. 
 
 In'gress. — The moon's entrance into the earth's shadow in 
 eclipses, and the sun's entrance into a sign, especially 
 Aries. 
 
 Latitude. — The distance of a heavenly body from the ecliptic. 
 
 Le'o (Lat., the Lion). — The fifth sign of the zodiac, which the 
 sun enters about the 22d of July. 
 
 Li'bra (Lat., the Balance). — The seventh sign of the zodiac, 
 which the sun enters at the autumnal equinox, in Sep- 
 tember. 
 
 Lon'gitude. — The distance of a heavenly body from the vernal 
 equinox, reckoned on the ecliptic. 
 
 Luna'tion. — The period of a revolution of the n)oon round 
 the earth, or the time from one new moon to the next. 
 
 Mac'ulse. — Dark spots on the surfaces of sun and moon, and 
 on some of the planets. 
 
 Mean. — Mean distance of a planet from the sun, a right line 
 drawn from the sun to the extremity of the conjugate axis 
 of the ellipsis in which the planet moves. 3Iean motion, 
 that by which a planet is supposed to uniformly traverse 
 its orbit, and which is always proportional to the time. 
 
 Meteoros'copy (meteor, and Gr. skopeo, I view). — That part 
 of astronomy which treats of the more remote heavenly 
 bodies, the distances of the fixed stars, etc. 
 
 Milky Way. — A broad, luminous path or circle in the heavens, 
 supposed to be the blended light of innumerable fixed 
 stars which are not distinguishable with ordinary tele- 
 scopes. 
 
 Moon. — --V secondary planet or satellite of the earth, whose 
 light, borrowed from the sun, serves to dispel the darkness 
 of night. 
 
 Na'dir. — The point of the heavens or lower hemisphere directly 
 opposite the zenith. 
 
 Neb'ulse. — Misty appearances among the stars, usually, but not 
 always, resolved by the telescope into myriads of small 
 stars. 
 Node3. — The two points in which the orbit of a planet inter- 
 sects the ecliptic.
 
 76 J!f'^A YENS. 
 
 Nuta'tion. — A vibratory motion of the earth's axis, arising 
 from j)(!rio€lical fluctuations in the obliquity of the echptic. 
 
 Occulta'tion. — The hidintJi; of a lieavciily body from our si^ht 
 by the intervention of some other of the heavenly bodies. 
 
 Orbit. — The path described by a heavenly body in its periodical 
 revolution. 
 
 Parallax. — The change of place in a heavenly body in conse- 
 quence of being viewed from different points. 
 
 Parasele'ne. — A luminous ring or circle encompassing the 
 moon, in which sometimes are other bright spots bearing 
 some resemblance to the moon. 
 
 Penum'bra. — A partial shadow or obscurity on the margin of 
 the perfect shadow in an eclipse, or between the perfect 
 shadow, where the light is entirely intercepted, and the 
 full light. 
 
 Per'igee. — That point in the orbit of the sun or moon in which 
 it is at the least distance from the earth. 
 
 Perihe'lion. — That part of the orbit of a planet or comet in 
 which it is at its least distance from the sun. 
 
 Pis'ces (Lat., Fishes). — The twelfth sign or constellation of the 
 zodiac. 
 
 Plan'et. — The name given to a few bright and conspicuous 
 stars which are constantly changing their apparent situa- 
 tions in the celestial sphere. 
 
 Ple'iades. — A cluster of seven stare in the neck of Taurus, 
 assigned by jMiidler as the central point of the sidereal 
 system. 
 
 Precession of the Equinoxes. — A continual shifting of the 
 equinoctial points from east to west. 
 
 Retrocession of the Equinoxes. — The going backward of 
 the equinoctial points. 
 
 Sagittarius (Lat., the Archer). — One of the twelve signs of 
 the zodiac, which the sun enters about November 22. 
 
 Sat'ellite. — A small planet revolving round another planet. 
 
 Scorpio (Lat., the Scorpion). — The eighth sign of the zodiac, 
 which the sun enters about October 23. 
 
 Sec'ondary. — A great circle of the sphere passing through the 
 poles of another great circle, perpendicular to its plane, as 
 secondaries to the ecliptic. 
 
 Selenog'raphy (Gr. seUne, the moon, and graphs, descrip- 
 tion). — The description of the surface of the moon. 
 
 Sign. — The twelfth part of the ecliptic.
 
 HORSES.—HUNTING. 77 
 
 Sol'stice. — The time when the sun, in its annual revolution, 
 
 arrives at that point in the ecliptic farthest north or south 
 
 of the equator, or reaches its greatest northern or southera 
 
 declination. 
 Star. — An apparently small, luminous body in the heavens, 
 
 that shines in the night, or when its light is not obscured 
 
 by clouds or lost in the brighter effulgence of the sun. 
 Sun. — The central body of our system, about which all the 
 
 planets and comets revolve, and by which their motions 
 
 are regulated and controlled. 
 Syz'ygy. — A common name for the period both of new and full 
 
 moon, when the sun, the moon, and the earth are in one 
 
 line. 
 Tau'rus (Lat., the Bull). — The second sign of the zodiac, 
 
 which the sun enters about the 20th of April. 
 Vir'go (Lat., the Virgin). — The sixth sign of the zodiac, 
 
 which the sun enters in August. 
 Ze'nith, — The point in the heavens directly overhead. 
 
 HORSES. 
 
 Hippopathorogy (Gr. hippos, a horse, pathos, a disease, and 
 logos, a discourse). — The science of the diseases of the 
 horse. 
 
 Hipposteol'ogy (Gr. hippos, a horse, osteon, a bone, and logos, 
 a discourse). — Osteology of the horse. 
 
 Hippot'omy (Gr. hippos, a horse, and tenino, to cut). — 
 Anatomy of the horse. 
 
 Manege. — The art of horsemanship or of training horses. 
 
 Vet'erinary Art (Lat. veterinarius, a cattle doctor). — A 
 modern term for what was formerly called farriery. It 
 comprehends a knowledge of the external form as well as 
 the internal structure and economy of the horse, and em- 
 braces whatever relates to the diseases to which the horse 
 is liable, with an accurate knowledge of the principles and 
 practice of f^hoeing, of feeding, exercising, etc , that very 
 useful animal. 
 
 HUNTING. 
 
 Huntsmanship. — The art or practice of hunting, or the quali- 
 fications of a hunter. 
 
 7*
 
 78 IDOLS.-lNSCRIl'riONS.— INSECTS. 
 
 IDOLS. 
 
 Iconol'ogy (Gr. eUcon, an image, and /of/os, a discourse).- 
 Tlie doctrine of imar/cs or emblematical representations. 
 
 INSCRIPTIONS. 
 
 Epigraphies (Gr. epixjrapho, I inscribe). — The science of 
 inscriptions. 
 
 INSECTS. 
 
 Entomol'og'y (Gr. entoma, insects, and 7or/os, a discourse). — 
 That branch of zoology ■\vliich treats of insects, a division 
 of articulated animals having their bodies in three distinct 
 portions, head, thorax, and abdomen ; antennas on the 
 head, three pairs of legs, usually one or two pairs of wings, 
 and aerial respiration. Thus defined, spiders, centipedes, 
 worms, and crustaceans are all excluded fiom the class of 
 insects. 
 
 This class has been divided into fifteen orders, viz. : 
 
 1. Coleop'tera. — The immense order of beetles. 
 
 2. Euplexop'tera. — Earwigs. 
 
 3. Orthop'tera. — Grasshoppers, locusts, crickets, etc. 
 
 4. Thysanop'tera. — Thrips insects. 
 
 5. Neurop'tera. — Dragon-flies, 31 ay-flics, etc. 
 0. Trichop'tera. — Caddice-flies. 
 
 7. Hymenop'tera. — Bees, wasps, etc. 
 
 8. Strepsip'tera. — Bee parasites. 
 
 9. Lepidop'tera.— Butterflies and moths. 
 
 10. Homop'tera. — ^Cicadas, lantern-flies, etc. 
 
 11. Heterop'tera, or Hemip'tera. — Bugs. 
 
 12. Aphanip'tera. — Fleas. 
 
 13. Dip'tera. — Two-winged insects, such as the house-fly, 
 blue-bottle fly, etc. 
 
 14. Anoplu'ra. — Parasites. 
 
 15. Thysanu'ra. — Spring- tails. 
 
 Arachnorogy (Gr. amc/ine, a spider, and locfos, a discourse). — 
 The science or history of spiders and other Arachnida. 
 
 Entomot'omy (Gr. entoma^ insects, and temno^ I cut). — The 
 science of the dissection of insects.
 
 INSTRUCTION.— LANGUAGE. 79 
 
 INSTRUCTION. 
 
 Didac'tics, Paideu'tics (Gr. Jiilasko, 2>f"'^e?nir», I teach). — 
 
 The art or science of teaching. 
 Catechet'ics. — The .science or habit of instructing in questions 
 
 and answers. 
 Curriculum (Lat. curro, I run). — A specified fixed course of 
 
 study, as in a university. 
 
 LANGUAGE. 
 
 Chirorogy (Gr. cheir, the hand, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The art of communicating thoughts hy signs made with 
 the hands and fingers ; a substitute i'or language much 
 used by the deaf and dumb. 
 
 Cryptol'ogy (Gr. krupto, I conceal, and logos, a discourse). — 
 Secret or enigmatical langnage. 
 
 Dactylol'ogy (Gr. daktulos, a finger, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The art of conversing, or communicating ideas, by spelling 
 words with the fingers, as practised by the deaf and dumb. 
 
 Dactylon'omy (Gr. daktulos, and nomas, law, distribution). — 
 The art of numbering on or counting hy the fingers. 
 
 Di'alect. — The form or idiom of a language peculiar to a 
 province or any particular part of a country. 
 
 El'oqueiice. — The art of clothing the thoughts in expressions 
 the most suited to produce conviction or persuasion. 
 
 Glossol'ogy, or Linguis'tics (Gr. glossa, a tongue, and logos, 
 a discourse, and Lat. lingua, a tongue). — The science which 
 investigates the agreement and the differences of the va- 
 rious languages written or spoken by mankind. 
 
 Grammar. — See Grammar. 
 
 Ideol'ogy. — The science of the modification of language hy 
 grammatical forms, according to the various points of 
 view from which men contemplate the ideas which words 
 are meant to express. 
 
 Lexicol'ogy (Gr. lexikon, a dictionary, and logos, a dis- 
 course). — The science of words; that branch of learning 
 which treats of the proper signification and just application 
 of words. 
 
 Lexig'raphy (Gr. lexis, diction, and grapho, I describe). — 
 Tlie art or practice of defining xoords.
 
 80 /-'I l^'• 
 
 Or'atory. — The art of speakiiif^ well, or of speaking according 
 to tlie rules of rhetoric, in order to persuade. Oratory 
 consists of four parts, invention^ disjiosition, elocit/ion, and 
 pronunciation. 
 
 Orthom'etry (Gr. orfhos, right, and me/ron, measure). — The 
 art of constructing verses correctly ; the laws of versifi- 
 cation. 
 
 Philol'ogy (Gr. j>/</7co, I love, and hgos^ a word). — That 
 branch of literature which comprehends the knowledge of 
 the etymology or origin and conLbiiiation of words. 
 
 Rhetoric. — See Grammar. 
 
 Versification. — See Versification. 
 
 LAW. 
 
 Jurispru'dence (Lat. jus, law, and scientia, science). — The 
 science of law ; the knowledge of the laws, customs, and 
 rights of men in a state or community necessary I'or the 
 due administration of justice. 
 
 Abstract of Title. — An epitome of the deeds and documents 
 constituting the evidence of title to an estate. 
 
 Action, — The method of demanding the enforcement of a legal 
 right, and procuring redress for a civil injury in the courts 
 of common law. 
 
 Administra'tor. — The person to whom the estate and effects 
 of an intestate are committed, for which he is to be ac- 
 countable when required. 
 
 AfB.da'vit. — A declaration in writing, signed by the party, and 
 sworn to, before an authorized magistrate. 
 
 AflB.lia'tion. — Proof of paternity in the case of an illegitimate 
 child, with the view of obliging the father to contribute to 
 its support. 
 
 Al'ibi. — An expression employed when an accused person at- 
 tempts to prove his innocence by showing he was in another 
 place when the act was committed. 
 
 Al'imony. — An allowance made for the support of a woman 
 legally separated from her husband. 
 
 Allu'vion. — A gradual increase of land along the sea-shore, or 
 on the banks of rivers. This, when slow and impercep- 
 tible, is deemed a lawful means of acquisition ; but when 
 a considerable portion of land is torn away at once, by the
 
 LA \V. 81 
 
 violence of the current, and joined to a neighboring estate, 
 it may be claimed again by the former owner. 
 
 Appeal', — The removal of a cause from an inferior into a supe- 
 rior court for the purpose of impeaching the judgment of 
 the inferior court. 
 
 Arraign'ment. — The bringing of a prisoner forth, reading the 
 indictment to him, and putting the question of guilty or 
 not guilty. 
 
 Arrest of Judgment. — Where the court stays a judgment, 
 after verdict, on some question of law. 
 
 Assignee'. — A person to wliom any real or personal property 
 is transferred by the act of law, as an executor, an assignee 
 of a bankrupt, etc., or by the act of a party, as a purchaser 
 of a lease. 
 
 Assnmp'sit. — An implied promise to pay for work or goods, 
 such as will sustain an action. 
 
 Attachment. — A taking of the person, goods, or estate, by a 
 writ or precept iu a civil action, to secure a debt or de- 
 mand. 
 
 Bail. — Sureties given for the appearance, when required, of a 
 person on his being set free from custody. 
 
 Bail-bond. — A document under seal, by which a person becomes 
 bail. 
 
 Bail'ment. — A delivery of a thing in trust for some special 
 object or purpose. 
 
 Bankrupt. — A trader who is indebted in a certain amount, 
 and has committed an act of bankruptcy. 
 
 Barratry. — Any .species of cheating or fraud in a shipmaster, 
 by which the ownei-s or insurers are injured, as by running 
 away with the ship, sinking or deserting her, by wilful de- 
 viation, or by embezzling the cargo. 
 
 Bill of Sale. — A writing given by the seller of personal prop- 
 erty to the purchaser, answering to a deed of real estate. 
 
 Bond. — A written obligation, under seal. 
 
 Breach, of Covenant. — The doing of an act which a party has 
 covenanted not to do, or the neglecting to do that which 
 he has covenanted to perform. 
 
 Breach of Promise. — The doing something contrary to an 
 undertaking or contract. 
 
 Breach of the Peace. — An act by which the public repose is 
 disturbed and the safety of the community more or less 
 endangered.
 
 82 LA IK. 
 
 Breach of Trust.— A nctz,lect of duty by a trustee, or person 
 standinj^- in a fiduciary relation, in violation of his trust. 
 
 Brief. — An abridgment of the client's case, made out for the 
 instruction of counsel on a trial or hearing. 
 
 By-Law. — A private law made by those duly authorized by 
 charter, custom, or prescription ; but such by-law must be 
 consonant to the public laws and statutes, and for the com- 
 mon benefit. 
 
 Ca'pias. — A writ authorizing the arrest of a defendant in a 
 suit. 
 
 Ca'veat. — An entiy made in certain courts and offices, after 
 which no proceedings are taken in the matter to which it 
 relates without notice to the person making the entry. 
 
 Certiora'ri. — A writ issuing out of some superior court, to call 
 up the records of an inferior court, or remove a cause there 
 depending, that it may be tried in the superior court. 
 
 Challenge. — An exception taken by a prisoner against one or 
 more jurors, who, when challenged^, hyq set aside, if the 
 challenge be allowed, and new ones put in their places. 
 
 Char'ter. — An instrument, executed with form and solemnity, 
 bestowing rights or privileges. 
 
 Charter-Party. — An instrument between merchants and own- 
 ers or masters of ships, containing the particulars of the 
 contract for the hire of the ship. It is, in fact, a mercan- 
 tile lease of the ship. 
 
 Chat'tels. — There are two kinds, chattels real and chattels 
 personal ; the former are leasehold property, and the latter 
 movable goods, as furniture, money, corn, animals, etc. 
 
 Cir'cuit. — The counties or states in which the same judge or 
 judges hold courts and administer justice. 
 
 Civil Law. — The ancient lloman law, with the modifications 
 thereof that have been made in the different countries into 
 which that law has been introduced. 
 
 Cli'ent. — A party who employs a lawyer or counsellor in any 
 legal proceeding. 
 
 Code. — Any orderly collection or digest of laws. 
 
 Cod'icil. — A supplement to a will. 
 
 Cogno'vit. — A writing by which the defendant admits that the 
 2>laintiff's cause of action against him is just, and suffers 
 judgment to be entered against him without trial. 
 
 Commit'ment. — The sending of a person to prison by warrant 
 or order, cither for a crime or contumacy.
 
 ■ LA W. 83 
 
 Common Law. — The unwritten law, the law that receives its 
 biiuliiig force from immemorial usage and universal recep- 
 tion, in distinction from the written or statute law. 
 
 Contempt, or Con'tumacy. — A refusal to appear in court when 
 legally summoned, or other disobedience to its rules and 
 orders. 
 
 Con'tract. — A covenant or agreement between two or more 
 persons with a lawful consideration. 
 
 Convey'ance. — A deed which passes or conveys land from one 
 person to another. 
 
 Convey'ancing, — The art of preparing the deeds or instru- 
 ments used for the transference of property from one per- 
 son to another. 
 
 Cop'yright.— The sole right which an author has in his own 
 original literary compositions. 
 
 Costs. — The expenses incurred in the prosecution or defence of 
 legal proceedings, of which there are two kinds, those be- 
 tween party and party, and those between attorney and 
 client. 
 
 Cov'enant. — An agreement under seal. 
 
 Cross-examination. — The interrogation of a witness by or on 
 behalf of the party against wliom the evidence is given. 
 
 Damages. — The amount of money awarded by a jury to be 
 paid by a defendant to a plaintiff, as a compensation for 
 the injury of which the latter complains. 
 
 Deben'ture. — A written instrument of the nature of a bond or 
 bill for a certain sum of money. 
 
 De bonis non. — When an administrator dies, the right docs 
 not descend to his own representative, but a fresh grant 
 of administration must be obtained of the goods remaining 
 unadministered, and which is called an administration de 
 bonis non. 
 
 Decree'. — The judgment of a court of equity on any bill 
 preferred. 
 
 De Fac'to. — A thing actually done or existing. 
 
 Default', — If a defendant omits to appear or plead to an action 
 within the time allowed, the plaintiff can sign judgment 
 by default. 
 
 Defeas'ance. — A collateral deed made at the same time with a 
 deed of conveyance, containing conditions by the perform- 
 ance of which the estate created by the deed of convey- 
 ance may be defeated.
 
 84 LA IF. 
 
 Defend'ant. — The party against whom an action or suit is 
 hrouulit. 
 
 Deforce'ment. — The holding of lands or tenements to which 
 another person has a right. 
 
 Demise'. — A grant by lease of heritable property. It may 
 be cither for life or years. 
 
 Demur'rer. — A mode of raising a point of law upon the facts 
 stated in the pleadings, assuming them to be true. 
 
 Deposi'tion, — The testimony of a witness set down in writing, 
 in answer to interrogations legally made. 
 
 Der'elicts. — Such goods as are wilfully relinquished by the 
 owner. It also signifies what is forsaken, or cast away by 
 the sea; thus lands which the sea has suddenly left are 
 called derelict lands, and vessels forsaken at sea derelict 
 ships. 
 
 Detain'er. — A writ whereby a person may be detained in 
 custody. 
 
 Disclaim'er. — A denial, disavowal, or renunciation, as of a title, 
 claim, interest, estate, or trust. 
 
 Distress. — The distraining or taking the effects of a tenant, in 
 order to satisfy the rent due to his landlord. 
 
 Distringas (on stock). — A writ which stops the transfer of 
 stock by the party in whose name it stands, and can be 
 obtained at the instance of any party beneficially interested 
 in the stock. 
 
 Dow'er. — That portion of the lands or tenements of a man 
 which his widow enjoys during her life, after the death of 
 her husband. 
 
 Du'ces Te'cum (bring with thee). — A clause in a subpoena, com- 
 manding a person to bring with him to the trial of an 
 action books and papers which the party who issues the 
 subpcena may think material to his purpose. 
 
 Ease'ment. — A privilege or convenience which one man has 
 upon another man's land, such as a right of way. 
 
 Eject'ment. — An action at law to recover the possession of 
 lands. 
 
 Embra'cery. — The attempt to corrupt or influence a jury. 
 
 Enceinte'. — A term for a state of pregnancy. 
 
 Endowment. — The act of giving or assuring a dower to a 
 Woman. Also, the settlement of a property for the sup- 
 port of some religious or charitable institution, etc. 
 
 En'try. — The act of taking possession of lands and tenements
 
 LA W. 85 
 
 ■where a man has title of entry. Also, a writ showing that 
 the tenant commenced possession in an unlawful way, and 
 thus disproving his title. 
 
 Eq'uitable Mort'gage. — The most familiar instance is the de- 
 posit (either with or without a memorandum, although it 
 is better to have one) of the title-deeds of an estate, by 
 way of security, which constitutes an equitable mortgage 
 without the execution of any formal mortgage-deed. 
 
 Equity of Redemption. — The right which equity gives to a 
 mortgagor of redeeming his estate after the appointed time 
 for payment has passed, and which right can only be barred 
 by a foreclosure. 
 
 Er'ror. — A writ of error is a commission to judges of a superior 
 court, by which they are authorized to examine the record 
 upon which a judgment was given in an inferior court, and 
 to aflSrm, reverse, or vary the same, according to law. 
 
 Escheat'. — The reversion of land to the original grantor. It 
 occurs when a tenant in fee-simple dies without having left 
 any heir to the land. 
 
 Es'crow. — A deed of lands or tenements delivered to a third 
 person, to hold until some condition is performed by the 
 grantee, and which is not to take effect until the condition 
 is performed. 
 
 Estate'. — The interest which a person has in lands or other 
 property. 
 
 Estop'pel (Fr. efonper, to stop). — Where a man is precluded 
 from alleging or denying a fact in consequence of his own 
 previous act, allegation, or denial to the contrary. 
 
 Evidence. — Proof, either written or unwritten, of the facts in 
 issue in any legal proceeding. 
 
 Execu'tion. — The carrying into effect a sentence or judgment 
 of court. 
 
 Exec'utor. — The person appointed by a testator to execute his 
 will or to see it carried into effect. 
 
 Ex-par'te (Lat., from a part). — A statement is called ex-parfe 
 where only one of the parties gives an account of a trans- 
 action in which two or more are concerned. 
 
 Ex Post Facto (Lat., from something done afterwards). — A 
 law declariug an act penal or criminal which was innocent 
 when done. 
 
 Fee-simple. — That estate or interest which a person holds to 
 him and his heirs forever. 
 8
 
 86 LA W. 
 
 Felo-de-se (iMocl. Lat., a felon witli reference to himself). — A 
 person who being of sound mind, and of the age of discre- 
 tion, wilfully causes his own death. 
 
 Fi'at (Lat., let it be done). — A short order or warrant of some 
 judge for making out certain processes, etc. 
 
 Fie'ri Fa'cias (Lat. quod fieri f actus de bojtis, that you cause 
 the sum or debt to be made from the goods). — A writ of 
 execution by which the sheriif is commanded to levy the 
 debt and damages of the goods and chattels of the de- 
 fendant. 
 
 Fine. — A penalty or amends, made in money, for an offence; 
 also money paid for the renewal of a lease. 
 
 Freehold. — Lands held in fee-simple, fee-tail, or at least for 
 life. 
 
 Garnishee'. — The party in whose hands money, due a defend- 
 ant, is attached. 
 
 Grand Jury.— The jury to whom all bills of indictment are 
 referred in the first instance. 
 
 Ha'beas Corpus (Lat., you may have the body). — A writ for 
 delivering a person from false imprisonment, or for remov- 
 ing a person from one court to another. 
 
 Heredit'aments. — All things which may be inherited, that is, 
 which would descend to the heir if not disposed of by 
 deed or will. 
 
 Hypoth'ecate. — A term used for pawning a ship and goods, or 
 either, tor necessaries, which a master of a ship may do 
 when in distress at sea. 
 
 Indent'ure. — A writing containing a contract. 
 
 Indict'ment. — A written accusation of one or more persons for 
 a crime or misdemeanor, preferred to, and presented on oath 
 by, a grand jury. 
 
 Injunc'tion. — A writ forbidding certain acts to be done under 
 pain of contempt. 
 
 In' quest. — A meeting of jurors who are summoned to take 
 into consideration certain matters which may appear in 
 evidence before them, and to bring in their verdict accord- 
 ingly. 
 
 Inqui'ry, Writ of. — A writ that issues out to the sheriff to 
 summon a jury to inquire what damages a plaintiff has 
 sustained in an action upon the case where judgment goes 
 by defoult. 
 
 In'terpleader. — A bill in equity filed by one from whom the
 
 LA W. 87 
 
 same article or sum is claimed by two parties, with a view 
 
 to ascertain the person to whom it ought to be delivered 
 
 or paid. 
 Interrog'atory. — A question in writing, demanded of a witness 
 
 in a cause, who is to answer it under the solemnity of an 
 
 oath. 
 Joint'ure. — A settlement of lands and tenements made on a 
 
 woman in consideration of marriage. 
 Judg'ment. — The sentence or doom pronounced in any cause, 
 
 civil or criminal, by the judge or court by which it is 
 
 tried. 
 Ju'rat. — The clause written at the foot of an affidavit, stating 
 
 when, and before whom, it was sworn. 
 Ju'ry. — A certain number of persons sworn to decide justly on 
 
 the matter before them. 
 Justifying Bail. — The act of proving to the satisfaction of the 
 
 court that the persons proposed as bail are sufficient for 
 
 the purpose. 
 Law Merchant. — Part of the unwritten or common law, con- 
 sisting of particular customs that have gradually grown 
 
 into the force of law, and are recognized as such by the 
 
 courts, such as the law relating to bills of exchange, etc. 
 Law of Nations. — The laws established between different 
 
 kingdoms and states, in relation to each other. 
 Lease. — A conveyance or demise of lands or tenements for life, 
 
 or years, or at will, but always for a less term than the 
 
 party conveying has in the premises. 
 Leg'acy. — A bequest or gift by will of any personal effects. 
 Lessor and Lessee. — The person who grants a lease is called 
 
 the lessor, the party to whom it is granted, the lessee, and 
 
 the person to whom either of them assigns, the assicjnce. 
 Lien. — A qualified right which a person has in or to a thing 
 
 in his possession, arising from a claim upon the owner. 
 Li'gan. — Goods sunk in the sea but tied to a cork or buoy. 
 Liq'uidator. — A person appointed to wind up the afftiirs of an 
 
 insolvent company. 
 Manda'mus (Lat., we command). — A command or writ issued 
 
 from some of the higher courts, directed to any person, 
 
 corporation, or inferior court, requiring them to do some 
 
 act therein specified which appertains to their office or 
 
 duty. 
 Med'ical Jurispru'dence. — The science which applies the prin-
 
 88 l^A W. 
 
 ciplcs and practice of the different branches of medicine to 
 
 doubtful questions in courts of justice. 
 Misprision. — Any high offence under the degree of wliat is 
 
 capital, but bordering on it. 
 Mit'timus (Lat., we send). — A warrant of commitment to 
 
 prison. Also a writ for transferring records from one court 
 
 to another. 
 Morfgage. — A pledge of goods or chattels by a debtor to a 
 
 creditor as security for the debt. 
 Mort'main (Fr., a dead hand). — Lands held by corporations 
 
 are said to be held in mortmain. 
 Mu'niments. — Deeds, evidences, and writings in genei'al. 
 Ne Exeat (Lat. ne exeat regno, let him not go out of the 
 
 kingdom). — A writ to prevent a person from going out of 
 
 the country without a license. 
 Nolle Pros'equi (Lat., to be unwilling to prosecute). — A pro- 
 ceeding in an action by which the plaintiff undertakes not 
 
 to proceed further. 
 Non. Pros (Lat., abb. of non proseqnitnr, he does not prosecute). 
 
 — When the plaintiff neglects to take any step within the 
 
 prescribed time, the defendant may move for a judgment 
 
 against him, which is called judgment of non pros. 
 Non'suit. — The renunciation of a suit by the plaintiff. 
 Obligee'. — An individual for whose benefit an obligation is 
 
 entered into. 
 Obligor'. — He who enters into a bond or obligation. 
 Overt Act. — x\n open act, capable of being manifested by legal 
 
 proof. 
 Pan'el. — A schedule or roll of parchment containing the names 
 
 of the jurors returned by the sheriff. 
 Par'ticeps Crim'inis (Lat., a sharer in the crime). — An ac- 
 complice, or one who participates in the guilt. 
 Penal Laws. — Laws made for the punishment of criminal 
 
 offences. 
 Personal Estate, or Personalty. — Movable things, whether 
 
 alive or dead, as distinguished from land, or immovables, 
 
 which are termed real estate. 
 Plaint. — Process by which actions are commenced in the county 
 
 court. 
 Plaintiff. — The complainant in an action or suit. 
 Plea. — The defendant's answer to the plaintiff's declaration. 
 Pos'se Comita'tus (Mod. Itat. jjosse, to be able, and comitatus,
 
 LA W. 89 
 
 belonging to the county). — Authority vested in the sheriff 
 to summon citizens to his aid in case of riot, etc. 
 
 Power of Attorney. — An instrument by which a party em- 
 powers another to perform certain acts for him. 
 
 Pre'amble. — The introductory part of a statute, which states 
 the reasons and intent of the law. 
 
 Pre'cept. — A command in writing sent by a justice of the 
 peace, etc., for the purpose of bringing a person, record, or 
 other matter before him. 
 
 Prescrip'tion. — A title acquired by use and time, and allowed 
 by law. 
 
 Pro'bate. — The copy of a will made out on parchment, with a 
 certificate of its having been proved. 
 
 Proc'ess. — A general term applied to formal judicial proceed- 
 ings. 
 
 Prohibi'tion. — A writ issuing out of the superior courts direct/- 
 ing the judge of an inferior court not to proceed further 
 in a suit. 
 
 Pur 'view. — The bod}- of a statute, or that part which begins 
 witli "_Z^f it enacted" as distinguished from the preamhle. 
 
 ftuan'tum Vale'bat (Lat., as much as it was worth). — An 
 action to recover from the defendant, for goods sold, as 
 much as they were worth. 
 
 Qui Tarn (Lat., who as well, or equally). — A popular action 
 on a penal statute, prosecuted partly at the suit of the 
 government, and partly at that of an informer. 
 
 Cluo'ruin. — Such a number of oflScers or members of any body 
 as is competent by law or constitution to transact business. 
 
 Q,U0 Warranto (Lat., by what authority). — A writ brought 
 before a proper tribunal to inquire by what warrant a per- 
 son or corporation exercises certain powers. 
 
 Real Estate, or Realty. — The term applied to land, in con- 
 tradistinction to personalty. 
 
 Recognizance. — A bond or obligation acknowledged in some 
 court, or before some judge, with condition to do some 
 particular act, as to appear at the assizes, to keep the 
 peace, etc. 
 
 Rejoin'der. — The defendant's answer to the plaintiff's repli- 
 cation. 
 
 Remain'der. — A vested or contingent estate or interest in land, 
 limited to take effect and come into possession on the de- 
 termination of a prior estate created at the same time.
 
 90 LA W. 
 
 Replevin. — An action of tort, in wliich the plaintiff seeks the 
 
 recovery of goods illegally distrained. 
 Reprieve'. — A suspension of the execution of sentence of 
 
 death on a criminal. 
 Resid'uary Devisee'. — The person to whom a testator devises 
 
 the remainder of his lands not otherwise di.sposed of. 
 Resid'uary Estate'. — The portion of a testator's estate not 
 
 fspecifically disposed of. 
 Resid'uary Legatee'. — A legatee to whom is bequeathed the 
 
 residue or remainder of a testator's personal estate after 
 
 payment of all legacies, claims, and demands. 
 Retain'er. — A fee paid to engage a lawyer or counsellor to 
 
 maintain a cause. 
 Retraxit (Lat., he has withdrawn). — A proceeding in an 
 
 action by which a plaintiff withdraws from the prosecu- 
 tion of it. It is a bar to any future action for the same 
 
 cause. 
 Return'. — A certificate from sheriffs and bailiffs of what is 
 
 done in the execution of a writ. 
 Rever'sion. — The residue of an estate left in the grantor, and 
 
 returning to him or to his heirs after the grant is deter- 
 mined. 
 Rule. — An order made by the court at the instance of one of 
 
 the parties in an action. 
 Sci're Fa'cias (Lat., cause you to know). — A judicial writ 
 
 founded on some matter of record, as judgments and 
 
 letters patent, on which it lies to enforce the execution of 
 
 them or to set them aside. 
 Search-Warrant. — A precept authorizing a person to enter 
 
 houses, shops, and the like, to search, usually for goods 
 
 stolen, but sometimes for other purposes. 
 Subpce'na (Lat., under the penalty). — A writ commanding the 
 
 attendance in court of the person to whom it is served. 
 Suit. — An action or process for the recovery of a right or 
 
 claim. 
 Sum'mons. — A warning or citation to appear in court. 
 Superse'deas (Lat., you may suspend). — A command to stay 
 
 some ordinary proceedings at law, on good cause shown. 
 Testa'tor, or Testatrix. — The maker of a will. 
 Tort. — Any wrong or injury. 
 Trav'erse. — A plea which denies the truth of some part of the 
 
 plaintiff's declaration in an action.
 
 LEA THER.— LETTER- WRITING. 91 
 
 Treasure Trove. — Any money, etc., found hidden under the 
 
 earth, the owner thereof being unknown. 
 Tro'ver. — The form of action used to try a disputed question 
 
 of property in goods or chattels, in wliicli the plaintiff can 
 
 only recover their estimated value, and not the goods or 
 
 chattels themselves. 
 True Bill. — The words endorsed upon an indictment by a grand 
 
 jury, when satisfied that the charge against the offender is 
 
 made out. 
 Vendor and Vendee. — A vendor is the person who sells, and a 
 
 vendee the person who buys anything. 
 Ven'ue. — The place where an action is laid, that is, the county 
 
 in which the cause will be tried. 
 Ver'dict. — -The answer of a jury given to the court concerning 
 
 any matter of fact in any case, civil or criminal, committed 
 
 to their trial and examination. 
 Waifs. — Stolen goods which the thief has thrown away or left 
 
 behind him. 
 War'rant. — A precept under hand and seal, directed to a 
 
 proper officer, to arrest an offender. 
 Warrant of Attorney. — An authority given by any one to 
 
 an attorney-at-law to appear and plead for him, or to 
 
 suffer judgment to pass against him by confessing the 
 
 action. 
 Welsh Mortgage. — A mortgage in which there is no redemp- 
 tion-day fixed, thereby giving the mortgagor a perpetual 
 
 right of redemption. 
 Writ. — A precept commanding some particular act to be done 
 
 or omitted. 
 
 LEATHER. 
 
 Tan'ning. — The art of converting the raw hides of animals into 
 
 leather by the use of tan. 
 Taw'ing. — The art of preparing skins and forming them into 
 
 white leather, by imbuing them with alum, salt, and other 
 
 matters. 
 
 LETTER- WRITING. 
 
 Epistolog'raphy (Gr. episfole, a letter, and grapho, I write). 
 — The art of writin"; letters.
 
 92 LIGHT. 
 
 LIGHT. 
 
 Op'tics ((jrr. opfikos, pertaining to seeing). — The science which 
 treats of the laws of light and vision. 
 
 Aberra'tion. — A deviation in the rays of light, when inflected 
 by a lens or speculum, by which they are prevented from 
 uniting in the same point. It is occasioned by the figure 
 of the glass or speculum, or by the unequal refrangibility 
 of the rays of light. 
 
 Absorp'tion. — The process or act by which light is made pas- 
 sively to disappear in some other substance, through mo- 
 lecular or other invisible means. 
 
 Ac'tinism. — That power in the sun's rays by which chemical 
 changes are produced, as in photography. 
 
 Actin'ograph. — An instrument for registering the variations 
 of the chemical influence of the solar rays. 
 
 Anamorpho'sis, — A distorted representation of an object, so 
 contrived as to appear symmetrical, or an exact representa- 
 tion when seen from a certain point of view, or as reflected 
 by a curved mirror, or through a polyhedron. 
 
 Apparent Magnitude.— The angle under which any line 
 appears at the eye, or the angle made by lines drawn from 
 its extremities to the eye. 
 
 Apparent Motion. — The seeming motion of a body arising 
 from some other cause than its actual motion. 
 
 Astrom'eter (Gr. astron, a star, and metron, a measure"). — An 
 instrument invented and employed by Sir John Herschel 
 for the purpose of comparing the intensities of light of the 
 stars, one with another, by the intervention of the moon, 
 or the planet Jupiter, or some other natural standard. 
 
 Ax'is (Visual). — A particular ray of light from any object, 
 which falls perpendicularly on the eye. 
 
 Catop'trics (Gr. kata, against, and ojJtomai, to see). — That 
 part of optics which explains the properties of reflected 
 light. 
 
 Chromat'ics (Gr. chroma, color). — That part of optics which 
 treats of the properties of the colois of light and of 
 natural bodies. 
 
 Depolariza'tion. — The act of deprivina; of polarity, as the rays 
 of light. 
 
 Di'chroism. — A property of some crystallized bodies of appear-
 
 LIGHT. 93 
 
 ing under two distinct colors, according to the direction in 
 which they are viewed, or in which the rays of light pass 
 through them. 
 
 Diffrac'tion. — A change which light undergoes, when, by pass- 
 ing very near the borders of an opaque body, it forms 
 parallel bands or fringes. 
 
 Diop'tries (Gr. Jioptumai, to see through). — That part of 
 optics which treats of the refractions of light passing 
 through different mediums, as through air, water, or glass. 
 
 Emis'sion. — The theory, adopted by Newton, that light consists 
 of exceedingly minute particles of a peculiar matter thrown 
 out by a luminous body. 
 
 Fo'cus. — The point of convergence at which all the I'ays of 
 light meet after passing through a convex lens. 
 
 Irradia'tion. — An apparent enlargement of objects beyond 
 their proper bounds, in consequence of the vivid impression 
 of light on the eye. 
 
 Optom'eter (Gr. dps, sight, and metron, a measure). — An in- 
 strument for- measuring the limits of direct vision. 
 
 Photog'raphy (Gr. jihos, light, and grapho, I write). — The 
 science of the action of light on bodies. 
 
 Photd'ogy (Gr. pliOs, light, and logos, a discourse). — The doc- 
 trine or science of light, explaining its nature and phe- 
 nomena. 
 
 Photom'eter (Gr. j^ltos, light, and metron, a measure). — An in- 
 strument for measuring the relative intensities of light. 
 
 Photom'etry (Gr. pAos, light, and metreo, I measure). — The 
 science which treats of the measurement of light. 
 
 Pleoch'roism. — The exhibition of several shades of colors, as 
 when a mixture of polarized and non-polarized light passes 
 through a double refracting crystal. 
 
 Polarim'etry. — The art or process of measuring the polariza- 
 tion of light. 
 
 Ra'diant. — The luminous point or object from which light 
 emanates. 
 
 Reflec'tion. — The rebound or turning back of rays of light 
 from a smooth opposing surface. 
 
 Refrac'tion. — The deviation of a ray of light from a right line 
 in entering a medium of greater den.^ity. 
 
 Refrangibil'ity. — A disposition of rays of light to be refracted 
 or turned out of a direct course, in passing out of one 
 transparent body or medium into another.
 
 94 LITERATURE. 
 
 Sciop'tics (Gr. sldfK, shadow, and optomai, I shall see). — The 
 science of exhibiting images of external objects, received 
 on some extended surface through a double convex glass 
 into a darkened room. 
 
 Spec'troscope. — An optical instrument for forming and ex- 
 amining spectra, particularly those produced by flames in 
 which different substances are volatilized, so as to determine, 
 from the position of the spectral lines, the composition of 
 the substance. 
 
 Spectrum. — The several colored and other rays of which light 
 is composed, separated by the refraction of a prism or other 
 means, and exhibited either as spread out on a screen or 
 by direct vision. 
 
 Spherom'eter (Gr. sphaira, a sphere, and onetron, a measure). 
 — An instrument for measuring the thickness of small 
 bodies, the curvature of optical glasses, etc. 
 
 Tith'onic'ity. — That property of light by which it produces 
 chemical effects. 
 
 TJndulatory Theory. — The theory according to which light is 
 transmitted by the undulations of an elastic medium sup- 
 posed to pervade the universe. 
 
 LITERATURE. 
 
 Lit'erature. — The results of learning, knowledge, and imagina- 
 tion preserved in writing. 
 
 jEne'id. — A heroic poem, written by Virgil, in which jEneas is 
 the hero. 
 
 AnthoI'Dgy (Gr. anthologia, a gathering of flowers). — A selec- 
 tion of poems, or of elegant extracts from authors. 
 
 Ap'ologue. — A story or relation of fictitious events, intended 
 to convey useful truths; a moral fable. 
 
 Autohiog'raphy (Gr. aiitos, self, hioa, life, and ffrapho, I write). 
 — The biography or memoirs of one's life written by one's 
 self. 
 
 Bed'agat. — The name of the sacred books of the Boodhists in 
 Burniah. 
 
 Belles-Lettres. — Polite or elegant literature ; including especi- 
 ally rhetoric, history, poetry, philology, and criticism, with 
 the languages in which the standard works in these depart- 
 ments are written. 
 
 Bib'licism. — Biblical doctrine, learning, or literature.
 
 LITERATURE. 95 
 
 Biog'raphy (Gr. hios, life, and grapho, I write). — The history 
 of the life and character of a particular person. 
 
 Chrestom'athy (Gr. chrtstos, useful, and manthano, I learn). 
 — A book introductory to the learning of languages, con- 
 taining selected passages, with notes, explanations, etc. 
 
 Chronicle, — A histoiical register of events, in the order of 
 time. 
 
 Cid. — The name of an epic poem of the Spaniards. 
 
 Clas'sic. — A book written by an author of the first class. 
 
 Collecta'nea. — Notes, observations, or any matter collected 
 from a variety of works. 
 
 Com'meiltary. — A book of annotations, comments and remarks. 
 
 Compendium. — A brief compilation or composition, containing 
 the principal heads, or general principles, of a larger work 
 or system. 
 
 Concord' ance. — A dictionary of the Bible in which all the 
 leading terms used in Scripture are arranged alphabetically, 
 and reference is made to the various places in which they 
 occur. 
 
 Crit'ieism. — The art of judging with propriety of the beauties 
 and faults of a literary performance or of any production 
 in the fine arts. 
 
 Critique'. — The science of criticism ; a critical essay. 
 
 Cyclopae'dia. — A book, or series of volumes, containing a view 
 of the arts, sciences, and literature, arranged in alphabetical 
 order. 
 
 Decam'eron. — A volume consisting of ten books ; applied par- 
 ticularly to the celebrated collection of tales by Boccaccio. 
 
 Dissertation. — A written essay, treatise, or disquisition. 
 
 Ed'da. — A book containing a system of Runic or Scandinavian 
 mythology, with some account of the theology and phi- 
 losophy of the northern nations of Europe. 
 
 Ephem'eris, — A book or collection of notices indicating events 
 that have occurred on the same day in diS'erent years. 
 
 Epigraph. — A citation from some author, or a sentence framed 
 lor the purpose, placed at the commencement of a work 
 or at its separate divisions. 
 
 Ep'isode. — An incidental narrative, or digression, separable 
 from the main subject, but naturally arising from it. 
 
 Epit'ome. — A brief summary or abstract of any book or writ- 
 
 Es'say. — A composition intended to prove or illustrate a par-
 
 9G LITERATURE. 
 
 ticular subject, and usually shorter or less methodical than 
 
 a treatise. 
 Excur'sus. — A dissertation appended to a work, containing a 
 
 more full exposition of some important point or topic. 
 Fable. — A fictitious narration intended to enforce some useful 
 
 truth or precept. 
 Facetiae. — Witty or humorous writings. 
 Fic'tion. — Fictitious literature or writings, as novels, romances, 
 
 etc. 
 Gazette'. — A kind of official newspaper, containing an account 
 
 of public or private transactions and events which are 
 
 deemed sufficiently important for insertion. 
 Gazetteer'. — A topographical work, containing brief descrip- 
 tions, alphabetically arranged, of empires, kingdoms, cities, 
 
 towns, and rivers. It may either include the whole world, 
 
 or be limited to a particular country. 
 Geor'gics. — Books or didactic poems treating of hu.sbandry ; 
 
 tiie title of Virgil's poem, in four books, on agriculture. 
 Glos'sary. — A dictionary of difficult words or phrases in any 
 
 language or by any writer. Also, a dictionary of obscure 
 
 or antiquated words. 
 Gnomorogy (Gwgnomi:, an opinion, and logos^ a discourse). — A 
 
 treatise on, or a collection of, maxims. 
 Hagiol'ogy (Gr. haf/ios, holy, and logos, a discourse). — That de- 
 partment of literature which treats of sacred things, or of 
 
 the lives of the saints. 
 Hermeneut'ics (Gr. liermeneutilcos, skilled in interpreting). — 
 
 The science or art of literary interpretation. 
 Historiog'raphy (Gr. historia, history, and graplio, I write). 
 
 — The art or employment of a historian. 
 Historiol'ogy (Gr. historia, history, and logos, a discourse). — 
 
 A treatise on history ; explanation of history. 
 Il'iad. — An epic poem, composed by Homer, in twenty-four 
 
 books. 
 Jour'nal. — A paper published daily ; hence, also, a periodical 
 
 publication, whether sheet or book, giving an account of 
 
 passing events, the proceedings and memoirs of societies, 
 
 and the like. 
 Jour'nalism. — The profession of editing, or writing for, journals. 
 Koran. — The Mohammedan Bible, or the book written and 
 left by Mohammed and containing the doctrines and 
 precepts of his religion.
 
 LITERATURE. 97 
 
 Lexicography (Gr. lexis, diction, and ffrapho, I write). — The 
 
 art of composing dictloitaries. 
 Lex'icon. — A book containing the words of a hxnguage arranged 
 
 alphabetically and defined. The term was originally, and 
 
 is still usually, confined to dictionaries of the Greek and 
 
 Hebrew tongues. 
 Magazine'. — A periodical work containing miscellaneous matter. 
 Manuscript. — A book or paper written with the hand or pen. 
 Martyrol'ogy. — A history or account of martyrs, with their 
 
 suiferiugs. 
 Met'aphrase. — A version or translation of one language into 
 
 another, word for word ; opposed to Paraphrase. 
 Mis'cellany. — A book or pamphlet containing a collection of 
 
 compositions on various subjects, or a collection of various 
 
 kinds of compositions. 
 Nov'el. — A fictitious tale or narrative in prose, intended to ex- 
 hibit the operation of the passions, and particularly of love. 
 Odyssey. — An epic poem attributed to Homer ; the subject is 
 
 the return of Ulysses from Troy to Ithaca. 
 Pam'phlet. — A small book consisting of a sheet of paper, or of 
 
 sheets stitched together, but not bound. 
 Pandect. — A treatise which contains the whole of any science. 
 Pantol'ogy (Gr. pas, pantos, all, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 
 syistcmatic view of all branches of human hnowledge. 
 Par'aphrase. — A loose or free translation ; opposed to ]Meta- 
 
 I'lIRASE. 
 
 Pasquinade'. — A lampoon or satirical writing. 
 
 Polyglot. — A book containing many languages, or in which 
 are comprised versions in many languages. 
 
 Preface. — Observations prefixed to a literary work intended 
 to inform the reader respecting its design, plan, etc. 
 
 Prose. — Composition not in verse, and without metre or poetic 
 measure. 
 
 Pura'na. — One of a class of sacred poetical books in the Hindoo 
 language which treats of the creation, destruction, and 
 renovation of worlds, the genealogy of gods and heroes, the 
 reigns of the Manus, and the transactions of their descend- 
 ants. The Puranas are eighteen in number. 
 
 Review'. — A critical notice of a literary work. Also, a 
 periodical publication, giving critical examinations or 
 analyses of books, a character of them, and remarks upon 
 them ; as " Tlie Edinburgh Review" 
 E 9
 
 98 LITERATURE. 
 
 Romance'. — A tale or fictitious history of extraordinary adven- 
 tures. The Euinance differs from tlie Novd, as it treats 
 of great actions and extravagant adventures, soaring beyond 
 the limits of fact and real life. Romances have of late 
 years given way to hisforical novels. 
 
 Rubric. — Any writing or printing in red ink in old books and 
 manuscripts, especially the date or place on the title-page. 
 
 Sad'da. — A work in the Persian tongue, being a summary of 
 the Zendavesta, or sacred books. 
 
 Sat'ire. — A discourse or poem in which wickedness or folly is 
 exposed with severity. It differs from Lampoon and 
 Pasquinade in being general rather than personal. 
 
 Shas'ter. — The name of a book in high estimation among the 
 idolaters of Hindostan, containing all the dogmas of the 
 religion of the Brahmins, and all the ceremonies of their 
 worship. 
 
 Tal'mild. — A collection of Jewish writings. 
 
 Tet'rapla. — The name of a Bible arranged by Origen, in four 
 columns, and consisting of four different versions, viz. : 
 that of the Septuagint, that of Aquila, that of Symmachus, 
 and that of Theodotion. 
 
 Text'-hook.^A book containing the leading principles or most 
 important points of a science or branch of learning, arranged 
 in order for the use of students. 
 
 Trav'esty. — A literary work so translated or imitated as to be 
 rendered ridiculous. 
 
 Treat'ise. — A written composition on a particular subject, in 
 which the principles of it are discussed or explained. A 
 treatise is of an indefinite length ; but it implies more form 
 and method than an essay, and less fulness or copiousness 
 than a system. 
 
 Ve'da. — The technical name of those ancient Sanscrit works on 
 which the first period of the religious belief of the Hindoos 
 is based. 
 
 Vocah'ulary. — A list or collection of the words of a language 
 arranged in alphabetical order and explained. The term 
 is often used in a sense somewhat different from that of 
 dlctionar)/, its signification being restricted to the list of 
 words. 
 
 Vul'gate. — An ancient Latin translation of the Bible, made 
 chiefly by St. Jerome, being the only one which the 
 church of Home acknowledges to be authentic.
 
 MAMMALS. 99 
 
 Zend'aves'ta. — A sacred book of the Guebers or Parsces, as- 
 cribed to Zoroaster, and reverenced as a sole rule of faith 
 and practice. 
 
 MAMMALS. 
 
 Mammal'ogy (Lat. mamma, the breast). — The science or 
 doctrine of mannuiferous animals, or mammalia. Those 
 having hoofs are iaxmcA. nngul a te ; the others unguiculate. 
 The mammalia have been divided into two classes, the 
 Plncentalia and the Implacentalia. 
 
 Class 1. The PlacentaUa, or those having a placenta or a 
 vascular chorion, by which the foetus is attached to the 
 uterus, are divided into 
 
 1. Bima'na. — Two-handed, whose posterior extremities arc 
 used only to keep them in an erect position, and for the 
 purpose of locomotion. They comprehend the varieties 
 of man. 
 
 2. ftuadru'mana. — Those having four hands, whose hinder 
 extremities, in some instances, resemble hands more than 
 the anterior, the thumb being sometimes wanting or in- 
 capable of being opposed to the other digits. They com- 
 prehend the ape, monkey, etc. 
 
 3. Cheirop'tera. — Those having the exterior extremities so 
 modified as to serve for wings, the fingers being lengthened, 
 and connected together by a thin membrane. They com- 
 prehend the different kinds of bats. 
 
 4. Insectiv'ora. — Insect-eaters. They comprehend the 
 shrew, mole, hedge-hog, etc. 
 
 5. Carniv'ora. — The flesh-eaters. They comprehend the 
 dog, cat, bear, seal, etc. 
 
 G. Ceta'cea. — The whale tribe. They live in the sea or 
 in large rivers. The caudal fin is horizontal, not vertical, 
 as in the true fishes. They comprehend the whale, por- 
 poise, etc. 
 
 7. Pachyder'mata. — The thick-skinned. They are dis- 
 tinguished by the thickness of their skins, and comprehend 
 the hippopotamus, elephant, horse, hog, etc. 
 
 8. Ruminan'tia. — Those that chew the cud. They have 
 cloven feet, want incisors, and have a stomach with four 
 cavities. 
 
 9. Edenta'ta. — Those having imperfect dental apparatus. 
 Their digits are generally sunk in large and crooked claws.
 
 100 MAN. 
 
 Tliey Imve no incisors :uk1 sonietinios no dontal organs. 
 They conipreliend the sloth, ant-eater, armadillo, etc. 
 10. Roden'tia. — Those animals which gnaw. Their poste- 
 rior are generally larger than their anterior parts, and 
 hence they rather leap than walk. The brain is of an 
 inferior type ; the eyes are lateral. Some of them use their 
 feet to convey their food to the mouth. They comprehend 
 the rat, squirrel, rabbit, etc. 
 Class 2. The Inip/accntalui, or those having no placenta or 
 vascular chorion, are divided into, 
 
 1 . Marsupia'lia. — -The pouched, which have the abdominal 
 integument folded inwards, forming a depression contain- 
 ing the manimte, or a pouch for the temporary shelter of 
 their young. The foetus is not attached to the uterus ; it 
 is prematurely born, in the great kangaroo after a gesta- 
 tion of only thirty-eight days, at the end of which period 
 it does not exceed an inch in length. It is then received 
 into the pouch, where, adhering to the nipple, it remains 
 for many months. 
 
 2. Monotrem'ata. — Those having but one outlet for the 
 excremental and generative products. They are ovo-vivip- 
 arous; that is, extrude the living fuetus, more or less ex- 
 tricated from the egg coverings which had been developed 
 within the body of the parent. They include only two 
 genera, both found in Australia, the Ornithorhynchus and 
 the Schidna. 
 
 MAN. 
 
 Anatomy. — See Anatomy. 
 
 Anthropog'raphy (Gr. anthrOpos, man, and (/raphe, a descrip- 
 tion). — That branch oi physical geograpliijvih\(i\\ treats of 
 the actual distribution of the human race, as distinguished 
 by physical character, language, institutions, and customs ; 
 in distinction from ethnohgi/, which treats historically of 
 the origin and filiation of races and nations. 
 
 Anthropol'ogy (Gr. aitthrupos, man, and- logos, a discourse). 
 — The science of man, considered physically, intellectually, 
 and morally, or in his entire nature. 
 
 Anthropos'copy (Gr. aitfhrupos, a man, and skopco, I view). — 
 The art of discovering or judging of a man's character, 
 passions, and inclinations from the lineaments of his 
 body.
 
 3IA PS. 101 
 
 Biorogy (Gr. hios, life, and logos, a discourse). — That branch 
 of scientific inquiry whicli is concerned with the nature 
 and relations of living bodies. 
 
 Ethnology (Gr. efJuws, a nation, and logos). — The science 
 which treats of the different natural races and families of 
 men. 
 
 Medicine. — See Medicine. 
 
 Mes'merism (from IMcsmer, who first wrote on the subject). 
 — The art of communicating a species of sleep which is 
 supposed to affect the body while the mind or intellectual 
 power is active and intelligent. 
 
 Phonol'ogy (Gr. pho)ie, sound, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science or doctrine of the elementary sounds uttered by the 
 hnman voice in speech, including its various distinctions 
 or subdivisions of tones. 
 
 Physian'thropy (Gr. phusis, nature, and antlirdpos, a man). — 
 The philosophy of human life, or the doctrine of the con- 
 stitution and diseases of man, and the remedies. 
 
 Physiognomy (Gr. phusis, nature, and gnomonikos, knowing). 
 — The art or science of discerning the character of the 
 mind from the features of the face. 
 
 Physiology (Gr. jfhusis, nature, and logos, a discourse.) — That 
 branch of science which treats of the peculiar functions 
 and pi'operties of living bodies, that is, of bodies which 
 grow and produce their kind, — a definition which includes 
 both vegetables and animals. 
 
 Psychol'ogy (Gr. psuche, the soul, and logos). — The science 
 which relates more immediately to the human mind, its 
 powers, and their cultivation. 
 
 Surgery. — See Surgery. 
 
 MAPS. 
 
 Cartog'raphy (Gr. cJiarte, a chart, and graplio, I write). 
 — Tlie art or practice of forming charts or maps of a 
 country. 
 
 Chorog'raphy (Gr. chora, a district, and gmpho, I write). — 
 The art or practice of making a map or description of a 
 particular region or country, in distinction from topog- 
 raphy, which is concerned with minute details, and from 
 geography^ which properly refers to the description of 
 the whole earth. 
 
 9*
 
 102 MA THEM A TICS. 
 
 Hydrog'raphy (Gr. hu<Ior, water, and graplto, I write). — The 
 art o\^ forming charts exhibiting a representation of the 
 sea-coast, gulfs, bays, soundings, etc. 
 
 Topography (Gr. topOa, a place, and (/nipho, I write). — Tiie 
 accurate description of some particular place or tract 
 of land. Topography goes into minute details which 
 geography does not enter upon. 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 Mathematics. — The science of quantity, the science which 
 treats of magnitude and number, or of whatever can be 
 measured or numbered. 
 
 Al'gebra (Arab, ul, the, and gehr, resolution). — The science 
 of ((uantity in general, or univensal arithmetic. 
 
 Altim'etry (Lat. aldts, high, and Gr. metreo, I measure). — 
 The art of ascertaining altitudes by taking angles with a 
 proper instrument, and by trigonometrical calculations with- 
 out actual mensuration. 
 
 Arith'metic (Gr. urithmoa, number). — The science of num- 
 bers, or the art of computation. 
 
 Chorom'etry (Gr. choi-a, a district, and vietreo, I measure). — 
 The art of measuring or surveying a country. 
 
 Con'ic Sec'tions. — That part of mathematics which treats of 
 the properties, measurements, etc., of the sections of a 
 cone. 
 
 Geod'esy (Gr. ge, the earth, and daio, I divide). — That part 
 of practical geometry which has for its object the determi- 
 nation of the magnitude and figure either of the whole 
 earth or of any portion of its surftice. 
 
 Geometry (Gr. gc, the earth, and mctrco, I measure). — The 
 science of magnitude in general ; the mensuration of sur- 
 faces, etc. 
 
 Hypsom'etry (Gr. Jutpsos, height, and metreo, I measure). — 
 The art of measuring the relative or the absolute heights 
 of places upon the surface of the earth, either by the 
 barometer or by trigonometrical observation. 
 
 Mensura'tion. — That branch of applied geometry wliich gives 
 rules for finding the length of lines, the areas of surfaces, 
 or the volumes of solids, from certain simple data of lines 
 and angles. 
 
 Rabdology (Gr. 7-hahdos, a rod, and Zoyo.s, a discourse). — The
 
 MECHANICAL PHILOSOPHY. 103 
 
 metliod or art of pcrforminp; aritlimetical operations by 
 means of little square rods, called Napier's bones. 
 
 Spherics. — The doctrine of the sphere; the science of the 
 properties and relations of the circles, figures, and other 
 niatrnitudes of a sphere, produced by planes intersecting it. 
 
 Stereom'etry (Gr. stereos, solid, and victrco, I measure). — That 
 part of jicometry which teaches the art of ineasuring solids 
 or ascertaining the solid contents of bodies. 
 
 Survey'ing'. — The art of determining tlie area of any portion 
 of the earth's surfl\ce, the lengths and directions of the 
 boundary-lines, the contour of the surface, etc., with an 
 accurate delineation of the whole on paper. 
 
 Trigoiiom'etry (Gr. trigOnon, a triangle, and metreo, I measure). 
 — The science of determining the sides and angles of 
 triangles by means of certain parts which are given. 
 
 Mechanics, 
 
 Statics, 
 
 Dynamics, 
 
 Hydrodynamics, )■ See Mechanical Philosophy. 
 
 Hydrostatics, 
 
 Hydraulics, 
 
 Pneumatics. 
 
 MECHANICAL PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 Mechanics (Gr. mcchane, a machine). — That branch of prac- 
 tical science which treats of the eifects of powers or motive 
 forces, and their action on bodies, either directly or by 
 means of machines and engines. 
 
 Aerodynam'ics (Gr. aer, air, and diDiamis, power). — The 
 science which treats of the motion of the <iir and its me- 
 chanical effects when in motion ; also its resistance to bodies 
 moving in it. 
 
 Aerostatics (Gr. acr, air, and stafos, sustaining). — Treats of 
 the cqiti/ibrium of elastic Jlaids, or of bodies sustained in 
 them. 
 
 Barol'ogy (Gr. haros, weight, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science of weight, or of the gravity of bodies. 
 
 Dynamics (Gr. dnnamis, power). — Treats of bodies in motion. 
 
 Hydraulics (Gr. hudOr, water, and aulas, a pipe). — That 
 branch of hydrodynamics which teaches how to estimate 
 the velocity of moving inelastic fluids. It is this im-
 
 104 MEDICINE. 
 
 portant science that furnishes the principles upon which 
 eni^ines are constructed by wliich water is raised. It treats 
 of pumps, fountains, etc. 
 
 Hydrodynam'ics (Gr. hudOr, water, and dunamis, power). — 
 Treats of tlie properties and rehitions of water and other 
 fluids, whether in motion or at rest. It includes 
 Hydrostatics, which regards fluids at rest, and 
 IlvDRAULlcs, which re<;;ards fluids in motion. 
 
 Kinemat'ics (kiueo, to move). — A term used by some writers 
 to denote the doctrine which treats of the p//ec/.s of motion 
 without reference to its causes, and in contradistinction to 
 dynamics. 
 
 Mech'anurgy (Gr. mechaue, a machine, and ergein, to work). 
 — That branch of science which treats of moving ma- 
 cliines. 
 
 Pneumat'ics (Gr. pneumatikos, belonging to the air). — Treats 
 of air, steam, and other elastic fluids. 
 
 Pyrom'eter (Gr. pur, fire, and mefrou, measure). — An instru- 
 ment for measuring the expansion of bodies by heat. 
 
 Stat'ics (Grr. sfatiL-os, belonging to a state of rest. ) — Treats of 
 the force that keeps bodies at rest or in equilibrium. 
 
 Trochilics (Gr. trochos, anything circular, a wheel). — The 
 science of rotary motion. 
 
 MEDICINE. 
 
 Med'icine. — The art of preventing, curing, or alleviating the 
 iliseases of the human body. 
 
 Acology (Gr. akos, a remedy, and loffos, a discourse). — Materia 
 J/edica — the doctrine of remedies. 
 
 Allopathy (Gr. alios, another, and pathos, affection). — The 
 opposite to Homoeopathy ; or, according to Hahnemann, a 
 method of treatment in which remedial agents are em- 
 ployed, the action of which on healthy man produces 
 morbid phenomena difierent from those that are observed 
 in the sick person. 
 
 Asthenology (Gr. a, sthenos, strength, and logos, a discourse). 
 - — The doctrine of diseases connected with debility. 
 
 Atmom'eter (Gr. atmos, vapor, and metron, a measure). — An 
 instrument to measure the quantity of exhalation from the 
 human surface in a given time. 
 
 Ausculta'tion. — A method of distinguishing diseases, particu-
 
 MEDICINE. 105 
 
 larly in the thorax, by observing the sounds in the part, 
 
 •lonerallj by means of a tube applied to the surface. 
 Cosmetorogy (Gr. kosmo, to adorn, and logos). — A treatise on 
 
 the chess, and cleanHness of the body. 
 Cyesiol'ogy (Gr. kuesis, pregnancy, and logos). — The doctrine 
 
 of gtstation. 
 Diagnosis (Gr. din, through, and ghiusJco, I know). — The art 
 
 of distinguishing one disease from another. 
 Dietetics. — A branch of medicine comprising the rules to be 
 
 followed for preventing, relieving, or curing diseases hy 
 
 diet. 
 Endemiorogy (endemic, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — The doc- 
 
 tiiiio of endemic diseases, 
 Epidemid'ogy (epidemic, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — That 
 
 liranch of medical science which treats of epidemics. 
 Etiology (Gr. aitia, a cause, and logos). — That branch of 
 
 medical science which treats of the causes of disease. 
 Geroc'omy (Gr. gerOn, an old man). — That part of medicine 
 
 which treats of the proper regimen for old people. 
 Gynecorogy (Gr. gnne, gunaikos, a woman, and logos). — The 
 
 doctrine of the nature and diseases of icomen. 
 Hemastat'ics (Gr. haima, blood, and statics). — The doctrine 
 
 of the motion of the hlood in living bodies. 
 Hematd'ogy (Gr. haima, blood, and logos). — That part of 
 
 medicine which treats of the blood. 
 Hydrography (Medical) (Gr. hudOr, water, and grapho, I 
 
 write). — The study of the influence exerted by the sea or 
 
 by navigation on the health of man. 
 Hydrol'ogy (Medical) (Gr. huddr, water, and logos). — That 
 
 part of physics whose object is the study of water, con- 
 sidered as it respects medicine ; and, consequently, em- 
 bracing that of mineral waters. 
 Hydrop'athy (Gr. huddr, water, and pathos, suffering). — The 
 
 art of treating diseases by the copious and frequent xise of 
 
 water, both externally and internally. 
 Hy'giene, Hygid'ogy (Gr. hugieia, health, and logos'). — The 
 
 science which treats of the preservation of health. 
 Kinesip'athy (Gr. hineo, I move, and pathos, suffering). — A 
 
 mode of treating disease by gymna.stics or exercise, called 
 
 also mnvement-cure. 
 Mate'ria Med'ica (Lat., medical stuff ). — An auxiliary branch 
 
 of the science of medicine, which treats of the nature and 
 
 E*
 
 lOG MEDICINE. 
 
 properties of all the substances that are employed for the 
 cure of diseases. 
 
 Metabolel'ogy (Gr. metahoU, change, and logos, a discourse). 
 — A description of the changes which supervene in the 
 course of a disease. 
 
 Nosorogy (Gr. nosos, disease, and logos). — That branch of 
 medical science which treats of the classification of 
 diseases. 
 
 Obstet'rics (Lat. ohsfetrix, a midwife). — The science of mid- 
 wifery ; the art of assisting women in parturition. 
 
 Ophthalmotorogy (Gr. ophthalmos, the eye, and logos). — The 
 science of ophthalmia, or a treatise on it. 
 
 Osmonosol'ogy (Gr. osme, an odor, nosos, a disease, and logos, 
 a discourse). — The doctrine of, or a treatise on, the dis- 
 eases of the sense of smell. 
 
 Osphresiol'ogy (Gr. osphresis, smell, and logos). — A treatise 
 on olfaction and odors. 
 
 Ourol'Dgy (Gr. ouron, urine, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 judgment of diseases from the examination of the urine. 
 
 Pathog'eny (Gr. patlios, suffering, and genaio, I produce). — 
 Tliat branch of pathological science which relates to the 
 generation, production, and development of disease. 
 
 Pathol'ogy {(}i\ p)athos, suffering, and logos). — That part of 
 medicine which explains the nature of diseases, their 
 causes and symptoms. 
 
 Pedot'rophy. — The doctrine of the nourishment of children. 
 
 Pep'tics {Grr. pepsis, digestion). — The doctrine of digestion. 
 
 Percus'sion. — The act of determining the condition of an in- 
 ternal organ by the sound given when the external surface 
 is gently knocked upon. 
 
 Pharmacorogy (Gr. pharmahon, a medicine, and logos, a dis- 
 course). — The science or knowledge of drugs, or the art 
 of preparing medicines. 
 
 Phar'macy, or Pharmaceu'tics. — The art of preserving, pre- 
 paring, compounding, and combining whatever substances 
 may be necessary for medical purposes. 
 
 Phon'aseet'ics (Gr. plionaskco, I practise the voice). — The art 
 or method of restoring the voice. 
 
 Posol'ogy (Gr. posos, how much, and logos). — The science or 
 doctrine of doses. 
 
 Psychonosology (Gr. psuche, mind, nosos, a disease, and logos). 
 — The doctrine of, or a treatise on, diseases of the mind.
 
 MEMORY. 107 
 
 Pyretol'ogy (Gr. imretos, fever, and hgos). — A treatise on 
 fevers. 
 
 Spermatorogy. — A discourse on sj^emi, or the fecundating 
 fluid. 
 
 Spirom'eter (Lat. spiro, to breathe, and Gr. metron, measure). 
 — Any instrument for measuring the quantity of air con- 
 cerned in respiration, and, consequently, the capacity of 
 the lungs. 
 
 Symptomatorogy (Gr. smntoma, a falling or accident, and 
 logos). — The doctrine of symptoms ; that part of the sci- 
 ence of medicine which treats of the symptoms of diseases. 
 
 Syphilization. — Saturation of the system by inoculation with 
 syphilis. 
 
 Tecnol'ogy (Gr. telcnos, a child, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 treatise on children. 
 
 Teratol'ogy (Gr. teras, a prodigy, and logos). — That branch 
 of physiology which treats of mal/ormafions and mon- 
 strosities. 
 
 Therapeutics (Gr. therapentikos, from therajyeuo, to nurse, to 
 cure). — That part of medicine which respects the dis- 
 covery and application of remedies for diseases. That 
 which teaches also the use of diet and of medicines. 
 
 Tocorogy (Gr. tokos, bringing forth, and logos). — The science 
 of obstetrics or midwifery. 
 
 Toxicol'ogy (Gr. toxicon, a poison, and logos). — That branch 
 of medicine which treats of the morbid and deleterious 
 effects of excessive and inordinate doses and quantities of 
 medicines, commonly gvlWqiI poisoning. 
 
 TJronorogy (Gr. ouron, urine, and logos). — That part of medi- 
 cine whicli treats of the urine. 
 
 Vaccina'tioil (Lat. vacca, a cow). — The art or practice of in- 
 oculating persons with the cow-pox. 
 See also under headings Pharmaceutical Preparations 
 and Remedial Agents. 
 
 MEMORY. 
 
 Mnemon'ics (Gr. mnemonikos, belonging to memory). — The 
 art of improving and using the memory. 
 
 Topol'ogy (Gr. fopos, a place, and logos). — The art of assist- 
 ing the memory by associating the object to be remem- 
 bered with some place or building the parts of which are 
 weh known.
 
 1 08 META LL UltOV. 
 
 METALLURGY. 
 
 Met'allurgy (Gr. metaUon, a metal, and ergon, a work). — The 
 art of obtduiing metals from their ores and preparing them 
 for the various uses to which they are applied. 
 
 Af finage (Fr. offijier, to refine). — The art of refining metals 
 by the cupel. 
 
 Amalgama'tion. — The process of separating gold and silver 
 from certain of their ores by dissoKing these metals in 
 mercury. 
 
 As'say. — A term used to express those chemical operations 
 which are made to ascertain the quantity of metal contained 
 in ores, or to discover the value or purity of any mass of 
 gold, silver, or other metal. 
 
 Case'-hardening. — The process of converting the surface of 
 iron into steel. 
 
 Doc'imacy (Gr. doMmasia, an examination). — The act or the 
 art of examining by test ; applied, in metallurgy, to ex- 
 periments made to determine the nature and purity of a 
 metal. 
 
 Docimol'ogy (Gr. dokimos, proved, and logos). — A treatise on 
 the art of (issaying or examining in metallurgy, chemistry, 
 obstetrics, etc. 
 
 Eliqua'tion. — A separation of the different parts of mixed 
 metals by the difi'erent degrees of heat required to melt 
 them. 
 
 Flux. — Reduction or conversion of ores to metal ; any sub- 
 stance or mixture used to promote the fusion of metallic 
 ores, as carbonate of potash, or iclilte flux, equal parts of 
 nitre and tartar deflagrated, or hlach flux, limestone, 
 fluor-spar, borax, and several metallic oxides. 
 
 Hydro-metallurgy (Gr. hudOr, water, and metrdlurgy^. — The 
 act or process of assaying or reducing ores in the wet way, 
 or by means of liquid reagents. 
 
 Lab'yrinth. — A series of canals through which a stream of 
 water is transmitted for suspending, carrying off, and de- 
 positing at different distances the ground ore of a metal. 
 
 Proplas'tice. — The art of making moulds for castings. 
 
 Pud'dling. — The process of converting cast iron into wrought 
 or malleable iron, by subjecting it to the continued action 
 of intense heat in a reverberatory furnace, with frequent
 
 METALS. 109 
 
 stirring, so as to free it from icopurities, as carbon, silica, 
 etc. 
 
 Reduc'tion. — The operation of separating a metal from other 
 substances with which it is combined. 
 
 Refin'ing. — A process whereby the substances acted upon are 
 puritied by the chemical separation of dross and impuri- 
 ties, and of such foreign matters as may be in combination 
 with them. 
 
 Eoast'ing". — The protracted application of heat, below a fusing- 
 point, to metallic ores. 
 
 Sco'riae. — The dross of metals in fusion. 
 
 Smelting. — The operation of melting ores for the purpose of 
 extracting the metal. 
 
 Torrefac'tion. — The operation of roasting ores. 
 
 Toss'ing. — A process which consists in suspending ores by vio- 
 lent agitation in water, in order to separate the lighter or 
 earthy particles. 
 
 Ustula'tion, — The operation of expelling one substance from 
 another by heat, as sulphur and arsenic from ores, in a 
 niuifle. 
 
 METALS. 
 
 Founding'. — The art of casting or forming of melted metal 
 any article according to a given design or pattern. 
 
 Lacq'uering. — The art of covering metals loith lacquer. 
 
 Metalloch'romy (G-r. mefnUon, a metal, and chroma, a color). 
 — The art of coloring metals. 
 
 Metallog'raphy (Gr. metallon, metal, and graplie, descrip- 
 tion). — An account of metals, or a treatise on metallic 
 substances. 
 
 Met'allurgy. — See Metallurgy. 
 
 Metals have been divided by Prof lloscoe into eleven classes, 
 which are as follows : 
 
 ALKALIES. 
 
 1. Potas'siiim. — The metallic base of pure potash. It is 
 ligliter than water, and of a silver-white color. 
 
 2. So'dium. — The metallic base of soda. It is white, 
 opaque, and has the lustre and general appearance of 
 silver. 
 
 10
 
 no METALS. 
 
 3. Lithium. — The metallic base of lithia. It is the light- 
 est element in nature. Its appearance is white and lus- 
 trous. 
 
 4. Cae'sium. — A metal which was first discovered in Diirk- 
 hcim water, and which has since been found in a rare 
 mineral called pollux. 
 
 5. Rubidium. — A white metal, capable of rapid oxidation, 
 and havint^ a sjx'cific gravity of 1.52. It is present in 
 small quantities in lepidolite, and. was originally discovered 
 in the mineral water of Diirkheim. 
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS. 
 
 1. Ba'rium. — The metallic base of baryta or baria. It has 
 the color and lustre of silver, but is soon tarnished by the 
 oxygen of the air. 
 
 2. Stron'tium. — The metallic base of strontia. A heavy 
 white metal which oxidizes in the air, and decomposes 
 water at ordinary temperatures. 
 
 3. Cal'cium. — The metallic base of lime. It is solid, 
 rather yellowish, highly lustrous, but tarnishes quickly in 
 the air. 
 
 METALS OF THE EARTHS. 
 
 1. Alumin'ium. — The metallic base of alumina, the chief 
 constituent of clay. It has a white color somewhat re- 
 sembling that of tin. 
 
 2. Glucinium. — The metallic base of the earth glucina. 
 It is of a grayish -black color, and acquires a dark metallic 
 lustre by burnishing. 
 
 3. Yt'trium. — A brittle metal of a dark -gray color, the basis 
 of yttria. 
 
 4. Er'bium. — A metal found in ores of yttrium. In its 
 compounds and properties it resembles the metal alu- 
 minium. 
 
 5. Zirco'nium. — The metallic base of zircouia ; it does not 
 resemble a metal, being like charcoal powder. Heated 
 in the air, it burns with almost explosive violence, forming 
 the oxide. 
 
 G. Cerium. — A metal of a fle.sh-red color, obtained from 
 cerite. It becomes friable from heat, but docs not melt. 
 
 7. Lanthanum. — A metal occurring with cerium in cer- 
 tain minerals. It is of a very pale .salmon color.
 
 METALS. Ill 
 
 8. Didym'ium. — A metal found with cerium in certain 
 minerals. 
 
 9. Tho'rium. — Tlie metallic base of thorina. It is of a 
 gra3'ish color. 
 
 ZIXC CLASS. 
 
 1. Magne'sium. — The metallic base of magnesia. It is a 
 white, lustrous, malleable metal, which fuses at a red heat 
 and oxidizes in hot water. 
 
 2. Zinc. — A metal of a brilliant white color, with a shade 
 of blue, and appearing as if composed of plates adhering 
 together. It is not brittle, but is less malleable than cop- 
 per, lead, or tin. It is procured either from calamine^ 
 the native carbonate, or from hlendeA\\.Q native sulphuret. 
 
 3. Cadmium. — A ductile and malleable white metal, which 
 is like tin, but fuses and volatilizes at a lower temperature 
 than that at which tin melts. 
 
 lEON CLASS. 
 
 1. Co'balt. — x\ metal of a reddish-gray or grayish-white 
 color, very brittle, and easily reducible to powder. It is 
 never found in a pure state, but usually as an oxide, or 
 combined with arsenic or its acid, with sulphur, iron, etc. 
 
 2. Nick'el. — A metal of a white or reddish-white color, of 
 great hardness, very difficult to be purified, always mag- 
 netic, and, when perfectly pure, malleable and ductile. It 
 is generally obtained from its sulphuret. 
 
 3. Ura'nium. — A metal discovered in tlie minerals called 
 pechblende and uranite. It is either a black coherent 
 powder or a white malleable metal, according to the state 
 of aggregation. 
 
 4. Iron. — A metal of a peculiar gray color, and very bright 
 when polished ; it is not very malleable, but is extremely 
 ductile and tenacious. It is attracted by the magnet. It 
 has been found native only in bodies of meteoric origin. 
 
 5. Chro'mium. — A metal consisting of a porous mass of 
 agglutinated grains, very hard, brittle, and of a grayish- 
 white color. 
 
 6. Man'ganese. — A metal of grayish-white color, and of 
 considerable brilliancy ; it has neither taste nor smell, is 
 of the hardness of iron, very brittle, and, when reduced 
 to powder, is attracted by the magnet.
 
 112 METALS. 
 
 7. In'dium. — A white malleable metal discovered in zinc- 
 blende. It has a specific gravity of about 7.36, and is 
 easily fusible. 
 
 TIN CLASS. 
 
 1. Tin. — A metal of a silver-white color, very ductile and 
 malleable. There are only two ores of tin, — the j:>eroxide, 
 which is tin-stone or capiterite, and fin j'^rilcs, which is 
 sulphuret of tin or stannine. 
 
 2. Tita'nium. — A metal of an orange-red color. It occurs 
 in different states of oxidation. The minute copper-colored 
 crystals sometimes found in the slag of the iron-smelting 
 furnaces are pure titanium. 
 
 3. Nio'bium. — A rare metal discovered in the mineral tan- 
 talite. It is obtained in the form of a black powder, by 
 reducing the double fluoride of niobium and potassium 
 with sodium. 
 
 4. Tan'talum. — The metallic base of the mineral tantalite. 
 It is of a grayish color, and but little acted on by the 
 ordinary acids. 
 
 TUNGSTEN CLASS. 
 
 1. Molybde'imm. — A metal which has been obtained only 
 in small, separate globules, in a blackish, brilliant mass. 
 These are brittle and extremely infusible. 
 
 2. Vana'dium. — A metal found in the iron ore of Taberg, 
 in Sweden, and in lead ore from Wanlockhead, in Scotland. 
 It is white, with a metallic lustre, brittle, and diificult to 
 be reduced. It is not oxidized by air or water. 
 
 3. Tung^'sten. — A white, hard, and brittle metal, very diffi- 
 cult of fusion. It is obtained chiefly from wol/ram, or 
 tungstate of iron and manganese. 
 
 AKSENIC CLASS. 
 
 1. Ar'senic. — A metal of a steel-gray color, brilliant lustre, 
 and quite brittle. It forms alloys with most of the metals. 
 Combined with sulphur, it forms orpinicnt and realgar, 
 which are the yellow and red sulphurets of arsenic. 
 
 2. Antimony. — A metal of a bluish white color. It is so 
 brittle that it is easily reduced to powder. Its principal 
 ore is the sulphuret, known in commerce as crude diiti- 
 mojit/, and the metal is obtained by fusing the sulphuret
 
 METALS. 113 
 
 •with scrap-iron, when the iron unites with the sulphur 
 and turns out the antimony. 
 3. Bismuth. — A metal of a yellowish or reddish-white color 
 and crystalline structure. It is somewhat harder than lead, 
 and scarcely, if at all, malleable. It is more commonly 
 found in a native state than any other metal. 
 
 LEAD CLASS. 
 
 1. Lead. — A metal of a dull white color, with a cast of blue. 
 It is the least elastic and sonorous of all the metals, and 
 at the same time is soft and easily fusible. It is found 
 native in small masses, but generally mineralized by sul- 
 phur, and sometimes by other substances. 
 
 2. Thal'Iium. — One of the metals recently discovered by 
 means of the spectrum analysis. It has been found in cer- 
 tain mineral waters, but the largest quantity has been 
 yielded by flue-dust. It has a metallic lustre, with a color 
 near that of tin. 
 
 SILVER CLASS. 
 
 1. Cop'per. — A metal of a pale-red color, tinged with yellow. 
 Next to gold, silver, and platinum, it is the most ductile 
 and malleable of the metals. It is more elastic than any 
 metal except steel, and is the most sonorous of all the metals. 
 It is usually found as an ore, the most common being some 
 form of pyrites, a compound of the sulphurcts of copper and 
 iron. 
 
 2. Mer'cury. — A metal found sometimes native, but chiefly 
 as a sulphuret. It is white, and very brilliant. It forms 
 two oxides. — the black protoxide, and the red peroxide ; 
 two chlorides, — the protochloride, or calome/, and the pcr- 
 chloride, or corrosive suhlunate ; and two sulphurets, — the 
 black protosulphuret, and the bisulphuret, cinnabar ox ver- 
 milion. 
 
 3. Sil'ver. — A precious metal of a brilliant white color, 
 next to gold the most malleable of all metals. It is found 
 native in thin plates or leaves, or in fine threads, or 
 mineralized by various substances. 
 
 GOLD CLASS. 
 
 1. Gold. — A precious metal of a bright yellow color, and the 
 most ductile and malleable of all the metals. It is found 
 10*
 
 114 METEORS, ETC. 
 
 in beds of quartz, sandstone, etc., and also in many rivers, 
 in minute and irregular grains. 
 
 2. Platinum. — A white metal, extremely ductile and mal- 
 leable. It is the heaviest substance known, its specific 
 gravity being 21.5. It is not affected by air, moisture, or 
 any of the pure acids. It is found generally in small 
 grains, combined with palladium, rhodium, iridium, and 
 o.smium. 
 
 3. Palla'dium. — A metal obtained in very small grains, of 
 a steel-gray color and fibrous structure, found associated 
 with platinum, or in auriferous sand. When native it is 
 alloyed with a little platinum and iridium. It is ductile and 
 very malleable, superior to wrought iron in hardness. 
 
 4. Rho'dium. — A metal discovered among the grains of 
 crude platinum. It is of a whitish color, when pure is 
 brittle, and requires a much higher temperature for its 
 fusion than any other metal, unless perhaps iridium. It 
 readily alloys with every other metal but mercury, and is 
 insoluble in all acids. 
 
 5. Ruthe'iiium. — A metal extracted from the ore of platinum. 
 It is of a gray color, very hard and brittle. 
 
 6. Irid'ium. — A metal occurring only in the ore of platinum ; 
 it is the most refractory of all the metals, is brittle, and 
 has a white color. No acid will attack it, but it oxidizes 
 when ignited to redness in the air. 
 
 7. Os'mium. — A rare metal, generally found in the ores of 
 platinum. It is, in the most compact shape in which it 
 has yet been obtained, of a bluish-white color, and, though 
 somewhat flexible in thin plates, is easily powdered. 
 
 mp:teors and atmospheric phe- 
 nomena. 
 
 Acon'tias. — A comet or meteor resembling the serpent. 
 
 Aerolite. — A stone which has fallen from the air or atmos- 
 pheric regions. 
 
 A'erolithol'ogy (Gr. aer, air, lit/tos, a stone, and logos, descrip- 
 tion). — The science of aerolites, or meteoric stones. 
 
 Anthe'lion. — Luminous colored rings, or glories, observed 
 round the shadow of the spectator's own head, projected 
 on a surface covered with dew, or on a dense cloud or fog- 
 bank.
 
 METEORS, ETC. 115 
 
 Auro'ra Austra'lis. — A phenomenon, corresponding to the 
 aurora borcalis, seen in the Soutlieru hemisphere, tlie 
 streams of lijiht ascending in the same manner from near 
 the southern horizon. 
 
 Aurora Borea'lis. — A nocturnal luminous meteor, supposed 
 to be electrical. It consists of white or variously colored 
 mellow light, and exhibits various and changing forms and 
 appearances, which sometimes cover the whole heavens. 
 
 Clouds. — For names of clouds, see Clouds. 
 
 Coro'na.^A circle, usually colored, around a luminous body, 
 as the sun or moon. 
 
 Corposant. — A name given by seamen to a luminous appear- 
 ance, supposed to be electrical, often beheld, in dark, tem- 
 pestuous nights, about the decks and rigging of a ship, 
 but particularly at the mast-heads and yard-arms. 
 
 Fa'ta Morga'na. — A meteoric phenomenon, nearly allied to the 
 mirage, witnessed in the Straits of Messina, between the 
 coasts of Calabria and Sicil}^ and occasionally, but rarely, 
 on other coasts, and consisting in the appearance in the air 
 over the surface of the sea of multiplied images of objects 
 on the surrounding coasts. 
 
 Fog. — A dense vapor near the surfoce of land or water. 
 
 Hail. — Moisture precipitated from the atmosphere in the form 
 of ice. The concretions of ice are usually more or less 
 spherical, constituting hail-stones, but sometimes consist of 
 plates or laminae, or of agglomerated masses. 
 
 Hoar-Frost. — The white particles formed by the congelation 
 of dew. 
 
 Hydrome'teors (Gr. hndOr, water, and metron, measure). — 
 Meteors or atmospheric phenomena dependent upon the 
 vapor of water ; a general term for the whole aqueous 
 phenomena of the atmosphere, as rain, snow, hail, etc. 
 
 Ig'ms-Fat'uus. — A meteor or light that appears in the night 
 over marshy grounds, supposed to be occasioned by the 
 decomposition of animal or vegetable substances, or by 
 some inflammable gas ; vulgarly called Will-ivith-the-ivisp^ 
 and Jack-icitli-a-lautern. 
 
 Lightning. — A sudden flash of light in the atmosphere, and 
 commonly disappearing in the same instant ; sometimes 
 attended with clouds and thunder. 
 
 Mirage'. — An optical illusion arising from an unequal refrac- 
 tion in the lower strata of the atmosphere, and causing
 
 1 16 ML\D. 
 
 remote objects to be seen double, as if reflected in a mirror, 
 or as if suspended in the air. It is frequently seen in 
 deserts, presenting the appearance of water. 
 
 Mist. — Water falling in very numerous but fine and almost 
 imperceptible drops. 
 
 Parhe'lion. — A mock sun or meteor, appearing in the form of 
 a bright light near the sun, and sometimes tinged with 
 colors like the rainbow, with a luminous train. 
 
 Hain. — Vapor precipitated upon the earth in the form of drops 
 of water. 
 
 Ram'bow. — A bow or arch exhibiting, in concentric bands, the 
 several colors of the spectrum, and formed in the part of 
 the hemisphere opposite to the sun by the refraction and 
 reflection of his rays in drops of failing rain. 
 
 Snow. — A congelation of vapor pi-oduced in the middle region 
 of the air, when the temperature of the atmosphere sinks 
 below the freezing-point of water. 
 
 Winds. — For names of winds, see Winds. 
 
 MIXD. 
 
 Philos'ophy (Gr. p/u7eo, I love, and soplila, wisdom). — The 
 
 science of the attainment of truth by the way of reason. 
 JEsthet'ics (Gr. aisthetikos, fitted to perception). — The science 
 
 of the beautiful, and philosophy oi' the Jine arts. 
 JEtiol'ogy (Gr. aida, a cause, and loffos, a discourse). — The 
 
 science which investigates anises. 
 Analytics. — The science of analysis. 
 Anthropology (Gr. anthrupos, a man, and logos., a discourse). 
 
 — The science of man considered physically, intellectually, 
 
 and morally. 
 At'omism. — The theory that accounts for existence by the 
 
 action, interaction, and combination of atoms. 
 Biol'ogy (Gr. bios, life, and logos, a discourse). — The science 
 
 of life. 
 Cosmog'ony (Gr. Icosmos, the world, and gonos, birth). — The 
 
 science of the origin or foundation of the universe. 
 Cosmology (Gr. kosmos, the world, and logos, a discourse). — 
 
 Tlie science which treats of the structure and parts of the 
 
 system of creation, the law of motion, etc. 
 Craniol'ogy (Gr. kraniun, the skull, and logos, a discourse). —
 
 MIND. 117 
 
 The science wliich investigates the structure of the shulls in 
 
 the various animals, particularly iu relation to their specific 
 
 character and intellectual power. 
 Dialectics (^(jr. duihhtlhosi, skilled in argument). — That branch 
 
 of logic which teaches the rules and modes o? reasoning. 
 Economics. — The science of honsehohl affairs. 
 Epistemol'ogy (Gr. epistcme, knowledge, and logos'). — The 
 
 theory or science of the method or grounds of knowledge. 
 Eschatol'ogy (Gr. eschatos, last, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 doctrine of the last or final things, as death, judgment, etc. 
 Eth'ics. — The science of morals. It may be divided into : 
 
 1. Moral Philosophy, which treats of the relations, rights, 
 and duties by which men are under obligations toward 
 God, themselves, and their fellow-creatures. 
 
 2. The Law of Nations, or those laws by which all nations 
 are bound in their mutual relations one to another. 
 
 3. Public or Political Law, or the relation between the 
 different ranks in society. 
 
 4. Civil Law, or those laws, rights, and duties by which 
 individuals in civil society are bound. 
 
 Ethnol'ogy (Gr. ethnos, a people, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 science of races; it investigates the mental and physical 
 
 differences of mankind, and the organic laws upon which 
 
 they depend. 
 Ethol'ogy (Gr. cfJios, custom, and logos). — The science of the 
 
 formation of character. 
 Gramraatorogy. — The science or theory of the grammatic ; 
 
 pkllosophical grammar. 
 Human'ics. — The doctrine or science of human nature, or of 
 
 matters pertaining to humanity. 
 Hylozo'ism. — The doctrine tliat matter possesses life; that life 
 
 and matter are inseparable. 
 Ide'alism. — The theory that makes everything to consist in 
 
 ideas, and denies the exi.stence of material bodies. 
 Ideol'ogy (idea, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — The science of 
 
 mind ; the doctrine of ideas, or of the operations of the 
 
 understanding. 
 Immate'rialism. — The doctrine that there is no material sub- 
 stance, and that all being may be reduced to mind, and 
 
 ideas in a mind. 
 Log'ic (Gr. logikos, belonging to the reason). — The science and 
 
 art of reasoning.
 
 118 MIND. 
 
 Mate'rialism. — The doctrine that the soul of man is not a 
 
 spiritual substance distinct from matter. 
 Mechanics. — See Mechanical Philosophy. 
 Metaphysics (Gr. meta^ after, and 2)hims, nature). — The 
 
 .science of the principles and causes of all things existing. 
 Nat'uralism. — The doctrine of those who deny a supernatural 
 
 agency in the miracles and revelations of the Bible. 
 Noe'niics (Gr. noema, the understanding). — The .science of 
 
 the understanding. 
 Nominalism. — The doctrine that general notions, .such as the 
 
 notion of a tree, have no existence but as names or words. 
 Nomol'ogy (Gr. nomos, a law, and logos^ a discourse). — The 
 
 science of the laws of the mind ; rational psychology. 
 Nool'ogy (Gr. nous, noos, the mind, and logos). — The science 
 
 of intellectual facts, or the facts of the intellect. 
 Ontology (Gr. un, a being, and logos, a discourse). — The science 
 
 that investigates every real existence incapable of being 
 
 the direct object of consciousness. 
 Op'timism. — The doctrine that everything in nature is ordered 
 
 for the best. 
 Pes'simism. — The doctrine that the world is the worst pos- 
 sible. 
 Phrenology. — See Phrenology. 
 Phys'ics, or Natural Philosophy (Gr, phusike, from phusis, 
 
 nature). — The science of the phenomena of material attrac- 
 tion and those terrestrial phenomena which are studied 
 
 in the separate sciences of mechanics, acoustics, optics, 
 
 thermotics, electricity, and meteorology, but not chemistry 
 
 or pliysiology. 
 Physiog'raphy (Gr. jyhvsis, nature, and grapho, I write). — 
 
 The science of natural objects, or a description of nature. 
 Physiol'ogy (Gr. j^hnsis, nature, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 science that determines the matter and form of living beings, 
 
 and the functions of their organs. 
 Psy'chism (Gr. psucM, the soul). — The doctrine that there is 
 
 a fluid diffu.sed throughout all nature, animating equally 
 
 all living and organized beings. 
 Psychol'ogy (Gr. psuche, the soul, and logos). — The doctrine 
 
 of the soul, or man's spiritual nature. 
 Q,ui'etism. — The doctrine that the highest character of virtue 
 
 consists in the perpetual contemplation and love of supreme 
 
 excellence.
 
 MINERALS.— MINING. 119 
 
 Re'alism.— The doctrine that genera and species ar^ real things 
 existing independently of our conceptions and expressions ; 
 opposed to nominalism. 
 
 Sociol'ogy. — The science which relates to, or treats of, human 
 society. 
 
 Somatol'ogy (Gr. soma, somafos, a body, and logos, a dis- 
 course). — The doctrine of bodies or material substances. 
 
 Teleol'ogy (Gr. tele, far oS, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science of the final causes of things. 
 
 Theodicy. — A vindication of the ways of God. (See Optim- 
 ism.) 
 
 Theol'ogy (Gr. Theos, God, and logos, a discourse). — The sci- 
 ence of things divine ; the knoicledge of God, and our 
 duty to him. 
 
 MINERALS. 
 
 Mineral'ogy (mineral, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — The sci- 
 ence which treats of the properties of mineral substances, 
 and teaches us to characterize, distinguish, and class them 
 according to their properties. It comprehends the study 
 or science of all inorganic substances in the earth or on its 
 surface. 
 
 Crystallog'eny (Gr, hrustallos, rock-crystal, and gennao, I 
 produce). — The formation and internal structure of min- 
 erals. 
 
 Crystallog'raphy (crystal, and Gr. graphe, a description). — 
 The science of crystallization, teaching the principles of 
 the process, and the forms and structure of cr3'stals. 
 
 Crystalol'ogy (crystal, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — The sci- 
 ence of the crystalline structure of inorganic bodies. 
 
 Lithogeil'esy (Gr. lithos, a stone, and genesis, generation). — 
 The doctrine or science of the origin of minerals com- 
 posing the globe, and of the causes which have produced 
 their form and disposition. 
 For classification of metals, and names of precious stones, 
 see Metals and Precious Stones. 
 
 MININGS. 
 
 Mining. — The art or the occupation of procuring metals or 
 other mineral substances from mines.
 
 120 MINING. 
 
 Ad'it. — The horizontal opcninj^ by winch a mine is entered, 
 
 or by which water and orc!^: are carried away ; called also 
 
 drift. 
 At'tal. — Stony cast-off matter. 
 Batch. — A quantity of ore sent to the surface by a couple of 
 
 men. 
 Bind. — Indurated clay or argillaceous slate in coal mines ; called 
 
 also cliinch. 
 Breast. — The face of coal-workings. 
 Bret'tices. — The wooden planks used in supporting the roofs 
 
 of coal mines. 
 Bud'dling. — The process of separating the metalliferous ores 
 
 from the earthy matters with which they are associated, 
 
 by means of an inclined hutch called a huddle, over which 
 
 the water flows. 
 Bunch. — A small quantity of ore in a mine. 
 Bur'row. — A heap or heaps of rubbish, or earth, void of ore. 
 
 raised out of a mine, and commonly lying around the 
 
 shafts. 
 Caus'alty. — The lighter, earthy parts of ore carried off by 
 
 washing. 
 Cham'ber. — A place, generally of a cubical form, where the 
 
 powder is confined. 
 Cledge. — The upper stratum of fuller's earth. 
 Cock-water. — A stream of water brought into a trough to 
 
 wash away sand from ores. 
 Coe. — A little lodgment made by miners under ground as they 
 
 work lower and lower. 
 Colliery. — A place where coals are dug ; a coal mine. 
 Cos'teaning'. — The process by which miners seek to discover 
 
 metallic lodes. 
 Creep. — A heaving up of the floor of a mine, occasioned by 
 
 the weight of the strata on either side, and so called because 
 
 it takes place very gradually. 
 Day '-coal. — The upper stratum of coal in a mine. 
 Driftway. — A passage cut between shaft and shaft, or between 
 
 turn and turn. 
 Druse. — A cavity in a rock, having its interior surface studded 
 
 with crystals or filled with water. 
 Fang. — A niche cut in the side of an adit or .shaft, to serve as 
 
 an air-cour.se. 
 Fire-damp. — An explosive carburetted hydrogen of coal mines.
 
 MINING. 121 
 
 Flook'ing. — Au interruption or shifting of a lode of ore by a 
 
 cross vein or fissure. 
 Flume. — An artificial channel for gold-washing. 
 Gangue. — The mineral substance which encloses any metallic 
 
 ore in the vein without being combined with it. 
 Glebe. — A piece of earth in which is contained some mineral 
 
 ore. 
 Hading. — The direction of a slip, or fault, in mineral strata. 
 Hoi ing, — The undermining of beds of coal. 
 Leader. — A branch or small vein, not important in itself, but 
 
 indicating the proximity of a better one. 
 Lode. — A metallic vein, or any regular vein or course, whether 
 
 metallic or not, but commonly a metallic vein. 
 "Nog, — One of the square blocks of wood piled up to support 
 
 the roof of a mine. 
 Pla'cer. — A gravelly place where gold is found, especially by 
 
 the side of a river or in the bed of a mountain torrent. 
 Plum'ming. — The operation of finding, by means of a mine 
 
 dial, the place where to sink an air-shaft, or to bring aQ 
 
 adit to the work, or to find which way the lode inclines. 
 Ri'der. — A mass of rock material in a vein, dividing it. 
 Shaft, — A pit or long narrow vertical opening into a mine. 
 Sham'bles. — Niches or shelves left at suitable distances to 
 
 receive the ore, which is thrown from one shamble to 
 
 another, and thus raised to the top. 
 Stamp'ing-Mill. — An engine consisting of pestles, moved by 
 
 water or steam power, for breaking or bruising ore. 
 Stemples. — Cross-bars of wood in the shafts of a mine. 
 String. — A small, filamentous ramification of a metallic vein. 
 Stulm. — A gallery to drain a mine. 
 
 Sump. — A pit sunk below the lowest workings of a mine. 
 Tailings. — The refuse part of stamped ore thrown behind 
 
 the tail of the huddle or washing apparatus, which is 
 
 dressed over again to secure whatever metal may exist 
 
 iji it. 
 Tamp'ing. — In mining operations, where the process of blasting 
 
 with gunpowder is necessary for loosening masses of rock 
 
 or ore, the powder is pressed in a cavity prepared for its 
 
 reception by a careful process of ramming : this is called 
 
 ta7)}piiiff. 
 Tun'nel. — A level passage driven across the measures or at 
 
 right angles to the veins which its object is to reach, and 
 F 11
 
 122 MUSIC. 
 
 thus distinguished from the drift or gangimii/, wliich is 
 
 led along the vein when reached by the tunnel. 
 Turn. — A pit sunk in some part of a drift. 
 Underlay 'er. — A perpendicular shaft sunk to cut the lode at 
 
 any re(|uired depth. 
 Wind-Hatch. — The opening or place where the ore is taken 
 
 out of the earth. 
 Winze. — A small shaft sunk from one level to another for the 
 
 purpose of ventilation. 
 Work. — Ores before they are cleaned and dressed. 
 
 MUSIC. 
 
 Mu'sic. — The science of harmonical sounds. It treats of tlie 
 
 number, time, division, and combination of sounds. 
 Al'to. — The counter-tenor part, or that immediately below the 
 
 treble. 
 Al'to-Ripie'no. — The tenor of the great chorus, which sings 
 
 and plays only in particular places. 
 An'them. — -A sacred tune or piece of music set to Avords taken 
 
 Irom the Psalms or other parts of the Scriptures. 
 A'ria. — An air or song. 
 Arietta. — An air or little air. 
 Barytone. — A male voice, the compass of which partakes of 
 
 the common bass and the tenor, being lower than the latter 
 
 and higher than the former. 
 Bass. — The lowest or fundamental part in music. 
 Canta'ta. — A song or composition intermixed with recitative 
 
 airs and different movements, chiefly intended for a single 
 
 voice with an instrumental accompaniment. 
 Canzo'ne. — A song or air in two or three parts, with pa.ssages 
 
 of fugue and imitation. 
 Canzonet'. — A short song in one, two, or three parts. It some- 
 times consists of two .strains, each of which is sung twice. 
 
 Sometimes it is a species of jig. 
 Chant. — A peculiar kind of sacred music, in which prose is 
 
 sung, with less variety of intonation than in common airs. 
 Cho'ral. — A tune of a simjile and uniform character, adapted 
 
 to worship. 
 Chord. — The combination of two or more sounds heard at 
 
 the same time, and forming a concord or discord. 
 Cho'rus. — Those parts of a song at which the whole company
 
 MUSIC. 123 
 
 are to join the singer in repeating certain couplets or 
 verses. 
 
 Co'da. — A few measures added beyond the natural close of a 
 composition, which may usually be omitted at pleasure. 
 
 Cd'orature. — All manner of variations, trills, etc., intended to 
 make a song agreeable. 
 
 Concerto. — A piece of music composed for a particular in- 
 strument, which bears the greatest part in it, or in which 
 the performance is partly alone and partly accompanied by 
 other parts. 
 
 Conservatory. — A musical school expressly intended for the 
 scientific cultivation of musical talent. 
 
 Coun'terpoint. — The science of harmon}', including the art of 
 combining and modulating consonant sounds, or of dis- 
 posing several parts in such a manner as to make an agree- 
 able whole. 
 
 Coun'ter-Ten'or. — One of the middle parts between the treble 
 and the tenor. 
 
 Dirge. — A song or tune intended to express grief, sorrow, or 
 mourning. 
 
 Buet', Duett'o. — A song or piece for two performers. 
 
 Echometer, — Among musicians, a kind of scale or rule, serv- 
 ing to measure the duration and length of sounds and to 
 determine their intervals and ratios. 
 
 Extravagan'za. — A kind of composition remarkable for its 
 wikhiess and incoherence. 
 
 Falset'to. — That species of voice in a man the compass of 
 which lies above his natural voice. 
 
 Fanfare'. — A short, lively, loud, and warlike piece of music, 
 composed for trumpets and kettle-drums. 
 
 Fanta'sia. — A fanciful air, not restricted to the severe laws of 
 composition. 
 
 Finale. — The concluding part of a musical composition. 
 
 Fin'gering. — The art of applying the fingers to a musical in- 
 strument so skilfully as to produce the notes desired. 
 
 Fugue, — A species of composition in which the different parts 
 follow one another, each repeating in order what the first 
 had performed, but at a certain interval above or below 
 the preceding part. 
 
 Gam'ut. — A scale on which notes in music are written or printed, 
 consisting of lines and spaces, which are named after the 
 first seven letters of the alphabet.
 
 124 MUSIC. 
 
 Glee. — A composition of three or more parts. 
 
 Harmonics. — The doctrine or science of musical sounds. 
 
 Hymnog'raphy. — The science which treats of the writing of 
 liyniiis. 
 
 Instrumenta'tion. — The art of distributing the harmony among 
 the different instruments of an orchestra or band. 
 
 Libretto. — A book containing the words of an opera or ex- 
 tended piece of music. 
 
 March. — Any piece adapted to a soldiers' march. 
 
 Melodies. — The department of music which treats of the pi7c7i 
 of tones and of the laics of indody. 
 
 Motet'. — A musical composition of a sacred character, consist- 
 ing of from one to eight parts. 
 
 Movement. — The rhythm, or method of progression, of the 
 notes, as regards time. Also, any single strain, or part, 
 having the same measure or time. 
 
 Musicography. — The symbolic writing of music. • 
 
 Oc'tave. — An eighth, or an interval of seven degrees, or twelve 
 semitones. 
 
 Psal'mody. — The art of singing psalms or sacred songs. 
 
 ftuartette'. — A piece for four voices or four instruments, 
 
 Quintette' . — A composition in five parts, each performed by a 
 single voice or instrument. 
 
 Recitative'. — A species of singing, approaching to ordinary 
 speaking. 
 
 Re'quiem. — A mass for the repose of the souls of deceased 
 persons. 
 
 Rhyth'mics. — The department of musical science which treats 
 of the k'lH/tk of sounds. 
 
 Ritornelle', Ritornel'lo. — A short introductory or concluding 
 symphony to an air, often consisting of the burden of the 
 song. Also, a short intermediate symphony, or instru- 
 mental passage, in the course of a vocal piece. 
 
 Roman'za, or Romance'. — A short lyric tale set to music, or 
 a simple and eleijaut melody suitable to such words. 
 
 Rondeau', or Ron'do. — A composition of several strains or 
 members, at the end of each of which the first part or 
 subject is repeated. 
 
 Scale. — A series of lines and spaces, rising one above another, 
 or falling one below another, on which notes are placed. 
 
 Score. — The original draft of the whole composition, in which 
 the several parts are distinctly marked.
 
 MYTHOLOGY. _ 125 
 
 Sig^'nature. — The flats or sharps at the beginning of a compo- 
 sition, which indicate the key or scale. 
 
 So'lo. — A composition, or even a passage, for a single voice or 
 instrument. 
 
 Sona'ta. — A piece or composition wholly executed by instru- 
 ments, and generally supposed to exhibit the composer's 
 powers without confining liim within the rigid rules of 
 counterpoint or measure. 
 
 Sopra'no. — The first treble, or highest vocal part. 
 
 Staff. — The five lines and the spaces on which music is written. 
 
 Sym'phony. — A piece of concerted music composed of several 
 parts. 
 
 Treble. — The highest or most acute of the parts in music, and 
 adapted to the voices of females or boys. 
 
 Tri'o. — A composition consisting of three parts ; one of which 
 must make a third with the bass, and the other a fifth or 
 octave. 
 
 Vaude'ville. — A kind of song of a lively character, frequently 
 embodying a satire on some person or event, sung to a 
 familiar air in couplets with a refrain. 
 
 Vol'untary. — A composition for the organ. 
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 Mythology (Gr. mnthologia^ literally a telling of fables). — The 
 science treating of myths, or of legendary and religious 
 popular fables. 
 
 Achelo'us. — A river-god. In a struggle with Hercules, whom 
 he had ofiended, he assumed the form of a bull; Hercules 
 rent ofi" one of his horns, which the Naiads took, conse- 
 crated, and filled with fragrant flowers. Plenty adopted it, 
 and called it Cornucopia. 
 
 A'cis. — Son of Faunus, was beloved by Galatea, and slain by 
 the envious Cyclops. 
 
 Actae'on. — Son of king Cadmus; while hunting, he came acci- 
 dentally upon the huntress Diana engaged in cooling her 
 limbs in a fountain. Seeing the intruder, Diana dashed 
 water into his face, converting him into a stag, that his 
 own dogs slew. 
 
 Ado'nis. — A beautiful youth beloved by Venus. 
 
 .ffiscula'pius. — Son of Apollo. He became a renowned physi- 
 
 11*
 
 12G MYTlIOLOaV. 
 
 oian, which fact Pluto resented, and prevailed upon Jupiter 
 
 to kill him with a stroke of lightninp^. 
 Afrit' (Mohammedan myth.). — A powerful evil demon or genius. 
 Ag'ni.— The Hindu god of fire. 
 Ahri'man. — A Persian god, the .source of all good. 
 Alci'des. — Another name for Hercules. 
 Alec'to. — See Furies. 
 Alf'adur. — Odin. 
 
 Ambrosia. — The imaginary food of the gods. 
 Am'mon. — During the war of the gods with the giants, Jupiter 
 
 fled into Egypt, whore he assumed the f(jrm of a ram, 
 
 and was worshipped by the Egyptians as the god Animon. 
 An'teros. — Son of Venus, and the avenger of blighted love. 
 Anu'bis. — The guardian god of the P]gyptians. 
 Aphrodi'te. — Venus. 
 A'pis. — The sacred bull of Memphis, worshipped with the 
 
 greatest reverence by the Egyptians. 
 Apollo. — The god of archery, prophecy, and music ; god of the 
 
 sun. The son of Jupiter and Latona. 
 Arim'anes. — A Persian deity, the author of all evil upon earth. 
 Ar'temis. — Another name for Diana. 
 As'gard (Northern myth.). — The abode of the gods. 
 Astar'te, or Ash'toreth. — A goddess of the Sidonians; the 
 
 same as A^cnus of the lloraans. 
 Astrae'a. — Goddess of innocence and purity ; daughter of 
 
 Themis. 
 A'te.— Goddess of discord. 
 Athe'ne. — ^lincrva. 
 Atlantis. — The happy island. 
 At'ropos. — Sec Fates. 
 Au'gury. — A species of divination, or the art of foretelling 
 
 events, practised by the ancients. 
 Auro'ra. — Goddess of the dawn. 
 Aus'ter. — The south wind. 
 
 Bac'chus. — God of wine ; son of Jupiter and Semele. 
 Bal'dur. — The Good ; son of Odin. 
 Bello'na. — The goddess of war. 
 Bo'reas. — The north wind. 
 Bra'gi. — The Scandinavian god of poetry. 
 Brahma. — The first person in the trinity of the Hindus; the 
 
 creator. The other two are Vishnu, the preserver or re- 
 deemer, and Siva, the destroyer.
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 127 
 
 Buddh'a. — A pagan deity whose image is represented by a 
 human figure, and who is worshipped by tlie greater part 
 of tlie inliabitants of Asia to the east of Hindostan. 
 
 Ca"biri. — Certain deities greatly venerated by the ancient 
 pagans in Greece and Phtenicia. They were supposed 
 to have a particular influence over the sea and maritime 
 affairs. 
 
 Cadu'ceus. — The rod borne by Mercury. 
 
 Calli'ope. — Sec Muses. 
 
 Calyp'so. — A sea-nymph enamored of Ulysses, a famous Greek 
 Avarrior. 
 
 Castor and Pollux. — The offspring of Jupiter, who, disguised 
 as a swan, won the affections of Leda, who gave birth to 
 an egg that produced the twins. 
 
 Cen'taur. — Supposed to be half man and half horse. 
 
 Cer'berus. — A monster in the shape of a dog, guarding the en- 
 trance into the infernal regions, and desci'ibed by different 
 ancient writers as having three, fifty, and even a hundred 
 heads. 
 
 Ce'res. — The goddess who presided over agriculture. 
 
 Cha'ron. — Ferryman at the river Styx. 
 
 Cir'ce.^ — Daughter of the sun, and a powerful enchantress. 
 
 Cly'tie. — A nymph enamored of Apollo, wlio made no return. 
 She sat repining till her limbs rooted in the ground, and 
 was transformed into a sunflower. 
 
 Coryban'tes. — The frantic priests of Cybele ; celebrated for 
 their wild and extravagant attitudes in dancing. 
 
 Cron'os. — See Saturn. 
 
 Cu'pid. — Son of Venus, and god of love. 
 
 Daphne. — A water-nymph, Apollo's first love. Opposed to 
 marriage, she fled Apollo's pursuit, but, becoming ex- 
 hausted, called upon Peneus, her father, to open the earth 
 and enclose her, when she immediately became transformed 
 into the laurel. 
 
 De'los. — A floating island of Greece ; the refuge of Latona, 
 who there gave birth to Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Dia'na. — Goddess of the moon, and queen of the chase. 
 
 Do'ris.— Wife of Nercus; mother of the Nereids. 
 
 Dry'ads. — Wood-nymphs that were believed to perish with the 
 trees which had been their abode, and with which they 
 had come into existence. 
 
 Elec'tra.— The lost Pleiad.
 
 128 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 Epime'theus. — A Titan to wlioin, with his brother Prome- 
 theus, was comiuitted the office of making man. 
 
 Er'ato. — See Muses. 
 
 Er'ebus. — The infernal regions. 
 
 E'ris. — IJiseord. 
 
 E'ros. — Cupid. 
 
 Euphros'yne. — See Graces. 
 
 Euryd'ice. — The wife of Orpheus. She was bitten by a ser- 
 pent and died of the wound. Orpheus followed her to 
 Tartarus, where with his lyre he so charmed the powers 
 that he was permitted to take P^urydice, on condition that 
 he should not turn to look upon her till he reached the 
 upper air. He looked behind him, and Eurydice wa.s for- 
 ever taken from him. 
 
 Eu'rus. — The east wind. 
 
 Euryn'ome, — See Titans. 
 
 Euterpe. — See Muses. 
 
 Fates 0) Atropos ; 2, Clotlio ; 3, Lnchcds). — Their office was 
 to spin the thread of human destiny, and cut it when they 
 pleased. 
 
 Fau'nus. — The grandson of Saturn. He was worshipped as 
 the god of fields and shepherds. 
 
 Flo'ra. — Goddess of flowers. 
 
 Frey (Northern myth.). — Presides over rain and sunshine, and 
 all the fruits of the earth. 
 
 Freya. — Sister of Frey. Goddess of music, spring, and 
 flowers. 
 
 Furies. — Three goddesses who punished by their secret stings 
 the crimes of those who escaped or defied public justice. 
 Their names were Alecto, Megsera, and Tisiphone. 
 
 Gan'ymede. — A Trojan boy whom Jupiter carried off" and 
 made cup-bearer to the gods. 
 
 Giants. — Extraordinary monsters whose strength enabled them 
 to contend with the gods. They were finally subdued by 
 thunderbolts invented by IMinerva, who taught Vulcan and 
 his Cyclops to make them for Jupiter. 
 
 Gor'gons. — IMonstrous females with huge teeth, brazen claws, 
 and snaky hair. They symbolize the white-crested waves 
 that dash against the rocks of the coast. 
 
 Graces. — Goddesses presiding over the banquet, the dance, and 
 all social enjoyments and elegant arts. Their names were 
 Aglaia^ Euphrosi/ne, aud Thalia.
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 129 
 
 Graeae. — Three sisters who were gray-haired from their birth. 
 
 They symbolize the strong billows of the wide open main. 
 Hamadryads. — Dryads. 
 Harpies. — Disgusting birds with the heads of maidens and 
 
 faces pale with hunger. They were sent by the gods to 
 
 torment a certain Phineas in punishment for his cruelty. 
 He'be. — Daughter of Juno, and goddess of youth. She was 
 
 cup-bearer to the gods, which office she resigned upon 
 
 becoming the wife of Hercules, and was succeeded by 
 
 Ganymede. 
 Heim'dal (Northern myth.). — The watchman of the gods. 
 He'la (Death). — One of the children of Loki. 
 He'ra. — Juno. 
 Hercules. — The son of Jupiter and Alcmena, a mortal. He 
 
 was celebrated for his strength. 
 Her'mes. — Mercury. 
 
 Ho'rus. — Son of Osiris ; Egyptian god of silence. 
 Hyacin'thus. — A youtli beloved by Apollo, by whom he was 
 
 accidentally killed in playing quoits, and became a flower. 
 Hyge'ia. — Goddess of health. 
 Hymen. — God of marriage. 
 Hype'rion. — The father of the sun, moon, and dawn. The 
 
 original sun-god. 
 I'clior. — An ethereal fluid that supplied the place of blood in 
 
 the veins of the aticient gods. 
 liu'na. — The wife of Bragi, the northern god of poetry. She 
 
 keeps in a box the apples which the gods taste to renew 
 
 their youth. 
 In'dra. — Hindu god of heaven, of thunder, lightning, storm, 
 
 and rain. 
 I'no. — See Leucothea. 
 lo. — A water-nymph, loved by Jupiter, who turned her into 
 
 a heifer to baffle the jealous suspicions of Juno, his wife. 
 I'ris. — Goddess of the rainbow, and messenger of Juno. 
 I'sis. — The wife of the Egyptian god Osiris. She represents 
 
 tlie earth. 
 Ja'nus. — The porter of heaven. He is the guardian deity of 
 
 gates, and is represented with two faces. 
 Jove. — Jupiter. 
 
 Ju'no. — The wife of Jupiter, and queen of the gods. 
 Ju'piter. — Called the father of gods. He was the ofispring 
 
 of Saturn and Rhea.
 
 130 MYTIIOLOOY. 
 
 La'res. — Deified spirits of mortals. 
 
 Lato'na.— The mother of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Le'da. — The mother of Castor and Pollux. 
 
 Lethe. — A river in the infernal regions, the drinking of whose 
 waters caused forgetful ness of the past. 
 
 Leucothe'a. — Ino, flj'ing from her husband, jumped into the 
 sea with her son Melicertes. The gods out of corapa.ssion 
 made her a goddess of the sea, under the name given, and 
 jNIelicertes a god ; they were powerful to save from ship- 
 wreck, and were invoked by sailors. 
 
 Lo'ki. — A northern deity, the contriver of all fraud and mis- 
 chief. 
 
 Luci'ua. — The goddess of childbirth. 
 
 Mahade'va (Hindu). — The representative of regeneration. 
 
 Ma'nes. — The benevolent infernal deities. 
 
 Ma'nu (Hindu). — The ancestor of the human race. 
 
 Mars. — The god of war, and the son of Jupiter and Juno. 
 
 Medusa. — A personage who was fabled to posse-ss the power 
 of turning all who looked upon her into stone. 
 
 Melicer'tes. — A god of the sea. See Leucothea. 
 
 Melpomene. — See Muses. 
 
 Men tor. — A disguise of Minerva. 
 
 Mercury. — Son of Jupiter and Maia. He presided over com- 
 merce, wrestling, and other exercises which required skill 
 and dexterity. He was also the messenger of Jupiter, and 
 wore a winged cap and winged shoes. 
 
 Metis (Prudence). — Wife of Jupiter. She administered a 
 draught to Saturn which caused him to disgorge his chil- 
 dren whom he had devoured ; these with Jupiter rebelled 
 and vanquished Saturn, whose dominions were then di- 
 vided between Jupiter, Neptune, and Pluto. 
 
 Minerva. — The goddess of wisdom. She was a daughter of 
 Jupiter, from whose brain she is said to have leaped ma- 
 ture and in complete armor. She presided over the use- 
 ful and ornamental arts. Athens was her chosen seat, 
 awarded her by the gods for having produced to man the 
 olive. 
 
 Mnemos'yne (Memory). — The mother of the Muses. 
 
 Mo'mus. — The god of laughter. 
 
 Morpheus. — The god of dreams ; son of Somnus. 
 
 Mors (Roman myth.). — The goddess of death, one of the 
 deities of the lower world, born of Night, without a sire.
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 131 
 
 Mul'ciber. — Latin name for Vulcan. 
 
 Muses. — The daughters of Jupiter and Mnemo.syne, nine in 
 number, viz. : 
 
 1. Calli'ope, the Muse of epic poetry. 
 
 2. Clio, of history. 
 
 3. Euterpe, of lyric dance and song. 
 
 4. Melpomene, of tragedy. 
 
 5. Terpsichore, of choral dance and song. 
 
 6. Er'ato, of love poetry. 
 
 7. Polyhym'nia, of sacred poetry. 
 
 8. Urania, of astronomy. 
 0. Thali'a, of comedy. 
 
 Mys'tagogy. — The interpretation of mysteries. 
 
 Naiads. — Female deities presiding over rivers, brooks, and 
 
 fountains. 
 Nemesis. — The goddess of retribution or vengeance. 
 Nep'tune. — Chief of the "water deities. The symbol of hia 
 
 power was the trident. He created the horse, and was 
 
 the patron of horse-races. 
 Ne'reids. — Sea-nymphs ; daugbters of Nereus. 
 Ne'reus and Do'ris. — A sea-god and goddess ; parents of the 
 
 Nereids. 
 Ni'obe. — The daughter of Tantalus, and wife of Amphion, king 
 
 of Thebes. Her pride in her children provoked Apollo 
 
 and Diana, who slew them all. 
 Oce'anus. — One of the Titans, who ruled over the watery ele- 
 ment with Tethys, his wife. They were succeeded by 
 
 Neptune and Amphitrite. 
 O'din (Northern myth.). — The creator, 
 Olympus (Mount). — The abode of the gods. 
 Ophi'on. — See Titans. 
 Oracle. — The name used to denote the place where answers 
 
 were given by any of the divinities to those who consulted 
 
 them respecting the future ; also to signify the response 
 
 which was given. 
 O'reads. — Nymphs of mountains and grottos. 
 Ormuzd (Persian myth.). — The source of all good. 
 Oromas'des. — Greek for Ormuzd. 
 Orpheus. — Son of Apollo and the Muse Calliope. He was a 
 
 skilful player upon the lyre. See Eurydice. 
 Osi'ris (Egypt). — God of the sun ; the source of warmth, life, 
 
 and u.sefulness.
 
 132 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 Pse'an. — A name for both Apollo and TEsculaplus. 
 
 Palai'mon. — Son of Leucothoa, and a god of the sea, invoked 
 by sailors. 
 
 Pa'les. — The goddess presiding over cattle and pastures. 
 
 Pallas. — Minerva. 
 
 Pan. — The god of shepherds, guardian of bees, and patron of 
 fishing and fowling. His favorite residence was Arcadia. 
 
 Pando'ra. — A goddess sent by Jupiter to bless man. She was 
 furnished with a box containing her marriage presents, 
 into which every god had put some blessing. She opened 
 the bos incautiously, and the blessings all escaped, hope 
 only excepted. 
 
 Peg'asus. — A certain winged horse of the IMuses who sprang 
 from the blood of Medusa when she was slain, and with a 
 blow of his hoof caused Hippocreue, the fountain of the 
 Muses, to spring from Mount Helicon. Bellerophon is 
 fabled to have ridden him when he slew the Chimaira. 
 But when Bellerophon wished to fly on his back to heaven, 
 he threw him oif and ascended to the skies alone, where he 
 was changed into a constellation. 
 
 Pena'tes. — The gods who were supposed to attend to the wel- 
 fare and prosperity of the family. 
 
 Pe'neus. — A river-god, and father of Daphne. 
 
 Perseph'one. — Proserpine. 
 
 Phoe'bus. — Apollo. 
 
 Plei'ades. — The daughters of Atlas and the nymphs of Diana's 
 train. Fleeing from Orion, who became enamored of them, 
 Jupiter turned them into pigeons and made them a constel- 
 lation in the heavens. Electa, one of them, left her place 
 that she might not behold the ruins of Troy. 
 
 Plu'to. — King of the lower world or region of departed spirits. 
 
 Plu'tus. — God of wealth. 
 
 Polyhym'nia. — See Muses. 
 
 Pollux. — See Castor. 
 
 Pomo'na. — The goddess presiding over fruit-trees. 
 
 Portu'nus. — The Romans so called Leucothea. 
 
 Poseidon.— Neptune. 
 
 Prome'theus. — One of the Titans to whom, with his brother 
 Epimetheus, was committed the office of making man. 
 Having transgressed the will of Jupiter, he was chained to 
 a rock on Mount Caucasus, where a vulture preyed on his 
 liver, which was renewed as fast as devoured.
 
 MYTHOLOGY. 133 
 
 Pros'erpine. — A daughter of Ceres. Pluto loved her, and 
 
 finally carried her otF to his dominions as his queen. 
 Pro'teus. — 'A sea-god who possessed the power of prophecy, 
 
 and of changing himself into different shapes. 
 Psy'che. — A beautiful mortal whom Cupid made his wife, and 
 
 Jupiter made immortal ; a daughter was born and named 
 
 Pleasure. 
 Quiri'nus. — A war-god, said to be Romulus, the founder of 
 
 Rome, exalted after his death to a place among the gods. 
 Sat'urn. — A Roman deity, answering to the Greek Cronos, or 
 
 Time; one of the oldest and principal gods, the son of 
 
 Coelus and Terra, and the father of Jupiter. 
 Sem'ele. — The mother of Bacchus by Jupiter. 
 Sera'pis. — Hermes. 
 Si'rens. — Sea-nymphs, wlio had the power of charming by their 
 
 song all who heard them. 
 Si'va. — -The third person of the Hindu triad. He is the per- 
 sonification of the destroying principle. 
 Som'nus, — The god who presides over sleep. 
 Sphinx. — A monster usually represented as having the winged 
 
 body of a lion and the face and breast of a young woman ; 
 
 represented also in other forms. 
 Styx. — A river that encompasses the nether world, flowing 
 
 round it seven times. 
 Su'rya (Hindu myth.).— The god of the sun. 
 Sylva'nus. — A Latin divinity corresponding to Pan. 
 Tar'tarus, — The bottomless pit. 
 Tel'lus. — The goddess of the world, by whose power plants 
 
 potent for enchantment are produced. 
 Ter'minus. — The god of landmarks. 
 Te'thys. — A Titan who with Oceanus ruled over the watery 
 
 element till succeeded by Neptune and Amphitrite. 
 Thali'a. — See Muses. 
 The'mis (Law). — The mother of the Fates. 
 Theog'ony (Gr. theos, God, and gonos, a race). — That branch 
 
 of heathen theology which treated of the genealogy of 
 
 their deities. 
 Thor (The Thunderer). — Odin's eldest son ; the strongest of 
 
 gods and men. 
 Thoth. — The god of eloquence among the ancient Egyptians, 
 
 supposed to be the inventor of writing and philosophy. 
 Tisiph'one. — See Furies. 
 
 12
 
 1 34 NA MES. — OR A TOR Y.—PA IN TING. 
 
 Ti'tans. — A gip:antic race who inhabited the earth before the 
 
 creation of man. 
 Tri'ton. — A son of Neptune and Amphitrite. The poets made 
 
 him his father's trumpeter. 
 Tyr (Northern myth.). — The god of battles. 
 Ura'nia. — See Muses. 
 Valhalla (Nortliern myth.). — The most beautiful of the palaces 
 
 of the gods. 
 Valkyr'iur. — Warlike virgins, mounted on horses, and armed 
 
 with helmets, spears, and shields. Odin's messengers. 
 Varu'na. — The god of the waters, the Indian Neptune, and 
 
 regent of the west division of the earth. 
 Ve'nus. — Goddess of love and beauty. Daughter of Jupiter 
 
 and Dione. 
 Ves'ta. — A goddess presiding over tlie public and private 
 
 hearth. 
 Vish'nu. — The second in the triad of the Hindus. He is the 
 
 personification of the preserving principle. 
 Vul'can, — The celestial artist ; son of Jupiter and Juno. He 
 
 "was born lame, and his mother was so displeased at the 
 
 sight of him that she flung him out of heaven. After 
 
 falling a day, he alighted in the isle of Lemuos, which was 
 
 thenceforth sacred to him. 
 Wo'den.— Odin. 
 
 Ya'ma (Hindu myth.). — The god of the infernal regions. 
 Zeph'yrus. — The west wind, and lover of Flora. 
 Zeus. — Greek name for Jupiter. 
 
 NAMES. 
 
 Onomatol'og'y (Gr. onoma^ a name, and hgos^ a discourse). — 
 Tlie science of names. 
 
 ORATORY. 
 
 Chiron'omy (Gr. clieir^ the hand, and nomos, rule). — The art 
 or rule of moving the hands in oratory and in pantomime. 
 Rhet'oric. — The science of oratory. See GRAMMAR. 
 
 PAINTING. 
 
 Paint'ing. — The art of representing objects in nature, or scenes 
 in human life, with fidelity and expression.
 
 PAINTING. 135 
 
 Accident'als. — Those chance effects arising from luminous rays 
 falling on certain objects, by which they are brought into 
 a stronger light and their shadows rendered more intense 
 than they otherwise would be. 
 
 Accompaniment. — An object accessory to the principal object, 
 and serving for its ornament or illustration. 
 
 Ac'tion. — The attitude or position of the several parts of the 
 body by which they seem to be actuated by passions ; as the 
 arm extended, to represent the act of giving or receiving. 
 
 Adumbra'tion, — The shadow only of a figure, outlined, and 
 painted of a color darker than the field. 
 
 AflFec'tion. — A lively representation of pa,ssion. 
 
 Animated. — x\ppearing as if endowed with life. 
 
 Arabesque. — A capricious, fantastic, or heterogeneous species 
 of ornament, adopted from ancient art in Arabian and 
 Moorish architecture, and consisting of fruits, flowers, 
 foliage, and many other forms, except those of animals. 
 
 At'titude. — The posture or action in which a figure is placed. 
 
 Aureola, — The circle of rays witli which painters surround 
 the head of Christ and the saints. 
 
 Aus'tere, — When a painter in the treatment of a subject rejects 
 all ornament or adventitious aid, he is called austere. 
 
 Back'painting. — The method of painting mezzotinto prints, 
 pasted on glass of a size to fit the print. 
 
 Bear'ing. — The mutual relations of the parts of a figure. 
 
 Bish'op. — Canvas measuring 58 inches by 94. The Juif/ hlalwp 
 measures 45 inches by 5G. 
 
 Blending. — The process of fusing or melting pigments by 
 means of a soft brush. 
 
 Body. — Colors are said to bear a body when they are capable of 
 being ground so fine and of being mixed so entirely with 
 oil as to seem only a very thick oil of the same color. 
 
 Bosc'age. — A landscape representing thickets of wood. 
 
 Brooch. — A painting all of one color. 
 
 Camaleu. — A painting in which there is only one color, and 
 where the lights and shades are of gold wrought on a 
 golden or azure ground. When the ground is yellow, the 
 French call it cirac/e ; when gray, grisaille. This work is 
 chiefly used to represent bdsso-relievos. 
 
 Cartoon'. — A sketch executed in colors as a pattern for tap- 
 estry, for working in mosaic, etc. ; as " the cartoons of 
 liaffaelle."
 
 136 rAINTINO. 
 
 Cat'agraph. — The first draught of a picture. 
 
 Chiaroscu'ro (Ttal., the clear-obscure). — The art of distributing 
 
 liglita and shadows in painting so as to give effect to the 
 
 composition. 
 Col'oring'. — Tlie manner of applying colors, or the mixture of 
 
 liglit and shade formed by the various colors employed. 
 Composi'tion. — That combination of the .several parts in which 
 
 each is presented in its due proportion. 
 Con'trast. — Opposition or dissimilitude of figures, etc., by 
 
 which one contributes to the visibility or effect of the 
 
 other. 
 Crude. — Roughly or coarsely done ; having colors inharmo- 
 nious or not well blended ; not accurately shaded. 
 Dem'itint. — A gradation of color between positive light and 
 
 positive shade. 
 Design'. — The first idea represented by visible lines. 
 Detached'. — Applied to all objects in a picture which appear 
 
 to stand out from those by which they are surrounded. 
 Distem'per. — When colors are mixed with size, white of e^^:^, 
 
 or other unctuous or glutinous matter, and not with oil, it 
 
 is said to be done in distemper. 
 Dra'pery. — The representation of the clothing or dress of 
 
 human figures, etc. 
 Dry'ness. — A term applied to a style of painting in which the 
 
 outline is harsh and formal, and the color deficient in 
 
 mellowness and harmony. 
 Enam'el. — The art of painting with vitrifiable colors on metal 
 
 plates. 
 Encaus'tic. — The method of painting in heated or burnt wax. 
 Foreshor'tening. — The representation of objects on a plane 
 
 surface as they appear to the eye when viewed at an oblique 
 
 angle. 
 Fres'co Painting. — A method of painting on walls, performed 
 
 with water-colors on fresh plaster, or on a wall laid with 
 
 mortar not yet dry. 
 Glaz'ing. — Transparent or semi-transparent colors passed thinly 
 
 over other colors, to modify the effect. 
 Grada'tion. — The gradual blending of one tint into another. 
 Ground. — The first la^'er of color which is put upon the canvas ; 
 
 in a finished picture, the scenery around the principal 
 
 objects, that part nearest the eye being called the fore- 
 ground^ and the more distant parts the hachground.
 
 PAINTING. 137 
 
 Gumption. — The art of preparing colors. 
 
 Impas'to. — The thickness of the layer or body of pigment ap- 
 plied by the painter to his canvas. 
 
 Impres'sion. — The cround color, or that which is first laid on 
 to receive the other colors. 
 
 Keep'ing'. — The observance of a due proportion in the general 
 light and coloring of a picture, so that a proper harmony 
 and gradation shall prevail throughout the whole. 
 
 Land'scape. — A picture exhibiting the form of a district of 
 countr}"^, so far as the eye can reach, or a particular extent 
 of land and the objects it contains, or its various scenery. 
 
 Lim'ning. — The art or act of drawing or painting in ivater- 
 co/ors. 
 
 Manner. — The particular habit of a painter in managing colors, 
 lights, and shades. 
 
 Morbidezza. — Softness and delicacy of style in the coloring 
 of flesh. 
 
 Moresque'. — Ornamental painting, in which foliage, fruits, 
 flowers, etc., are combined, without the introduction of 
 the human figure or the figures of animals. 
 
 Nim'bus. — A circle or disk of rays of light around the heads 
 of divinities, saints, and sovereigns in pictures, etc. 
 
 Panora'ma. — A painting representing a complete or entire 
 view, as of a country, a river, a city, etc. 
 
 Pastic'cio (Ital., from past icco, a pie). — A picture painted by 
 a master in a style dissimilar to that which he usually 
 adopted. 
 
 Fenum'bra (Lat. peiie, almost, and wnhra, a shadow). — The 
 point of a picture where the shade blends with the light. 
 
 Pornog''raphy. — Licentious painting used to adorn the walls 
 of rooms sacred to bacchanalian orgies. 
 
 Relief. — The apparent prominence or standing out of a figure 
 from the ground on which it is painted. 
 
 Renaissance. — A style of decorative art freer than the antique, 
 but resulting therefrom, revived by llaffaelle in the Pon- 
 tificate of Leo X., as the result of the exhuming of certain 
 ancient paintings. 
 
 Rep'lica. — A copy of an original picture done by the hand of 
 the same master. 
 
 Repose'. — The harmony observed when the subject is not 
 divided into too many unconnected parts, or when nothing 
 glares, either in the shade, light, or coloring. 
 12*
 
 138 PAINTING. 
 
 Romanesque'. — A fantastic style of ornament in which animals 
 and foliage are represented. 
 
 Scene'-Paiiiting. — The act or the art of painting scenery for 
 (I theatre^ etc. 
 
 Sciag'raphy (Gr. skla, a shadow, and grapJio, I describe). — 
 The art of casting and deUneatiiicj shadows with truth 
 and upon mathematical principles. 
 
 Scum'bling'. — The act of thinly spreading or rubbing opaque 
 or semi-opaque colors over other colors, to modify the 
 effect. 
 
 Stereoch'romy (Gr. stereos, solid, and chroma, pigment). — A 
 kind of wall-painting in which the colors are mixed with 
 water, and the whole picture permanently fixed by profu.se 
 sprinklings of water containing a certain proportion of 
 fluoric acid. 
 
 Still'-Life. — The cla.«:s or style of painting which represents 
 objects not having animate existence, and which are usually 
 only adjuncts to a picture, as fruits, flowers, dead game or 
 animals, and the like. 
 
 Strength. — Boldness of conception or treatment. 
 
 Study.— fA work undertaken for improvement in the art, and 
 often left incomplete. 
 
 Syn'chronism. — A representation of two or more events occur- 
 ring at different times, in the same picture. 
 
 Tab'lature. — A distinct, consistent piece or composition, de- 
 finitely circumscribed, as on a wall or a ceiling. 
 
 Tone. — The prevailing color of a picture, or its general effect, 
 depending on the right relation of objects in shadow to the 
 principal light, and on the quality of color, by which it is 
 felt to owe part of its brightness to the hue of the light 
 upon it. 
 
 Tout Ensemble (Fr., all together). — The general effect of a 
 work as a whole, without regard to the execution of the 
 separate parts. 
 
 Unity. — Such a combination of parts as to constitute a whole, 
 or a kind of symmetry of style and character. 
 
 PERSPECTIVE. 
 
 Perspectog'raphy. — The science or theory of perspective. 
 Bird's-eye View. — A view taken from a great elevation, the 
 point of sight being at a very considerable distance above
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS. 139 
 
 the objects viewed and delineated. It Is a useful mode of 
 drawing to represent extensive districts of country, battle- 
 fields, panoramic views, etc. 
 
 Ichnog'raphy (Cxr. ichnos, a trace, and grapho, I draw). — The 
 view of anything cut off by a plane parallel to the horizon 
 just at the base of it. 
 
 Projec'tion. — The appearance or representation of an object on 
 the perspective plane. 
 
 Scenog'raphy. — The art of perspective, or the representation 
 on a plane of an object as it appears to the eye. 
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL PHEPARATIONS. 
 
 Ce'rate. — A composition made of oil, wax, and other ingre- 
 dients. 
 
 Chalybeate. — Any medicine into which iron enters. 
 
 Confection. — Anything made up or preserved with sugar. 
 
 Conserve'. — A vegetable substance and a sufficient quantity of 
 sugar beaten into a uniform mass. 
 
 Decoction. — A medicinal liquor, made by extracting the solu- 
 ble and efficacious part of many drugs, particularly of 
 barks, woods, seeds, roots, etc., by boiling. 
 
 Den'tifrice. — A powder or paste for cleansing the enamel of 
 the teeth and removing the tartar which covers them. 
 
 Elec'tuary. — A form of medicine of a soft consistence, some- 
 what thicker than honey, and formed of powders, pulp, ex- 
 tracts, syrups, honey, etc. 
 
 Elixir. — A medicine composed of various substances held in 
 solution in alcohol. 
 
 Emulsion. — A milk-like mixture which is composed of oil 
 divided and held in suspension in water by means of 
 mucilage. 
 
 Es'sence. — A compound used in flavoring liquors or confec- 
 tionery, and consisting chiefly of ethers and essential 
 oils. 
 
 Ethe'real Tinc'ture. — ^A tincture formed by the action of sul- 
 phuric ether, at the ordinary temperature, on medicinal 
 substances. 
 
 Ex'tract. — A solution of the purer parts of a mixed body in 
 spissated by distillation or evaporation nearly to the con- 
 sistence of honey.
 
 140 niOTOGRAPHS. 
 
 Infu'sion. — Liquor the virtues of wliich have been obtained 
 by .steeping, without boiling. 
 
 Lin'iment. — An unctuous medicine, containing usually oil or 
 lard, which is used externally in the form of friction. 
 
 Liq'uor. — A name given to many compound licjuids, and espe- 
 cially to those the bases of which are water and alcohol. 
 
 Lo'tion. — A liquid intended for application to any external part 
 of the body. 
 
 Mix'ture. — A liquid medicine which contains not only extracts, 
 salts, and other substances soluble in water, but powders, 
 etc., which are insoluble. 
 
 Pill. — A simple or compound medicine, weighing from one to 
 five grains, of a firm consistence and spherical form ; in- 
 tended to be swallowed at once without chewing. 
 
 Tinc'ture. — Spirituous solutions of vegetable, animal, and some 
 saline substances. 
 
 TJn'guent. — A soft composition used as a topical remedy for 
 sores. 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHS. 
 
 Photog'raphy (Gr. ^)7«(7s, light, and groplio^ I write). — The 
 art or practice of producing facsimiles or representations 
 of objects by the action of light upon a prepared surface. 
 The pictures, however obtained, are called iicc/atlve plmto- 
 ffvfrphs, and those which have their lights and shadows 
 disposed as in nature — dark upon a light ground — are 
 ])ositive plioiographs. 
 
 Am'bl'otype. — A picture taken on a plate of prepared glass, in 
 which the lights are represented in silver and the shades 
 are produced by a dark background, visible through the 
 unsilvered portions of the glass. 
 
 Cal'otype (Gr. kalos, beautiful, and tiqios, a sketch). — A pro- 
 cess for obtaining photogenic drawings on paper by the 
 action of light upon certain salts of silver. 
 
 Cam'era-Obscu'ra (Lat., a dark chamber). — An apparatus 
 representing an artificial eye, in which the images of ex- 
 ternal objects, received through a double convex glass, are 
 exhibited distinctly and in their native colors, on a white 
 surface placed on the focus of the glass within a darkened 
 cliaraber. 
 
 Chro'matype (Gr. cJu-oma, color, and tiqjos, a sketch). — A
 
 PHOTOGRAPHS. 141 
 
 process of taking photographic pictures by the use of 
 paper luade sensitive with bichromate of potash. 
 
 Chrys'otype (Gr. chrusos, gold, and tiqios, a siiietch). — A pro- 
 cess of taking pictures, by photography, on paper impreg- 
 nated with a neutral solution of chloride of gold. 
 
 Daguer'reotype (^Baguerre, the inventor, and Gr. tiipos, a 
 sketch). — A process by which all images produced by 
 the camera-obscura are retained and fixed iu a few mo- 
 ments, by the action of light upon metallic surfaces coated 
 with a salt of silver. 
 
 Fer'rotype (Lat. /crrmn, iron, and Gr. fitjyoa, a sketch). — A 
 picture on a plate of sheet-iron, first covered with a sur- 
 face of black Japan varnish, and afterwards immersed in 
 collodion, and later in the silver solution. 
 
 Helioch.'romy (Gr. helios, the sun, and chrome, color). — The 
 process by which photographic pictures in their natural 
 colors are obtained. 
 
 He'liotype (Gr. helios, the sun, and tupos, a sketch). — Any 
 process for obtaining pictures by the actinic power of 
 the sun's rays on a prepared surface, from which to print 
 in fotty inks. 
 
 Hyalotype (Gr. hialos, glass, and tupos). — A photographic 
 picture taken on glass. 
 
 I'vorytype, or Hellen'otype. — A picture in which two finished 
 photographs are used. One is taken very light, the 
 paper made translucent by varnish, tinted on the back, 
 and laid upon the stronger print, so that there is a combi- 
 nation of effects. 
 
 Opal'Dtype. — A picture on milky glass. 
 
 Photogeny (Gr. pAos, j^hotos, light, and gennao, I produce). 
 — Tiie art or the practice of producing pictures by the 
 action of light on prepared paper. 
 
 Photozincography. — A method of copying ancient documents, 
 etc., recently invented. Paper, after having been washed 
 over with a solution of the bichromate of potash and gum, 
 and then dried, is placed under a collodion negative, which 
 is a reduced picture of the document, obtained by the 
 photographic process. After it has been exposed to the 
 light, its whole surface is coated over with lithographic 
 ink, and a stream of hot water is then poured upon it. 
 As that portion of the coating which was exposed to the 
 light is insoluble, while the other parts are easily washed
 
 142 PIIRENOLOGF.— PLANTS. 
 
 off, a picture of the document, etc., is obtained on the 
 piipcr, and is ready for transference either to stone, zinc, 
 or a copper plate. 
 
 PHRENOLOGY. 
 
 Phrenol'Dgy (Gr. phrm, the mind, and logos^ a discourse). — 
 The science of the human mind as manifested in the con- 
 figuration of the skull. In this science the fliculties are 
 located in thirty-five places, and classified as follows, viz. : 
 
 Propensitiks. Sentiments. Intellectual. 
 
 Amativeness, Self-esteem, Individuality, 
 
 Philoitrogenitiveness, Love of approbation. Form, 
 
 Inhabitiitiveness, Cautiousness, Size, 
 
 Adhesiveness, Benevolence, Weight, 
 
 Combativeness, Veneration, Coloring, 
 
 Destructiveness, Firmness, Locality, 
 
 [Alimentivencss], Conscientiousness, Number, 
 
 [Love of life], Hope, Order, 
 
 Secretiveness, Wonder, Eventuality, 
 
 Acquisitiveness, Ideality, Time, 
 
 Constructiveness. Wit or ludicrousness. Tune, 
 
 Imitation. Language. 
 
 Eeflective. 
 Comparison, Causality. 
 
 PLANTS. 
 
 Botany (Gr. hofane, a plant). — That branch of natural history 
 which treats of plants. It is divisible into, 1. Structural 
 Botany, Organography, or Vegetable Anatomy, which has 
 reference to the parts of which plants are composed. 2. 
 Physiological Botany, wliich has reference to the processes 
 carried on by living plants. 3. Systematic Botany, or 
 Taxonomy, in which the relations of plants to one another 
 are considered with a view to their arrangement and classi- 
 fication. 
 
 PEINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OF PLANTS. 
 
 1. Cryp'togams. — Plants without distinct flowers or proper 
 fruit, the so-called seed being only a spore. 
 1. Thal'logens, growing in fronds without distinct stems,
 
 PLANTS. 143 
 
 leaves, or roots, and consisting wholl}' of cellular tissue ; as, 
 
 (a) Algse, or Seaweeds; (b) Lichens. 
 
 2. An'ogens, having short stems, usually leafy, and roots, 
 and consisting wholly of cellular tissue ; as, (a) Ilejxiticse, 
 or Jiiverworts ; (b) Mosses. 
 
 3. Ac'rogens, having stems, leaves, and roots, and consisting, 
 in part, of vascular tissue ; as, (a) Ferns, or Brakes ; (b) 
 Lj/copodia, or the Ground-pine tribe ; (c) Uquiseta, or the 
 Horse-tail tribe. 
 
 2. Phen'ogams (called also Phanerogams). — Plants having 
 distinct flowers and true seed. 
 
 1. Gr-u'NOSPERMS, having the flower exceedingly simple, and 
 the seed naked, the latter being ordinarily on the inner sur- 
 face of the scales of cones. They are exogenous, and con- 
 sequently have bark and rings of annual growth, but are 
 without spiral ducts; as, (a) Conifers, or the Pine tribe; 
 
 (b) Cycads, or plants related to the Cycads and Zamia ; 
 
 (c) Sigillarids, extinct species of the later Paleozoic era in 
 geology. 
 
 2. En'dogens (called also Monocotyledons), having regular 
 flowers and covered seeds. They are endogenous, and 
 therefore without bark or rings of annual growth, as 
 Palms, the Rattan, Grasses, Indian Corn, the Lily, and 
 the like. 
 
 3. An'giosperms (called also Dicotyledons), having regular 
 flowers and covered seeds. They are exogenous, and there- 
 fore have bark and rings of growth as in the Gymnosperms, 
 and the wood consists, in part, of spiral ducts ; as the 
 Maple, Elm, Apple, llosc, and the like. 
 
 The Gymnosperms and Angiosperms make up the division of 
 plants called Exogens. 
 
 ELEMENTAEY OKGANS OF FRUCTIFICATION. 
 
 Ca'lyx. — The outer or lower part of the flower, the divisions of 
 which are called sepals. 
 
 subdivisions of the calyx. 
 Per'ianth. Am'ent. 
 
 Involu'cre. Calyp'tre. 
 
 Spathe. Vol'va. 
 
 Glume.
 
 144 PLANTS. 
 
 Cor'ol. — The colored blossom within or above the calyx (di- 
 visions called j;e/a4'J. 
 
 SUBDIVISIONS OF THE COROL. 
 
 MONOPETAI.OUS. POI.YI'ETALOUS. 
 
 Bell-form. Cru'ciform. 
 
 Funnel-form. Caryopuyl'lous. 
 
 Salver-form. IjIlia'ceous. 
 
 Wheel-form. Rosa'ckous. 
 
 La'biate. Pai'Iliona'ceous. 
 
 Pericarp. — The fruit, whether pod, shell, bag, or pulpy sub- 
 stance. 
 
 subdivisions of the pericarp. 
 
 Silique'. Pome. 
 
 Legume'. Berry. 
 
 Cap'sule. Pepone'. 
 
 Drupe. Strob'ile. 
 Achene' (Acine). 
 Pis'til, — The central organ of the flower, whose base becomes 
 the seed or pericarp. 
 
 subdivisions of the pistil. 
 
 Germ (Ovarium). Style. 
 
 Stig'ma. 
 Placen'ta. — A cellular substance to which seeds arc attached 
 
 and from which they originate. 
 Recep'tacle. — The base which sustains the other parts, being 
 at the end of the flower stem. It is called torus when a 
 thickened mass. 
 
 subdivisions of the receptacle. 
 Proper. Columel'la. 
 
 Common. Spa'dix. 
 
 IIa'chis. 
 Seed. — The essential part which contains the rudiments of a 
 new plant 
 
 subdivisions of the seed. 
 
 Cotyl'edon. Albu'men. 
 
 Em'bryo (Corcle). Hi'lum, or Umbii/icus. 
 
 Teg'ument, or Integument.
 
 PLANTS. 145 
 
 Sta'men. — The organs immediately surrounding or adjoining 
 the central one. 
 
 subdivisions of the stamen. 
 
 An'ther. Fil'ament. 
 
 Pol'len. 
 Tu'nic, — The membranaceous covering of the seed, whether it 
 is enveloped in fruit or naked. 
 
 GENERAL DIVISIONS OF FLOWERS. 
 
 Simple. Pistillate. 
 
 Aqgregate. Perfect. 
 
 Compound. Neutral. 
 
 Staminate. Complete. 
 
 INFLORESCENCE. 
 
 The manner in which flowers are situated on plants. 
 Whorl. Cyme. 
 
 Raceme'. Cor'ymb. 
 
 Pan'icle. , Fas'cicle. 
 
 Spike. Head. 
 
 Umbel. 
 
 CONCENTRIC CYLINDERS OF ROOTS AND HERBAGE. 
 
 The substance of roots and herbage consists of — 
 
 Cu'ticle. Wood. 
 
 Cellular Integument. Pith. 
 
 Bark. Medullary Sheath. 
 
 Cams. 
 Roots are of seven kinds : 
 
 Branching. Tuberous. 
 
 Fibrous. Bulbous. 
 
 Creeping. Granulated. 
 
 Spindle. 
 
 Herbage, is all the plant except the roots and fructification. 
 
 It includes stems, leaves, and appendages. 
 Steins. — -Subdivisions are : 
 
 Tioe, or Proper Stem. Pet'iole. 
 
 Culm. Frond. 
 
 Scape. Stipe. 
 
 Pedun'cle. 
 G 18
 
 146 PLANTS. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CLASSES. 
 Monan'dria, one stamen to each flower. 
 Dian'dria, two stamens. 
 Trian'dria, three stamens. 
 Tetran'dria, four stamens. 
 Pentan'dria, five stamens. 
 Hexan'dria, six stamens. 
 Heptan'dria, seven stamens. 
 Octan'dria, eight stamens. 
 Ennean'dria, nine stamens. 
 Decan'dria, ten stamens. 
 
 Dodecan'dria, from eleven to seventeen stamens. 
 Icosan'dria, many stamens inserted in the calyx. 
 Polyan'dria, twenty stamens and upwards inserted in the 
 
 receptacle. 
 Didyna'mia, four stamens in one flower, two longer thaz 
 
 the rest. 
 Tetradyna'mia, six stamens in one flower, two shorter than 
 
 the rest. 
 Monadel'phia, the filaments connected in the form of a 
 
 tube. 
 Diadel'piiia, the filaments forming two parcels. 
 Polydel'phia, the filaments forming several parcels. 
 Syngene'sia, the anthers formed into a tube. 
 Gynan'dria, the stamens united with the pistil. 
 Monce'cia, stamens and pistils in separate flowers, but in one 
 
 plant. 
 Dice'cia, stamens and pistils in separate plants. 
 Polyga'mia, stamens and pistils separate in some flowers 
 
 and united in others, either in the same plant or two or 
 
 three diflerent ones. 
 Cryptoga'mia, flowers inconspicuous or invisible to the 
 
 naked eye. 
 Agrostog'raphy (Gr. ap'dstls, grass, and graplie, a descrip- 
 tion). — A description of i\\Q grasses. 
 Anthol'ogy (Gr. nnthos, a flower, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 
 discourse on Jloicers. 
 Botanol'ogy (Gr. hofane, a plant, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 
 discourse on plants. 
 Bryology (Gr. brnon, moss, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 natural history of mosses.
 
 PLANTS. 147 
 
 Carpol'ogy (Gr. haijios, fruit, and logos, a discourse). — A de- 
 scrij)tion of /raits j more strictly that division of botany 
 wliieli relates to the structure of seeds and seed-vessels. 
 
 Dendrology (Gr. dendron, a tree, and logos, a discourse). — 
 The natural history of trees. 
 
 Epil'lheology (Gr. epirreo, to overflow, and logos, a discourse). 
 — That branch of botany treating on the influence of ex- 
 ternal agents on plants. 
 
 Flo'ra. — The term used to designate the plants which are in- 
 digenous in a country, as we .say, the Flora of the United 
 States, meaning the wild plants of the country. 
 
 Histol'ogy (Gr. histos, tissue, and logos, a di.seourse). — The 
 science which treats of the minute tissues of plants, ani- 
 mals, etc. 
 
 Lich.enog'rapliy (Gr. leichen, a lichen, and grapho, I write). 
 — Tlie science which illustrates the natural history of the 
 lichens. 
 
 Morphology (Gr. morpM, shape, and logos, a description). — 
 That division of botany which treats of the metamorplioses. 
 of organs. 
 
 Muscology (Lat. muscus, moss, and Gr. logos, a discourse). — 
 That part of botany which treats of the mosses. 
 
 Mycology (Gr. mulcts, a fungus, and logos, a discourse). — A 
 treatise on, or the science of, t\\e, fungi or mushrooms. 
 
 Orchidology. — The science of orchidaceous plants. 
 
 Organography. — A description of the organs of jilants, or 
 of tlie names and kinds of their organs. 
 
 Phytoch'imy (Gr. phuton, a plant, and Fr. chimie, chemistry). 
 — The chemistry of plants. 
 
 Phytog'eny (Gr. phuton, a plant, and gennao, I beget). — The 
 doctrine of the generation of jjlants. 
 
 Phytogeog'raphy. — The geograph?/ of plants. 
 
 Phytog'raphy (Gr. phuton, a plant, and grapho, I describe). 
 — The science of describing plants in a systematic manner. 
 
 Phytolithorogy (Gr. j^huton, a plant, lithos, a stone, and logos, 
 a discourse). — A treatise on fossil plants. 
 
 Phytol'ogy (Gr. phuton, a plant, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 doctrine of plants. A description of the kinds and prop- 
 erties of p)lauts. 
 
 Phyton'omy (Gr. plutton, a plant, and nonios, a name). — The 
 science of the origin and growth of plants. 
 
 Phytopathol'ogy {Gw phuton, a. plant, and jntthologeo, I treat
 
 148 rOETRV. 
 
 of disease). — An account of the diseases to which iiilants 
 
 are liahlc. 
 Pro'tophyte. — The lowest order of plants, cither unicellular 
 
 or without any essential mutual dependence between the 
 
 cells, as the silicious infusoria, or diatoms, the desmidians, 
 
 etc. 
 Pro'tophytorogy. — The science o? protopliijtes ; fossil botany. 
 
 POETRY. 
 
 Po'esy. — The art of composing poems. 
 
 Acrost'ic. — A poem so contrived that the first or the last letters 
 of the lines or words, taken together, will make a proper 
 name or some other word. 
 
 Alexan'drine. — A kind of verse, consisting of twelve syllables, 
 or of twelve and thirteen alternately. 
 
 Anacreontic. — Pertaining to Anacreon, a Greek poet, whose 
 odes and epigrams are celebrated for their delicate, easy, 
 and graceful air, and for their exact imitation of nature. 
 They consist of three feet and a half, the first foot always 
 a spondee, iambus, or an anapest, the rest usually spondees 
 or iambuses. 
 
 Asmatog'raphy (Gr. asma, a song, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of song-writing. 
 
 Ballad. — A species of narrative poetry, displaying the condi- 
 tion and the habits, the tastes and the sentiments of the 
 various nations among whom it is found. 
 
 Slank Verse. — That which is without rhyme. 
 
 Bucorics. — Pastoral poems. 
 
 Can'to. — A part or division of a poem, answering to what in 
 prose is called a book. 
 
 Ganzo'ne. — A poem to which music may be composed in the 
 style of a cantata. 
 
 Cen'to. — A composition formed by verses or passages from 
 different authors, disposed in a new order. 
 
 Didac'tic Po'etry. — That species of metrical composition 
 which has instruction for its primary object. 
 
 Dis'tich. — A couplet in poetry making complete sense. 
 
 Dith'yramb. — In ancient poetry^ a hymn in honor of Bacchus, 
 full of transport and poetical rage. 
 
 Eclogue. — A pastoral composition in which shepherds are in- 
 troduced conversing with each other; as i\\c Eclogues o? 
 Viro-il.
 
 POETRY. 149 
 
 Ep'ic. — A narrative poem, describing generally the exploits of 
 heroes. 
 
 Epice'dium. — An elegiac poem on the occasion of a funeral 
 soleuinity in honor of some deceased person. 
 
 Ep'igram. — An interesting thought represented happily in a 
 few words. 
 
 Ep'isode, — A minor story which a poet adds to the main story 
 of the piece by way of giving variety. 
 
 Epithala'mium. — A nuptial song or poetical composition in 
 praise of the bridegroom and bride, with wishes for their 
 prosperity. 
 
 Ep'ode, — ^The name given any little verse or verses that follow 
 one or more great ones. Thus, a pentameter after a hex- 
 ameter is an epode. 
 
 Geor'gic. — A poetical composition on the subject of hus- 
 bandry, containing rules for cultivating lands ; as the 
 Genrgics of Virgil. 
 
 Hem'istich.— Half a verse, or a verse not completed. 
 
 Idyl. — A short pastoral poem. 
 
 Lay. — A species of narrative poetry among the ancient min- 
 strels. 
 
 Le'onine Verse. — A kind of Latin verse, consisting of hex- 
 ameters and pentameters, of which the final and middle 
 syllables rhyme. 
 
 Madrigal. — A little amorous poem of unequal verse, not con- 
 fined to the scrupulous regularity of the sonnet or the 
 subtlety of the epigram. 
 
 Mon'ody. — A species of poem of a mournful character, in 
 which a single mourner is supposed to bewail himself. 
 
 Mon'orhyme. — A composition in verse in which all the lines 
 end with the same rhyme. 
 
 Mon'ostich.— A composition consisting of one verse only. 
 
 Paracros'tic. — A poetical composition in which it is necessary 
 that the first verse should contain in order all the letters 
 with which the succeeding verses commence. 
 
 Par'ody. — A kind of poetical pleasantry, in which verses 
 written on one subject are altered and applied to another 
 by way of burlesque. 
 
 Pindaric. — An ode in imitation of the odes of Pindar, the 
 celebrated lyric poet of ancient Greece. 
 
 Quartette'. — A stanza of four lines. 
 
 ftua'train. — A piece consistinu- of f lur lines, the rhymes usu-
 
 150 POTTERY. 
 
 ally alternate, soraetiincs also, especially in French poetry, 
 intermixed, the first and fourth, second and third, rhyming 
 together. 
 
 Recur'rent Verses. — Verses tliat read the same backwards as 
 they do forwards. 
 
 Refrain'. — The burden of a song; a phrase or verse' wliich 
 recurs at the end of each of the separate divisions of a 
 poetic composition. 
 
 Sex'tain. — A stanza containing six lines. 
 
 Son'net. — A short poem of fourteen lines, two stanzas of four 
 verses each and two of three each, the rhymes being ad- 
 justed by a particular rule. 
 
 Stan'za. — A number of lines or verses connected with each 
 other, being a portion of a poem containing every varia- 
 tion of measure in that poem. 
 
 Teles'tich. — A poem in which the final letters of the lines make 
 a name. 
 
 Thren'ody. — A song of lamentation ; especially a species of 
 short occasional poem, composed for the occasion of the 
 funeral of some distinguished personage. 
 
 Tri'olet. — A stanza of eight lines in which the first line is 
 thrice repeated. 
 
 Triplet. — Three verses rhyming together. 
 
 Versifica'tion. — The art of adjusting the syllables and form- 
 ing them into harmonious measure. 
 See also general heading Versification. 
 
 POTTERY. 
 
 Ceramics (Gr. keramos, potter's earth). — The art of pottery, 
 Bis'ciiit. — A term applied to articles that have been only once 
 
 baked or burnt, and have not yet received the glaze or 
 
 vitreous coat with which most articles of porcelain or 
 
 earthenware are covered. 
 Cheko'a. — The Chinese porcelain clay. 
 Delf. — Earthenware covered with enamel or white glazing, in 
 
 imitation of porcelain. 
 Earth'enware. — Ware made of burnt or baked clay, or other 
 
 like substances. 
 Glazing. — The art of cvusfiug with a vitreous substance. 
 Parian. — A tine quality of porcelain clay, used for making
 
 PRECIOUS STONES. 151 
 
 statuettes and the like ; so called from its resemblance to 
 Parian marble. 
 
 Por'celain. — A fine, translucent kind of earthenware ; called 
 also chiita. 
 
 Ter'ra Cotta. — A name given to statues, architectural decora- 
 tions, figures, vases, etc., modelled or cast in a paste made 
 of pipe or potter's clay and a fine colorless sand. 
 
 PRECIOUS STONES. 
 
 Ag'ate. — A variety of chalcedony, of different colors, arranged 
 in bands of various thicknesses, often variegated, in small 
 masses in a matrix of chalcedony. When the lines are 
 thin and zigzag it is called fortification agate ; when in 
 nearly straight lines, ribbon agate ; and when containing 
 apparent marks of vegetation, moss agate. 
 
 Am'ethyst. — A variety of quartz, consisting chiefly of silica, 
 colored in various shades of violet by the oxides of iron 
 and manganese. 
 
 Avant'urine. — A vitreous variety of quartz, of a pearly gray, 
 brown, or reddish-brown color, and containing minute 
 spangles of mica, which give it a glistening appearance. 
 
 Belloc'ulus. — Cat's-eye, which see. 
 
 Ber'yl. — -The name of a class of crystallized minerals, to which 
 the emerald and the precious beryl belong. Common 
 beryl is of a light-green color. 
 
 Bloodstone, or Heliotrope. — A jasper variety of quartz, of a 
 dark-green color, and liaving those n)inute blood-red specks 
 disseminated throughout which give it its name. 
 
 Cairn'gorm-Stone. — A yellow or brown variety of rock-crystal, 
 from the mountain Cairngorm, in Scotland. 
 
 Cam'eo. — A peculiar sort of onyx ; or a stone or shell on which 
 figures arc cut in relief on a diff"erent]y-colored ground. 
 
 Cap'nias. — A kind of jasper, of a smoky color. 
 "Carne'lian.— A precious stone, either red, flesh-colored, or 
 white, which is made into seals, brooches, etc. 
 
 Cat's-eye. — A chalcedonic variety of quartz, found of a yel- 
 lowish-green, yellowish-brown, blackish, and hyacinth-red 
 color. It derives its name from a peculiar opalescent lustre. 
 When held towards the light, it resembles the contracted 
 pupil of the eye of a cat.
 
 152 rRECIOUS STONES. 
 
 Chab'asite. — A precious stone, white, and sometimes trans- 
 ])aivnt ; a kind of zeolite. 
 
 Chalcedony. — An uncrystallizcd variety of quartz. It is 
 usually of a grayish color, but sometimes occurs milky- 
 white, pinkish, or of a smalt-blue; in the latter case it is 
 called sftpphh'iue. 
 
 Chalced'onyx. — A variety of chalcedony, having alternate 
 stripes of white and gray. 
 
 Chrys'oberyl. — A yellowish-green gem, next to .sapphire in 
 " liardness, consisting of alumina and the earth glucina. 
 On account of a peculiar opalescence presented by the 
 crystals, the mineral has been called cymoplunie. 
 
 Chrys'olite. — A mineral of a greenish hue, often transparent. 
 It is sometimes granular, and at other times occurs in 
 small crystals. 
 
 Chrys'oprase. — A chalcedonic variety of quartz. Its color is 
 commonly apple-green, and often extremely beautiful. It 
 is translucent, or sometimes semi-transparent. 
 
 Col'oplionite. — A variety of garnet, of a reddish-yellow or 
 brown color, occurring in small amorphous granular masses. 
 
 Di'amond. — The most valuable and hardest of gems. When 
 pure it is perfectly clear and pellucid, and is eminently 
 distinguished from all other substances by its vivid splen- 
 dor and the brightness of its reflections. 
 
 Em'erald. — A gem of a beautiful green color, somewhat harder 
 than quartz ; it occurs in prisms with a regular hexagonal 
 base, and ranks next in value to the Oriental ruby and 
 sapphire. It consists chiefly of glucina, with silica, alu- 
 mina, a very little lime and iron. 
 
 Eu'clase. — A very rare mineral, of a pale-blue or green color. 
 A species of emerald. 
 
 Gar'net. — A mineral or gem of which there are several vari- 
 eties, mostly crystallized, and of a reddish color. It is a 
 silicate of alumina with oxide of iron. 
 
 Jas'per. — A genus of stones of the silicious class. It is very 
 comj^act, is found of various colors, — dark green, red, brown, 
 yellow, grayish, and sometimes bluish and black, — and 
 emulates the appearance of the finer marbles or semi- 
 pellucid gems. 
 
 Mesom'elas. — A precious stone, with a black vein parting 
 eveiy color in the midst. 
 
 O'nyx. — A species of agate, stratified with opaque and trans-
 
 PRECIOUS STONES. 153 
 
 lucent lines. It is jrenerally of a blackish or brownish 
 color, stiiped with white ; occasionally, also, with a green- 
 ish layer. 
 
 O'pal. — The jirecions opal presents a peculiar play of colors of 
 delicate tints. It consists of silex and about ten per cent, 
 of water. 
 
 Plas'ma. — A faintly translucent chalcedony, approaching jas- 
 per, having a greenish color sprinkled with yellow and 
 whitish dots, and a glistening lustre. 
 
 Ru'by. — A precious stone, next to the diamond in hardness 
 and value. Its constituents are aluniinn, magnesia, and 
 chromic acid, — its color being due to the latter. The rarest 
 color of this gem is pure carmine, or blood-red of consider- 
 able intensity. 
 
 Sap'phire. — A gem having the same composition, hardness, 
 and other properties as the ruby. It varies in color from 
 white to the deepest blue and black. 
 
 Sard. — A variety of chalcedony which has a rich brownish- 
 red color, but when held between the eye and the light 
 appears of a deep blood-red. 
 
 Sar'donyx. — A silicious stone or gem nearly allied to onyx. It 
 is of a deep rich brown, inclining to orange, and, when 
 held against the light, exhibits a deep-red hue. 
 
 St. Stephen's-stone. — White chalcedony, with minute bloOd- 
 red spots. 
 
 To'paz. — A gem consisting of silica, alumina, and fluoric acid. 
 It is generally of a fine yellow or gold color. 
 
 Tur'quoise. — A mineral of a beautiful sky-blue color; occurring 
 in thin layers or in rounded masses. It is destitute of 
 lustre, but susceptible of a high polish. It consists chiefly 
 of hydrated alumina ; and its color is probably due to 
 oxides of copper and iron. 
 
 Yellow Sapphire. — A gem of a yellow tint, seldom deep, but 
 generally of a light straw-color, extremely brilliant. 
 
 Zir'con, — A -crystalline mineral, transparent to translucent, of 
 various colors, adamantine lustre, and consisting of silica 
 and zirconia. It comprises three varieties, — hyacinth, 
 jargon, and zirconite. 
 
 G*
 
 154 r HINTING. 
 
 PKTNTING. 
 
 Typog^'raphy (Gr. tupos, a type, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of printing ; or the operation of impressing letters and 
 words on forms of types. 
 
 Anastatic Printing (Gr. anastasis, a setting up again). — A 
 process by which the productions of typograpliy, lithog- 
 raphy, or engraving may be transferred from the originals 
 without injury to them, and afterwards fixed on metal or 
 wood, so as to be printed from again. 
 
 Calking. — A method of transferring a print or design by cover- 
 ing the back of it with black-lead or with some kind of 
 chalk, laying it upon a sheet of clean paper, and then 
 tracing the outlines with a hard point. 
 
 Case. — The receptacle for type, divided into numerous com- 
 partments. 
 
 Chap'el. — A printer's workhouse ; also, an association of work- 
 men in a printing-office. 
 
 Chase. — An iron frame used to confine types when set in 
 columns or pages. 
 
 Chro^mo-Lithog'raphy. — The obtaining lithographic impres- 
 sions b^ means of colored inks. 
 
 Cliro'mo-Typog'raphy. — A French process for printing letter- 
 press in colors. 
 
 Coffin. — A wooden frame enclosing the stone on whicli the 
 form is imposed. 
 
 Compos'ing. — Setting type. 
 
 Composi tion. — The act of setting types or characters in the 
 composing-stick to form lines, and of arranging the lines 
 in a galley to make a column or page, and from this to 
 make a form. 
 
 Copy. — The manuscript, or original of a book, given to be 
 printed. 
 
 Em. — The square of the body of a type. 
 
 En. — Half of the dimensions of an em. 
 
 Fat. — Such type-work as contains much blank space, and is 
 consequently easily set up and profitable to the workmen. 
 
 Font. — An assortment of type in definite proportions. 
 
 Form. — The type set Up and locked in a chase, ready for print- 
 ing. 
 
 Galley. — A frame which receives the types from the com- 
 po.sing-stick.
 
 PRINTING. 155 
 
 Graph'otype. — A process by which prints are made witliout 
 engraving. A tablet oi' prepared and compressed chalk is 
 used, and upon it the draughtsman makes his drawing with 
 a peculiar ink. The tablet is gone over with a brush ia 
 such a way as to leave the inked parts in relief. The 
 chalk is now hardened by an appropriate process, and from 
 it electrotypes may be taken. 
 
 Homog'raphy (Gr. homos, like, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of reproducing copies of a printed work, engraving, 
 or lithograph. 
 
 Imposing". — The act of putting the pages of a sheet in proper 
 order on the imposing-stone, and preparing them to be 
 printed. 
 
 Impres'sion. — Edition ; number printed at once ; one course 
 of printing of a literary work. 
 
 Jus'tifying. — The act of properly adjusting the words, lines, 
 spaces, etc., of a page. 
 
 Lead. — A plate of type-metal used to separate lines of type. 
 
 Lithochro'mics (Gr. lithos, a stone, and chroma, color). — The 
 art of printing colored pictures from oil-paintings on stone. 
 
 Lithophotog'raphy (Gr. lithos, a stone, and photography). — 
 The art of producing prints from lithographic stones, by 
 means of photographic pictures developed on their surface. 
 
 Lith'otint. — A process by which the effect of a marked or 
 tinted drawing can be obtained on stone by the aid of 
 lithography. 
 
 Logog'raphy (Gr. logos, a discourse, and grapho, I write). — 
 A method of printing in which types containing whole 
 words are used instead of single letters. 
 
 Mat'ter. — Composed type. 
 
 Papyrog'raphy (Gr. papurus, papp-ns, and grapho, I write). 
 — A lately invented art, which consists in taking impres- 
 sions from a kind of pasteboard covered with a calcareous 
 substance (called lithographic paper) in the same manner 
 as from stones in the process of lithography. 
 
 Phytog'lyphy (Gr. phuton, a plant, and glnpheln, engraving). 
 — The art of printing from nature, by taking impressions 
 from plants, or other objects, on soft metal or other sub- 
 stances, and from these taking an electrotype plate, by 
 means of which impressions are multiplied. Nature- 
 Printing. 
 
 Pi. — Type promiscuously intermingled.
 
 156 PUNISHMENTS.— RELIGION. 
 
 Plate-Print'ing. — Tlie proccs3 of printing from an engraved 
 
 Jilate. 
 Pol'ychrome Print'lng. — The art of printing in one or more 
 
 colors at the sauie time. 
 Proof. — A rough impression of a sheet, taken for correction. 
 Pyrog'raphy (Gr. par, fire, and grapho^ I write). — A mode 
 
 of printing by a system of heated metalHc cyUnders, which 
 
 burn into the wood any design required. 
 Reprint. — A second or a new impression of any printed work ; 
 
 specifically, the publication in one country of a work pre- 
 viously published in another. 
 Revise'. — A second proof-sheet. • 
 
 Script. — A kind of type made in imitation of handwriting. 
 Sorts. — The letters in the several case-boxes are separately 
 
 called sorts. 
 Stereotypog'raphy. — The art of printing on stereotype. 
 To'ken. — Two hundred and fifty sheets. 
 
 PUNISHMENTS. 
 
 Penol'ogy (Lat. pocna^ pain, and Gr. logos, a discourse).— The 
 science which treats of public punishments as they respect 
 the public and the sufi'erer. 
 
 KELTGION. 
 
 Theol'ogy (Gr. Theos, God, and logos, a discourse)^ — The 
 science of God and divine things. It may be divided into 
 several branches, as 
 
 1. Exegetical Theology, which consists in the explanation 
 and interpretation of the Scriptures. 
 
 2. Didactic or Speculative Theology, by which the several 
 doctrines of religion are stated, explained, and supported. 
 
 3. Systematic Theology, which arranges religious dogmas 
 methodically, so as to enable us to contemplate them in 
 their natural connection and to perceive both the mutual 
 dependence of the parts and the symmetry of the whole. 
 
 4. Practical Theology, which consists of an exhibition, 
 first, of precepts and directions ; and. secondl}-, of the 
 motives for complying with them. 
 
 Absolu'tion. — A religious ceremony of the Church of Rome,
 
 RELIGION. 157 
 
 in which the priest uses the formula, " P^go te absolve a 
 peccatis tuis," I absolve thee from thy sins. 
 
 Ab'stinence. — In the Roman Catholic Church, the refraining 
 from the use of certain kinds of food, such as meat, eggs, 
 milk, etc., which are forbidden to members of that church 
 on particular days. 
 
 Ad'vent. — A season of devotion with reference to the coming 
 of Christ in the flesh, and his second coming to judge the 
 world. It includes four Sabbaths before Christmas, be- 
 ginning on Saint Andrew's day, or on the Sabbath next 
 before or after it. 
 
 Anath'ema. — A curse or denunciation by ecclesiastical author- 
 ity, accompanying excommunication. 
 
 Annuncia'tion. — A festival kept by the church to commem- 
 orate the tidings brought by the angel Gabriel to the 
 Virgin Mary of the incarnation of Christ ; called Lady 
 Day. 
 
 Antiph'onary. — A service book in the Roman Catholic Church, 
 containing all the invitatories, responsories, collects, and 
 whatever is said or sung in the choir, except the lessons ; 
 called also a responsary. 
 
 An'titype. — That of which the type is the prefiguration. 
 
 Apoc'alypse. — The book of Revelation in the New Testament. 
 
 Apoch'rypha. — Books not admitted into the canon of Scrip- 
 ture, being either spurious, or at least not acknowledged 
 as divine. 
 
 Apologet'ics. — That branch of theology which defends the 
 Holy Scriptures, and sets forth the evidence of their 
 divine authority. 
 
 Archiepis'copate. — The office of an archbishop. 
 
 Article of Faith. — A point of Christian doctrine which we 
 are obliged to believe, as having been revealed by God 
 himself, and allowed and established as such by the 
 church. 
 
 Ascension Day. — A festival observed in the Christian Church 
 on a Thursday, ten days before AVhitsuntide, in commem- 
 oration of Christ's ascent into heaven. 
 
 Ash- Wednesday. — The first day in Lent, so called from the 
 ancient custom of fasting in sackcloth and ashes. 
 
 Assump'tion. — A festival in the Roman Catliolic Church, kept 
 on the 15th of August, in honor of the alleged miraculous 
 ascent of the Virgin Mary into heaven. 
 14
 
 158 RELIGION. 
 
 Astrol'atry. — The worship of the stars. 
 
 As'tro-Theol'ogy (Gr. as/roii, a star, and tlirology). — Theology 
 ibiiiided on the observation of the celestial bodies. 
 
 Auric'ular Confes'sion. — The disburdening of the conscience 
 privately to a confessor. 
 
 Bap'tism. — The rite of initiation into the community of Chris- 
 tians. 
 
 Bap'tistery. — A place where the sacrament of baptism is 
 administered. 
 
 Beatifica'tion. — In the Roman Catholic Church, an act of 
 the pope by which he declares a person beatified or 
 blessed after death. This is the first step toward canon- 
 ization, or the raising of one to the dignity of a saint. 
 
 Benedic'tion. — A solemn act of imploring the blessing of 
 God, performed by a priest or minister in the official 
 services of the church. 
 
 Ben'efice. — An ecclesiastical living. 
 
 Beneficiary. — One who holds a benefice. A beneficiary is 
 not the proprietor of the revenues of his church, but he 
 has the administration of them without being accountable 
 to any person. 
 
 Bre'viary. — A book containing the daily service of the Uoman 
 Catliolic Church. 
 
 Bulls. — Popish bulls are letters called apostolic by the canon- 
 ists, strengthened with a leaden seal, and containing in 
 them the decrees and commandments of the pope. 
 
 Gan'on. — In an ecclesiastical sense, a rule either of doctrine 
 or discipline, enacted especially by a council, and confirmed 
 by the authority of the sovereign. 
 
 Cas'uistry. — The doctrine and science of conscience and its 
 cases, with the rules and principles of resolving the same, 
 drawn partly from natural reason or equity, and partly 
 from the authority of Scripture, the canon law, councils, 
 etc. 
 
 Christmas. — The day on which the nativity of Jesus Christ 
 is celebrated. 
 
 Ch.ristol'og'y (Gr. Chrisfos, Christ, and lopos, a discourse). — 
 A discourse or treatise concerning Christ. 
 
 Circutninces'sion. — The reciprocal existence in each other of 
 the three persons of the Trinity. 
 
 Confirma'tion. — A rite whereby a person, arrived to years of 
 discretion, undertakes the performance of eveiy part of
 
 RELIGION. 159 
 
 the baptismal vow made for him by his godflithers and 
 godmothers. 
 
 Consecra'tion. — The act of devoting and dedicating anything 
 to the service and worship of God. 
 
 Dec'alogue. — The ten commandments given by God to Moses. 
 
 Diocese.— The circuit of every bishop's jurisdiction. 
 
 Dispensation. — License or permission to do something forbid- 
 den or to omit something commanded. 
 
 Dogmatics. — The science which treats of the arrangement and 
 the statement of the doctrines of Christianity. 
 
 Eas'ter. — The day on which the Christian Church commem- 
 orates our Saviour's resurrection. 
 
 Ecumenical Council. — An assembly which represents the 
 whole body of the Christian Church ; as the Council of 
 Nice. 
 
 Epiph'any. — A Christian festival, otherwise called the mani- 
 festation of Christ to the Gentiles, observed on tlie Gtli of 
 January, in honor of the appearance of our Saviour to 
 the three magi, or wise men, who came to adore and bring 
 him presents. 
 
 Esoter'ics. — Doctrines mysterious or hidden. 
 
 Eucharist. — The sacrament of the Lord's Supper, commem- 
 orating the death of our Saviour. 
 
 Euchol'ogy. — The ritual of the Greek Church, in which are 
 set down the order of ceremonies, sacraments, and ordi- 
 nances. 
 
 Excommunica'tion. — A penalty or censure, whereby persons 
 who are guiUy of any notorious crime or offence are sepa- 
 rated from the communion of the chuich, and deprived 
 of all .spiritual advantages. 
 
 Exege'sis. — The science of interpreting the Holy Scriptures. 
 
 Exorcism. — -The act of exorcising, or the expulsion of evil 
 spirits from persons or places by certain adjurations and 
 ceremonies ; also a form of prayer or incantation used for 
 tliis end. 
 
 Extreme' Unc'tion. — One of the sacraments of the Roman 
 Catholic Church, administered to people dangerously sick, 
 by anointing them with holy oil and praying over them. 
 
 Good. Friday. — A fast of the Christian Church in memory of 
 the suft'erings and death of Jesus Christ. 
 
 Hagiol'ogy (Gr. hngios, holy, and loffos, a discourse). — A 
 history or description of the sacred writings.
 
 160 liELIGION. 
 
 Hea'ven. — Among Christians, the habitation of the omnipresent 
 Deity, the angels, and blessed spirits. 
 
 Hell. — Tlie place of" divine ])unishment after death. 
 
 Impana'tion, Consubstantia'tion. — The substantial union of 
 the body and blood of Christ with the elements of the 
 oucharist without a change in their nature. 
 
 Incama'tion. — The act whereby the Son of God assumed the 
 human nature. 
 
 Indurgences. — In the Roman Catholic Church, a remission of 
 the punishment due to sin, granted by the Church, and 
 supposed to save the sinner from purgatory. 
 
 Infallibil ity. — By the InfalliblUty of the Church of Rome 
 is understood that she cannot at any time cease to be or- 
 thodox in her doctrine, or fall into any pernicious errors ; 
 but that she is constituted by divine authority the judge 
 of all controversies of religion, and that all Christians are 
 obliged to acquiesce in her decisions. 
 
 In'terdict. — An ecclesiastical censure by which the Church of 
 Rome forbids the performance of divine service in a king- 
 dom, province, town, etc. * 
 
 Is'lamism. — The Mohammedan religion. 
 
 Lec'tionary. — The Roman Catholic service-book, containing 
 portions of Scripture. 
 
 Lent. — A solemn time of fasting in the Christian Church, ob- 
 served as a time of humiliation before Easter. 
 
 Lit'urgy. — The ritual according to which the religious services 
 of a church are performed. 
 
 Mat'ins. — The first part of the daily service, particularly in the 
 Roman Catholic Church. 
 
 Slis'sal. — The Roman Catholic mass-book, containing theseveral 
 masses to be said on particular days. 
 
 Mjrthol'ogy. — See Mythology. 
 
 Neology (Gr. neos, new, and logos, a word). — Rationalistic 
 views in theology subvei-sive of revealed truth. The term 
 is applied especially to the philosophical theology of the 
 Germans. 
 
 Novitiate. — In religious houses, as convents and nunneries, a 
 year or other time of probation for the trial of a novice, to 
 determine whether he lias the necessary qualifications for 
 living up to the rule to which his vow is to bind him. 
 
 Offertory. — An anthem chanted in the Catholic service, being 
 the first part of the mass, in which the priest prepares the
 
 RELIGION. 161 
 
 elements for consecration. In the communion service of 
 the Church of P]n2;land, the sentences read while the alms 
 or offerincs are collected. 
 
 Or'dmances of the Gos'pel. — Institutions of divine authority 
 relating to the worship of God, such as baptism. 
 
 Ordination. — The act of conferring holy orders, or of initiating 
 a person into the priesthood by prayer and the laying on 
 of hands. 
 
 Pantheol'ogy (Gr. pas, all, and theology). — A system of the- 
 ology which comprises all known religious beliefs. 
 
 Pa'parchy. — Papal rule. 
 
 Paradise. — -The garden of Eden, in which Adam and Eve 
 were placed. It is also used to denote heaven. 
 
 Pass'over. — -A solemn festival of the Jews, instituted in com- 
 memoration of their coming out of Egypt. 
 
 Pen'ance. — A punishment, either voluntary or imposed by au- 
 thority, for the faults a person has committed. It is one 
 of the sacraments of the Roman Catholic Church. 
 
 Pentecost. — A solemn festival of the Jews, so called because 
 it was celebrated fifty da^'s after the feast of the passover. 
 It corresponds with the Christians' Whitsuntide. 
 
 Physlco-Theorogy. — Theology illustrated or enforced by phys- 
 ios or natural philosophy. 
 
 Pontificate. — Signifies tlie state or dignity of a pontiff or 
 high-priest ; but more particularly, in modern writers, the 
 reign of a pope. 
 
 Pri'macy. — The office or dignity of an archbishop. 
 
 Purg'atory. — A supposed place or state after death, in which 
 the souls of persons are purified, or in which they expiate 
 such offences committed in this life as do not merit eternal 
 damnation. 
 
 Rit'ual. — A book in which the different rites or services of the 
 church are contained. 
 
 Sa'bianism. — That .species of idolatry which consisted in wor- 
 shipping the sun, moon, and stars. 
 
 Sacraments. — The sacraments of the Eoman Catholic Church 
 are seven, viz. : Baptism, the Eucharist, Confirmation, Pen- 
 ance, Extreme Unction, Ordination, and Matrimony, which 
 see. 
 
 Skep'ticism. — A doubting of the truth of revelation, or a de- 
 nial of the divine origin of the Christian religion or of 
 the beins, perfections, or truth of God. 
 14*
 
 162 SYSTEMS OF RELIGION. 
 
 Soteriol'ogy (Gr. .so/er, saviour, and logos, a discourse). — Tlie 
 doctiino of salvation by Jesus Christ. 
 
 Sun'day. — A solemn festival observed by Christians on the first 
 day of every week, in memory of our Saviour's re.surrec- 
 tion. 
 
 Syn'od. — A meeting or assembly of ecclesiastical persons to con- 
 sult on matters of religion. 
 
 Transubstantia'tion. — The supposed conversion of the bread 
 and wine in the Eucharist into the body and blood of 
 Christ. 
 
 Trin'ity. — The doctrine of three persons in one God, — Father, 
 Son, and Holy Ghost. 
 
 Type. — A sign or symbol ; a figure of something to come ; as, 
 the pasch-al lamb was a type of Christ. To this word in 
 this sense is opposed antitype; Christ, therefore, is the 
 antitype. 
 
 Ves'pers, — The evening song, or,evening service, in the Roman 
 Catholic Church. 
 
 Whit'sunday. — A solemn festival of the Christian Church, ob- 
 served on the fiftieth day after Easter, in memory of the 
 desceut of the Holy Ghost upon the apostles in the visible 
 appearance of fiery cloven tongues. 
 
 RELIGION, SYSTEMS OF. 
 
 Acos'misni is the theory of the non-existence of God and his 
 
 woiks. 
 An'imisni is the theory of spirit in nature. 
 Anthropomorphism. — The theory that God has all the parts 
 
 of a man. 
 A'theism. — The doctrine that there is no God. 
 De'ism. — The doctrine of belief in God, without belief in 
 
 revelation. 
 Di'theism. — The doctrine of the existence of two Gods. 
 Du'alism. — The doctrine of tbe existence of two Gods, or .^^ 
 
 a good and an evil principle. 
 Fa'talism. — The doctrine that all things are subject to fate, or 
 
 that they take place by inevitable necessity. 
 Hed'onism. — The doctrine that the chief good of man lies in 
 
 the pursuit of pleasure. 
 Metempsycho'sis. — The passage of the soul of man after death 
 
 into the body of some other animal.
 
 REMEDIAL AGENTS. 163 
 
 Ilon'otheism. — Belief in one God. 
 
 Pantheism. — The doctrine that the universe is God. 
 
 Polytheism. — -The doctrine of more than one supreme design- 
 
 inu" mind or principle. 
 1. Idolatry. — The worship of idols and false gods. 
 -. Sab''aism. — The worship of stars and fire. 
 3. Fet'ichism. — The worship of anything that strikes the 
 
 in)agii)ation and gives the notion of great power. 
 Ra'tionalism. — A system of opinions deduced from reason, as 
 
 distinct from inspiration or opposed to it. 
 The'ism. — A belief in one intelligent and free spirit, and that 
 
 everything is governed or regulated for the best. 
 Trinita'rianism. — The doctrine of the union of three persons 
 
 in the Godhead. 
 Tri'theism, — The opinion that the Father, Son, and Holy 
 
 Spirit are three distinct beings or Gods. 
 Unita'rianism denies the doctrine of the Trinity, and ascribes 
 
 divinity to God the Father only. 
 Univer'salism. — The doctrine that all men will be happy in a 
 
 future life. 
 
 REMEDIAL AGENTS. 
 
 Absorb'ents. — Calcareous earths or other substances which 
 
 remove acids from the stomach. 
 Acous'tics. — Medicines or instruments to help the hearing. 
 Al'terative. — An agent considered to be capable of producing 
 
 a salutary change in a disease, but without exciting any 
 
 sensible evacuation. 
 AnaBSthet'ic. — A substance which produces insensibility, ap- 
 parently by suspending certain of the functions of the 
 
 nervous S3'stem. 
 Analeptic, — A restorative which serves to repair the strength 
 
 and to raise the depressed spirits. 
 Anaplas'tic. — An agent that increases the amount of plastic 
 
 matter — fibrin — -in the blood. 
 Anaplerot'ic. — A medicine which promotes the growth of flesh 
 
 in wounds and ulcers. 
 Anastal'tic. — -An astringent or styptic medicine. 
 Antaphrodis'iac. — A medicine which quells amorous desires. 
 Anthelmintic. — A remedy which destroys or expels worms, 
 
 or prevents their formation or development.
 
 1G4 RKMKDIAI, AGENTS. 
 
 An'tidote. — A medicine tliat couiitonicts poisfMi. 
 
 Antiphlogis'tic. — A remedy for inflammation. 
 
 Ape rient.^A gentle laxative. 
 
 Astringent. — A medicine which has the property of con- 
 
 .'^triiiiiing the organic texture.s. 
 Atten'uant. — A medicine wliich augments the fluidity of the 
 
 hunior.s. 
 Calefa'cient. — A substance which excites a degree of warmth 
 
 in the part to which it is applied. 
 Carmin'ative. — A remedy which alhxys pain by causing the 
 
 ex|)nlsion of flatus from the alimentary canal. 
 Catalot ic. — A remedy which removes unseemly cicatrices. 
 Catalytic. — A medicine which is presumed to act by the de- 
 
 .^tiiietion or counteraction of morbid agencies in tlie blood. 
 Cataplasm. — A medicine applied externally under the form of 
 
 a tliiek pap. 
 Cathartic. — A medicine which, when taken internally, in- 
 creases the number of alvine evacuations. 
 Gather et'ic. — Substances applied to warts, etc., to eat them 
 
 down. Mild caustics. 
 Cautery. — A medicine for burning, eating away, or corroding 
 
 any solid part of the body. 
 Corrosive. — A substance which, when placed in contact with 
 
 living parts, gradually disorganizes them. 
 Coun'ter-Ir'ritant. — A remedy u.sed for the purpose of exciting 
 
 an irritation in one part of the body, with the view of re- 
 lieving one existing in another. 
 Demulcent. — A medicine supposed to be capable of correcting 
 
 certain acrid conditions imagined to exist in the humors, 
 
 as a mucilaginous or saccharine substance. 
 Derivative. — A remedy which by producing a modified action 
 
 in some organ or texture (hiices from the morbid condition 
 
 of some other organ or texture. 
 Desic'cant, or Desic'cative. — Any medicine or application 
 
 that has the property of exhausting moisture from, or 
 
 drying up, a sore. 
 Deter'gent. — -A medicine which possesses the power to deterge 
 
 or cleanse parts, as wounds, ulcers, etc. 
 Diaphoretic, Sudorific. — A medicine wdiich induces per- 
 spiration to a degree more than natural. 
 Diapyret ic. — A medicine that promotes suppuration. 
 Diluent. — A medicine for augmenting the fluidity of the
 
 REMEDIAL AGENTS. 1G5 
 
 blood and. other animal liquids. All aqueous drinks are 
 
 diluents. 
 Discu'tient. — A substance which possesses the power of repel- 
 
 liiiu or resolving tumors. 
 Biuret ic. — A medicine which has the power of increasing the 
 
 secretion of urine. 
 Ectylot'ic. — A substance applied to the skin for the removal 
 
 of warts or other indurated excrescences. 
 Emhroca'tion. — A fluid application to be rubbed on any part 
 
 of the body. 
 Emet'ie.— A substance capable of producing vomiting. 
 Emmen'agogue. — A medicine believed to favor the discharge 
 
 of the menses. 
 Emollient. — A substance which relaxes and softens parts that 
 
 are inflamed or too tense. 
 Emplas'tic. — A medicine which constipates and shuts up the 
 
 pores of the body. 
 Ene'ma. — A form of conveying medicine into the intestinal 
 
 canal. 
 Epispas'tic. — Any medicinal substance which, when applied 
 
 to the skin, excites pain, heat, and more or less redness, 
 
 followed by separation of the epiderrois, which is raised 
 
 up by the eff"used serum. 
 Er'rhine. — A remedy whose action is exerted on the Schneide- 
 
 rian membrane, exciting sneezing and increased discharge. 
 Eutroph'ic. — An agent whose action is exerted on the system 
 
 of nutrition, without necessarily occasioning n^anifest in- 
 crease of any of the secretions. 
 Evae'uants. — Medicines which occasion a discharge by some 
 
 emuiictory, such as purgatives, emetics, etc. 
 Expectorant. — A medicine capable of facilitating or provok- 
 ing expectoration. 
 Feb'rifuge. — A medicine which possesses the property of 
 
 abating or driving away fever. 
 Frigorif'ic. — A medicine that has the power of producing 
 
 cold. 
 Haemospas'tic. — An agent which draws or attracts blood to a 
 
 ])art, as a cupping-glass. 
 Hy'dragogue. — A medicine believed to be capable of expelling 
 
 scrum eft'used into any part of the body. 
 Incarn'ative. — A medicine which tends to promote the growth 
 
 of new flesh and assist nature in the healing of wounds.
 
 IGG REM EDI A Tj AGENTS. 
 
 Indu'rans. — A inodicluc wliicli liardcns the part to wliicli it is 
 !i|i]iliod. 
 
 Ine'briant. — An agent tliat intoxicates. 
 
 Inspis'sant, — Any remedial agent that renders the blood 
 tliicker, directly or indirectly. 
 
 Ir'ritant. — That which cau.ses irritation or pain, heat and ten- 
 sion, cither cheoiically, mechanically, or in a specific 
 manner. 
 
 Ischuret'ic. — A medicine for relieving suppression of the urine. 
 
 Lac'tifuge. — A medicine which dispels milk. 
 
 iLax'ative. — A medicine which gently opens the bowels. 
 
 Len'itive. — A medicine which allays irritation or palliates 
 disease. 
 
 Liquefa'cient. — A medicinal agent supposed to have the power 
 of li(iuefying solid depositions. 
 
 Lithontrip'tic. — A medicine which is supposed to liave the 
 power of preventing or dissolving calculi in the urinary 
 passages. 
 
 Mat'urant. — A medicine or application which promotes sup- 
 puration. 
 
 Narcotic. — A substance which has the property of stupefying. 
 
 Ob'struens. — A medicine which closes the orifices of ducts or 
 vessels. 
 
 Oppil'ative. — A medicine which shuts up the pores. 
 
 Parturient, or Parturifacient. — A medicine which induces 
 or promotes labor. 
 
 Pep'tic. — An agent that promotes digestion. 
 
 Prophylac'tic. — An epithet for whatever preserves or defends 
 against disea.se. 
 
 Pur'gative. — A medicine which operates more powerfully on 
 the bowels than a laxative, stimulating the muscular, and 
 exciting increased secretion from the mucous, coat. 
 
 Refrig'erant. — A medicine which depresses the morbid tem- 
 perature of the body. 
 
 Repellent. — A medicine which, when applied to a tumefied 
 part, causes the fluids that render it tumid to recede, as it 
 wore, from it. 
 
 Rubefa'cient. — A medicine which causes redness of the skin. 
 
 Sedative. — A medicine which directly depresses the vital 
 ibrces. 
 
 Sial'ag'Og'ue. — A medicine which promotes the flow of saliva. 
 
 Sorbefa'cient. — A remedy that promotes absorption.
 
 REPTILES.—SEA-SO VNDING. 1 07 
 
 Specific. — A remedy which cither certainly cures some par- 
 ticular disease or is less fallible with regard to it than 
 otlier remedies. 
 
 Stim'ulant. — A medicine which has the power of exciting the 
 organic action of the different systems of the economy. 
 
 Styp'tic. — A substance employed to arrest hemorrhage. 
 
 Tetanic. — A remedy wliich acts on the nerves, and through 
 them on the muscles, occasioning in large doses convul- 
 sions. 
 
 Ton'ic. — A medicine which has the power of exciting slowly, 
 and by insensible degrees, the organic actions of the dif- 
 ferent systems of the animal economy, and of augmenting 
 tlieir strength in a durable manner. 
 
 Vesicant.— A substance which raises blisters upon the skin. 
 
 REPTILES. 
 
 Herpetol'oa^ (Gr. herpeton, a reptile, and loffos, a discourse). 
 
 — That part of Natural History which treats of reptiles. 
 Excluding the amphibia (frogs, toads, etc.), which are now 
 
 formed into a separate class, reptiles are divided into four 
 
 orders, viz. : 
 
 1. Chelo'nia. — Turtles and tortoises. 
 
 2. Lorica'ta. — Crocodiles and alligators. 
 
 3. Sau'ria. — Lizards. 
 
 4. OpMd'ia. — Snakes. 
 
 RIDDLES. 
 
 Enigmatog'raphy (Gr. auiiffma, an enigma, and graphn, I 
 write). — The art of making riddles ; or the art of solving 
 them. 
 
 RINGS. 
 
 Dactylology (Gr. dahtuhs, a finger, and logos, a discourse). — ; 
 The science which treats of the history and qualities of 
 finger-rings. 
 
 SEA-SOUNDING. 
 
 Bathym'etry (Gr. bathos, depth, and mcfrco, I measure). — The 
 art or science of sounding, or measuring depths in the sea.
 
 1 08 SEALS. -SHELLS.— SHIPS. 
 
 SEALS. 
 
 Sphrag"is'tics (Gr. aphragk, a seal). — The science of seals, 
 their history, age, distinctions; a branch of diplomatics. 
 
 SHELLS. 
 
 Conchorogy (Gr. kogche, a shell, and logon., a discourse). — The 
 
 doctrine or science of shells and of the animals inhabiting 
 
 them. 
 The upper part of the shell is the qrire, and the point of this 
 
 the apex. The whorls twist round a central axis, or col- 
 
 vmella. The mouth of the shell is termed the aperture. 
 
 The margin, with its outer and inner, or columellar lips, is 
 
 styled the peristome. 
 Conchyliom'etry (Lat. conchih'ion, a shell-fish, and Gr. metron, 
 
 measure). — The science of measuring shells or their curves. 
 Bys'sus. — A tuft or thread of fibres by which the mytilus, 
 
 pinna, and other shells are attached to contiguous bodies. 
 Di'aphragm. — A straight calcareous plate which divides the 
 
 cavity of certain shells into two parts only. 
 Dor'sum. — The upper surflice of the body of a shell, when it is 
 
 so held that the aperture is downward. 
 Fau'ces. — That portion of the first chamber of a shell which 
 
 can be seen by looking in at the aperture. 
 La'brum. — The outer lip of a shell, or that one farthest from 
 
 the axis. 
 Oper'culum. — The lid closing the aperture of various species 
 
 of snails' shells, as the common whelk. 
 Si'nus.— A groove or cavity. 
 Umbiricus. — A conical depression at the base of a univalve 
 
 shell. 
 Var'icus. — Ridges on the outside of a shell which indicate the 
 
 diiferent stasies of ijrowth. 
 
 SHIPS. 
 
 Naviga'tion (Lat. navis, a ship). — The science or art of con- 
 ducting ships or vessels from one place to another. 
 
 Bearing. — To take bearings is to ascertain the points of the 
 compass on which objects lie.
 
 SHIPS. 1G9 
 
 Dead-Reck'oning. — The calculation made of a ship's place by 
 observing the way she makes by the log, and allowing for 
 currents, etc., no recourse being had to observation. 
 
 Log. — Tlie record of the I'ate of a ship's velocity. 
 
 Loxodrom'ics (Gr. loxos, oblique, and dramas, a course). — The 
 art of abliquc sailing by the rhumb, a line which always 
 makes an erjual angle with every meridian ; that is, when 
 a ship sails neither directly under the equator nor under 
 the same meridian, but obliquely. 
 
 Orthodrom'ics (Gr. orthos, right, and dramas, a course). — 
 The art of sailing an the arc af a grnat circle. 
 
 Reck'oning". — An account of the ship's course and distance ; the 
 course being determined by the compass and the distance 
 by the log-books, and no aid being had from observation. 
 
 Rhumb. — A circle on the earth's surface making a given angle 
 with the meridian of the place, marking the direction of 
 any object tlirough which it passes. 
 
 Sea'manship. — The art, or skill in the art, of working a ship. 
 
 Traverse-sairing. — A sailing by compound courses. 
 
 PARTS AND BELONGINGS OF A SHIP. 
 
 Back'stays. — The ropes or stays which extend from the top- 
 mast-heads to both sides of a ship, to assist the shrouds in 
 supporting the masts when strained by a weight of sail, 
 and to prevent them from giving way and falling over- 
 board. 
 
 Beam. — The large main timbers that stretch across a ship to 
 support a deck. 
 
 Belay 'ing-pin. — A strong pin in the side of a vessel, or by 
 the mast, round which ropes are wound when they are 
 fastened or belayed. 
 
 Bin'naele. — A wooden case or box in which the compass and 
 lights are kept. 
 
 Bitts. — A frame of two strong pieces of timber fixed perpen- 
 dicularly in the fore-part of a ship on which to fasten the 
 cables. 
 
 Blue'-Peter. — In the British marine, a blue flag with a white 
 square in the centre, used as a signal for sailing, to recall 
 boats, etc. 
 
 Bob'stay. — lloiics to confine the bowsprit of a ship downward 
 to the stem. 
 n 15
 
 170 SHU'S. 
 
 Bolt-rope. — A rope to whicli the edges of sails are sewed to 
 .struii^tlicn them. 
 
 Boom. — A hjiit; spar run out from various parts of a sliip or 
 ves.scl, for tlie purpose of extending the bottom of particu- 
 lar sails. 
 
 Bowline. — A rope fastened near the middle of the leech or 
 per])endicular edge of the square-sails, by subordinate parts, 
 called bridles, and used to keep the weather edge of the 
 sail tight forward when the .ship is clo.se hauled. 
 
 Bow'sprit. — A large boom or spar which projects over the 
 stem of a ship or other vessel to carry sail forward. 
 
 Brace. — A rope reeved through a block at the end of a yard 
 to square or traverse the yard. 
 
 Brail. — liopes passing through pulleys, and fostened to the 
 aftmost leech of the sail in different places to truss it up 
 close. 
 
 Breast'fast. — A large rope to confine a ship sidewise to a wharf 
 
 Bridle-port. — A port-hole or opening in the foremost part of a 
 ship for getting out haw.sers, etc. 
 
 Bulk'heads. — Partitions made athwart a ship, by which one 
 part is divided from another. 
 
 Bunt'lines. — Small ropes fastened to cringles, which serve to 
 force up the bunt of the sail for the better furling of it. 
 
 But' took. — That part which is right astern, from the tack 
 upwards. 
 
 Ca'ble-tier. — The place where the cables are coiled away. 
 
 Caboose'. — The cook-room or kitchen of a ship. 
 
 Capstan. — A strong, ma.ssy column of timber formed like a 
 truncated cone, and having its upper extremity pierced to 
 receive bars or levers for winding a rope round it to per- 
 form work that requires great power. 
 
 Cat'head. — A piece of timber projecting over a ship's bow, to 
 which the anchor may be raised and secured. 
 
 Cat'holes. — Two small holes astern, above the gun-room ports. 
 
 Chains. — Strong links or plates of iron, bolted, at the lower 
 end, to the ship's side ; used to contain the blocks called 
 dead-eyes, by which the shrouds of the mast are extended. 
 
 Cleat. — A piece of wood, having different forms according to 
 its particular use, employed in vessels to belay ropes to, or 
 to lead ropes through ; the most common form is that of 
 a piece of wood having two arms.
 
 snips. 171 
 
 Coam'ings. — The raised borders or edges of the hatches, made 
 to prevent water from running into the lower apartments 
 from the deck. 
 
 Cock'pit.^ — In ships of toar, a room or apartment in which the 
 wounded men are dressed ; situated near the after hatch- 
 way, under the lower gun-deck. 
 
 Compan'ion-way. — A covered stairway leading to the cabin. 
 
 Courses. — The principal sails ; those attached to the lower 
 masts. 
 
 Cross'-trees. — Pieces of timber in a ship, supported by the 
 cheeks and trestle-trees, at the upper ends of the lower 
 masts, to sustain what is above and to extend the top- 
 gallant shrouds. 
 
 Cut'-water. — The fore-part of a ship's prow, which cuts the 
 water. 
 
 Dav'it. — A beam used on board ship as a crane to hoist the 
 flukes of the anchor to the top of the bow ; an operation 
 called fishing the anchor. The term is also applied to 
 pieces of timber or iron projecting over a ships side or 
 stern, having tackle to raise a boat by ; these are called 
 hoat-davifs. 
 
 Deck. — The flooring. 
 
 En'sign. — A large flag hoisted on a stafi", and carried over the 
 poop or stern of a vessel. 
 
 Fig'ure-Head. — An ornamental figure on the bow. 
 
 Fore'castle. — That part of the upper deck of a vessel forward 
 of the foremast. 
 
 Fore'stay. — A rope reaching from the foremast-head towards 
 the bowsprit end, to support the mast. 
 
 Gaff. — A sort of boom or pole used to extend the upper edge 
 of sails ; as the mainsail of a sloop, etc. 
 
 Galley. — The cook-room or kitchen of a ship of war. 
 
 Gas'ket. — A flat plaited cord fastened to the sail-yard of a 
 ship, and used to furl or tie the sail to the yard. 
 
 Grapnel, or Grap'line. — A small anchor fitted with four or 
 five flukes or claws, used to hold boats or small vessels. 
 
 Ground-tackle. — The ropes, etc., belonging to anchors. 
 
 Gun'wale, or Gun'nel. — The upper edge of a ship's side ; the 
 uppermost wale of a ship, or that piece of timber extending 
 on either side from the quarter-deck to the forecastle. 
 
 Hal'yards. — Ropes or tackle for hoisting or lowering yards or 
 sails.
 
 172 SIIII'S. 
 
 Hatchway. — A large square or oblonpj opening in the deck, 
 ail'urding a passage into the hold, etc. 
 
 Hawse. — The part of the bows of a ship close to the cable. 
 
 Hold. — The whole interior cavity of a sliip between the floor 
 and the lower deck. In a vessel of one deck, the whole 
 interior space from the keel or floor to the deck. 
 
 Hulk. — The body of a vessel, or that part which is, in truth, 
 the vessel itself. 
 
 Hur'ricane-deck. — The upper deck of steamboats, which, 
 from its height, is liable to be injured by sudden and 
 violent winds. 
 
 Jib'-boom. — A spar which is run out from, and is a continua- 
 tion of, the bowsprit; beyond this is the.flying jib-boom. 
 The sails attached, in order, are the foretop-mast stay-sail 
 jib, jib, and flying jib. 
 
 Ju'ry-mast. — A temporary or occasional mast, used in the 
 place of the foremast or mainmast which has been de- 
 stroyed by a storm. 
 
 Keel. — The principal timber in a ship, extending from stem to 
 stern at the bottom, and supporting the whole frame. 
 
 Keel'son, or Kel'son. — The inside keel. 
 
 Lan'yard, — A short piece of rope or line fiistened to several 
 portions of a ship's rigging, etc., and serving to secure 
 them in their places ; but more especially those used to 
 extend the shrouds and stays of the ma.sts. 
 
 Lift. — A rope or tackle extending from a yard-arm to the mast- 
 head, to support and move the yard. 
 
 Lug' -sail. — A square sail bent upon a yard that hangs obliquely 
 to the mast at about one-fourth of its length. 
 
 Mar'tinets. — Small lines fastened to the leech of sail, reeved 
 through a block on the topmast-head, and coming down 
 by the mast to the deck. Their use is to bring the leech 
 of the sail close to the yard for the purpose of being 
 furled. 
 
 Mar'tingale. — A short perpendicular spar under the bowsprit 
 end, used for reeving the stays. 
 
 MASTS. 
 
 Foremast. — The mast of a ship which is placed in the fore-part 
 
 or forecastle. 
 Foretop-mast. — A perpendicular spar next above the foremast.
 
 SHIPS. 173 
 
 Fore-topgallant-mast. — A spar next above the forctop-mast, 
 
 Fore-royal-mast.— A spai- next above the Ibre-topgallant- 
 niast. 
 
 Skysail-mast. — The topmost spar of the tier of masts. 
 
 Ships have, ordinarily, a mainmast and mizzenmast constructed 
 to correspond with the foremast. The yards and sdifs at- 
 tached bear each the name of the mast on which it is set, 
 prefixed ; as foreyard, foretop-sail, main-royal, etc. 
 
 Peil'dant. — A long, narrow flag or streamer displayed from the 
 ship's mast-head, and usually terminating in two points. 
 
 Prow. — The head or fore-part of a ship. 
 
 Quar'ter-deck, — That part of the deck of a ship which extends 
 from the stern to the mainmast. 
 
 Ratlines. — Lines which make the ladder steps for going up 
 the shrouds and ascending to the mast-head. 
 
 Round'top. — A platform at the mast-head. 
 
 Rudder. — The instrument, attached to the stern-post, by which 
 a ship is steered. 
 
 Scup'pers, or Scup'per-holes. — Channels cut through the 
 water-ways and sides of a vessel at proper distances, and 
 lined with lead, for carrying oif the water from the deck. 
 
 Scut'tle. — A small hatchway or opening in the deck, large 
 enough to admit a man, and with a lid for covering it. 
 
 Sheet. — A rope fastened to one or both the lower courses of a 
 sail to extend and retain it in a particular situation. 
 
 Shrouds. — A range of large ropes extending from the head of 
 a mast to the right and left sides of a ship to support the 
 masts and enable them to carry sail. 
 
 Spank'er. — The after-sail of a ship or bark. 
 
 Spars. — The round pieces of timber used for the yards and 
 topmasts of ships. 
 
 Spen'cer. — A fore-and-aft sail set abaft the fore and main mast ; 
 a trysail. 
 
 Stay. — A large strong rope employed to support the mast by 
 being extended from its upper end toward the st^m of the 
 ship. 
 
 Stay'sail. — Any sail extended on a stay. 
 
 Steer'age. — An apartment in the fore-part of a ship, for pas- 
 sengers. 
 
 Stud'ding-sail. — A sail that is set beyond the skirts of the 
 principal sails in moderate weather. 
 
 Tac'kle. — The rigging, blocks, and other apparatus of a ship. 
 
 15*
 
 174 SHIPS, 
 
 TaflF'rail. — The upper part of a ship's stern, which is flat like a 
 table on top, and sometimes ornamented with carved work. 
 
 Tran'som. — A beam or timber extended across the stern-post 
 of a ship, to strcniithen the aft-part and t:ive it due form. 
 
 Truck. — A small wooden cap at tho summit of a flaLr-staif or 
 mast-head, having holes in it for reevinu: halyards through. 
 
 VangS. — Braces to steady the peak of a gaff. 
 
 Waist. — Tiic middle part of a ship. 
 
 Yard. — A long, slender piece of timber nearly cylindrical, sus- 
 pended upon the mast, by which a sail is extended. 
 
 NAMES OF VESSELS. 
 
 Bag'gala. — A two-masted Arab boat, used both for commerce 
 and piracy in the Indian Ocean, between the Malabar coast 
 and the lied Sea. It is generally of two hundred or two 
 hundred and fifty tons burden, and sails with great rapidity. 
 
 Bark. — A three-masted vessel, having her fore and main masts 
 rigged as a ship, and her mizzen as a schooner. 
 
 Bomb'-vessel. — A small ship or vessel, constructed for throw- 
 ing bombs into a fortress from the sea, and built remark- 
 ably strong, in order to sustain the shocks produced by the 
 discharge of the mortars. 
 
 Brig. — A vessel with two masts, square-rigged, or rigged nearly 
 like a ship's mainmast and foremast. 
 
 Brig'antine. — A small light vessel, which can both row and 
 sail well, being adapted either for fighting or for chase. 
 
 Cham'pan, — A Chinese sailing punt or flat-bottomed vessel, 
 
 Clipper. — A vessel built for fast sailing. 
 
 Corvette'. — A sloop-of-war, ranking next below a frigate, and 
 carrying not more than twenty guns ; frigate-riyged, with 
 three masts, and built for fiist sailing. 
 
 Cruis'er. — A small armed vessel that sails to and fro in quest 
 of the enemy, to protect the commerce of its own nation, 
 or for plunder. 
 
 Cut'ter. — A boat attached to a vessel of war, which is rowed 
 with six oars, and is employed in carrying light stores, pas- 
 sengers, etc. Also a vessel with one mast and a straight 
 running bowsprit, which may be drawn in upon deck. 
 
 Feluc'ca. — A boat or vessel, with oars and lateen-sails, used in 
 the ^lediterrancan. It has this peculiarity, that the helm 
 may be applied to the head or stern as occasion requires.
 
 SHIPS. 175 
 
 Flag'-ship. — A sliip which has on board an officer who has 
 a right to carry a flag, in distinction from the other vessels 
 under his command. 
 
 Frig' ate. — A ship of war having one covered gun-deck and 
 more than twenty-eight guns. 
 
 Gal'iot. — A Dutch vessel carrying a mainmast and a mizzen- 
 mast and a large gaff mainsail. 
 
 Gallivat. — A small vessel used on the Malabar coast. 
 
 Junk.— A Chinese vessel. 
 
 Ketch. — A strongly-built vessel of no well-specified rig, but 
 usually two-masted, and from one hundred to two hundred 
 and fifty tons' burden. 
 
 Lug'ger. — A vessel carrying three masts, witb a running bow- 
 sprit, upon which she sets lug-sails, and sometimes has 
 topsails adapted to them. 
 
 Pin'nace. — A small vessel navigated with oars and sails, and 
 having generally two masts, which are rigged like those of 
 a schooner. 
 
 Privateer'. — An armed vessel belonging to one or more private 
 individuals, licensed by government to take prizes from an 
 enemy. 
 
 Sa'ic. — A Turkish or Grecian vessel very common in the Le- 
 vant; a kind of ketch, which has no topgallant-sail or 
 mizzen-topsail. 
 
 Sclioon'er. — A small, sharp-built vessel, with two masts, of 
 considerable length and rake, with small topmasts, and 
 fore-and-aft sails. It carries a square topsail and a top- 
 gallant-sail. 
 
 Shal'lop. — A kind of large boat with two masts, usually rigged 
 like a schooner. 
 
 Sloop. — A vessel of one mast, the mainsail of which is attached 
 to a gaif above, to a boom below, and to the mast on its 
 foremost edge ; differing from a cutter by having a fixed 
 bowsprit and a jib-stay. 
 
 Sloop-of-War. — A vessel rigged either as a ship, brig, or 
 schooner, and usually carrying from ten to eighteen guns. 
 
 Snow. — A vessel ecjuipped with two masts resembling the main 
 and fore masts of a ship, and a third small mast just abaft 
 the mainmast carrying a try-sail. 
 
 Tar 'tan. — A small coasting-vessel used in the Mediterranean, 
 having one mast and a bowsprit, and the principal sail, 
 which is very large, extended by a lateen-yard.
 
 176 SHORT-HAND WRITING.—SOUXDS. 
 
 Yacht. — A sailing-vessel, pleasure-boat, or small ship with one 
 
 deck, sufficiently large for a sea-voyage. 
 Xe'bec. — A small three-masted vessel, used in the IMediter- 
 
 ranean Sea. With a fair wind, in good weather, it carries 
 
 two large square-sails ; when close-hauled it carries large 
 
 lateen-sails. 
 
 SHORT-HAND WRITING. 
 
 Ideog'raphy (idea^ and Gr. graplw, I write). — The represen- 
 tation of ideas independently, or in an ideographic manner, 
 as sometimes is done in short-hand writing. 
 
 Phonog'raphy (Gr. phone, a sound, and grapho, I write). — 
 A method of writing short-hand by representing all the 
 consonants by straight lines and curves, and the vowels by 
 dots or short dashes, which are made heavy or light, to 
 represent long or short vowels. 
 This system professes to be founded on the analysis of the 
 sounds of the English language. 
 
 Stenography, Brachyg'raphy (Gr. stenos, close, or Iraehus, 
 short, and </rapho, I write). — The art of writing in short- 
 hand by using abbreviations or characters for whole words. 
 
 SILK-WORMS. 
 
 Ser'iculture (Lat. sericu?n, silk, and cultura, cultivation). — 
 Cultivation of silk-worms. 
 
 SLEEP. 
 
 Hypnorogy (Gr. hrqmos, sleep, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 doctrine of sleep. 
 
 SOCIETY. 
 
 Socid'ogy. — The science which relates to, or treats of, human 
 
 society. 
 
 SOUNDS. 
 
 Acous'tics (Gr. nkouo, I hear). — That branch of science which 
 treats of the laws of sound. It is usually divided into two 
 parts, viz. : diacoustics, which explains the properties of
 
 STATUARY. 177 
 
 those sounds that come directly from the sonorous body to 
 
 the ear ; and cnfacoustics, wliich treats of reflected sounds. 
 Acou'meter (Gr. aJwHo, I liear, and metroii, a measure). — An 
 
 instrument for measuring the degree of hearing. 
 Echom'etry (Gr. echos, sound, and melreo, I measure). — 1. 
 
 The art of measuring the duration of souikJs. 
 2. The art of constructing vauUs to produce echoes. 
 Harmonom'eter (Gr. harmonia, concert, and metron, a meas- 
 ure). — An instrument for measuring the harmonic relations 
 
 of sounds. 
 Microph.Oll'ics (Gr. miJcros, small, and phone, a sound). — The 
 
 science or art of magnifying loio sointds. 
 Phonet'ics, Phonics (Gr. phone, a sound). — The doctrine or 
 
 science of sounds, especially those of the human voice. 
 Ph.o'nograpll. — An instrument for the mechanical registration 
 
 and reproduction of audible sounds. 
 Polyacous'tics (Gr. polus, many, and al'ouo, I hear). — The art 
 
 of multipli/ing sounds. 
 Sonom'eter (Lat. so)ius, a sound, and Gr. metron, a measure). 
 
 — An instrument for measuring sounds or the intervals of 
 
 sounds. 
 Terephone, — An instrument for reproducing sounds, especially 
 
 articulate speech, at a distance, by the aid of electricity or 
 
 electro- magnetism. 
 Teleph'ony (Gr. tele, far, and^:»/(o«e, sound). — The art or pro- 
 cess of reproducing sounds at a distance by the aid of 
 
 electricity, as with the telephone. 
 
 STATUARY. 
 
 Toreumatorogy (Gr. torenma, embossed work, and logos, a 
 discourse). — The science or art of sculpture, or a descrip- 
 tion of ancient and modern sculpture and bass-relief. 
 
 Sculpt'ure. — The art of carving or chiselling in wood, stone, or 
 other materials, or of forming images or statues of visible 
 objects from solid substances. 
 
 Ac'rolith. — A statue the extremities of which are formed of 
 stone. 
 
 Ac'tion. — The attitude or position of the several parts of the 
 body by which they seem to be actuated by passions ; as 
 the arm extended, to represent the act of giving or re- 
 ceiving. 
 
 H*
 
 178 STATUARY. 
 
 Al'to-Riliev'o (It. high relief). — A representation of fi<;;ures 
 and otlier objects against a flat surface ; it differs from demi- 
 rilievo and basso-rilievo only by the greater projection, 
 or higher relief, of the figures. 
 
 Animated. — Appearing as if endowed with life. 
 
 Ar'abesque. — A capricious, fantastic, or heterogeneous species 
 of ornament, adopted from ancient art in Arabian and 
 Moorish architecture, and consisting of fruit, flowers, 
 foliage, and many other forms, except those of animals, 
 which, in pure arabesque, were excluded by the law of 
 Mohammed. 
 
 At'titude. — The posture or action in which a statue is placed. 
 
 Bas'so-Riliev'o, or Bass-Relief (It. low relief). — In which 
 the figures project but little from the plane on which they 
 are formed. 
 
 Bear'ing. — The mutual relations of the parts of a figure. 
 
 Bis'cuit. — A species of unglazed porcelain in which groups 
 and figures are formed in miniature. 
 
 Boast. — To cut roughly, as stone, in order to form the outline 
 of a figure. 
 
 Boss. — A projecting mass of material to be afterward cut or 
 carved. 
 
 Bust. — A figure or portrait showing only the head and shoul- 
 ders, the arms being absent. 
 
 Cam'eo. — A precious stone carved in relief 
 
 Carv'ing'. — The art of cutting figures in wood or stone. 
 
 Casting'. — The art of taking casts or impressions of figures, 
 busts, medals, etc. 
 
 Ceroplas'tic (Gr. keros, wax, and plastikos, relative to the art 
 of the modeller or carver). — The art of modelling or of 
 forming models in wax. 
 
 Chas'ing'. — The art of embossing or representing figures on 
 metals by a kind of basso-rilievo, punched out from 
 behind, and carved on the front with small gravers. 
 
 Contour'. — That line which cfefines or bounds a figure. 
 
 Creux. — A term used where the lines and figures are cut 
 below the surface of the substances engraved ; thus it 
 stands opposed to rilievo. 
 
 Dem'i-Riliev'o (It. half relief). — The projection of one-half 
 of the figure from the plane. 
 
 Dra'pery. — The representation of the clothing or dress of 
 human figures, etc.
 
 STEREOSCOPES. 179 
 
 Embos'sing. — The forming of works in relief, whetlier by 
 
 raising or by depression. 
 Ground. — The flat surface from which the figures rise ; said 
 
 of a work in relief. 
 Intaglio. — Anything engraved, or a precious stone with a 
 
 head or an inscription cut in or hollowed out. 
 Moresque'. — A style of decoration much used by the Moors 
 
 and Arabs, first introduced about the tenth century, in 
 
 which foliage, fruit, flowers, etc., without the introduction 
 
 of the figure of any animal, are combined by springing 
 
 out of each other. 
 Plastog'raphy, Plas'tic Art. — The art o^ forming figures in 
 
 plaster. ■ 
 Pointing. — The process of measuring, at the various distances 
 
 from the surfice of a block of marble, the outlines of a 
 
 future piece of statuary. 
 Porycliromy (Gr. polus, many, and chroma, a color). — The 
 
 ancient art or practice of coloring statuary to imitate 
 
 nature, and also buildings, in harmonious, prismatic, or 
 
 compound tints. 
 Pro'file. — A head represented sideways or in a side view. 
 Relief. — The prominence of a figure above or beyond the 
 
 ground or plane on which it is formed. Relief is of 
 
 three kinds, high relief (^(dto-rilievo), loio relief (^basso- 
 
 rilievo), and demi-relief [(lemi-rilievo), which see. 
 Strength. — Boldness of conception or treatment. 
 Stud'y. — A work undertaken for improvement in the art, and 
 
 often left incomplete. 
 Tor'so. — The trunk of a statue mutilated of head and limbs. 
 Tout Ensemble (Fr. all together). — The general efi'ect of a 
 
 work as a whole, without regard to the execution of the 
 
 separate parts. 
 XJ'nity. — Such a combination of parts as to constitute a whole, 
 
 or a kind of symmetry of style and character. 
 
 STEREOSCOPES. 
 
 Stereos'copy. — The art or science of using the stereoscope, or 
 of constructing the instrument or the views used with it.
 
 180 SURGERY. 
 
 SURGERY. 
 
 Surgery (corrupted from chirurgery ; Gr. cJict'r, the hand, and 
 ergon, a work). — That part of the heahng art wliicli re- 
 lates to external diseases and their treatment, especially to 
 the manual operations adopted for their cure. 
 
 A'cupuncture (Lat. acns, a needle, and j7;<«c^«r«, a puncture). 
 — A surgical operation which consists in puncturing parts 
 with a very fine needle. 
 
 Agmatd'ogy (Gr. agma, agmafos, a fracture, and logos). — The 
 doctrine of fractures. A treatise on fractures. 
 
 Amputa'tion. — The operation of separating, by means of a 
 cutting instrument, a limb or a part of a limb, or a pro- 
 jecting part, from the rest of the body. 
 
 Au'topsy (Gr. autos, self, and opsis, sight). — Dissection of a 
 dead body for the purpose of ascertaining the cause, seat, 
 or nature of a disease. 
 
 Brachiot'omy (Gr. brachion, an arm, and tome, a cutting). — 
 Amputation of the arm. 
 
 Castra'tion. — The operation of removing the testicles. 
 
 Cephalom'eter (Gr. kepliale, a head, and metron, a measure). 
 — An instrument for measuring the different dimensions 
 of the foetal head during the process of accouchement. 
 
 Cicatriza'tion. — The process by which a cicatrix is formed. 
 
 Cionot'omy (Gr. l-iOn, the uvula, and tome, a cutting). — Ex- 
 cision of tlie uvula when too long. 
 
 Coaptation. — The adjusting of parts to each other. 
 
 Colpot'omy (Gr. kolpos, the vagina, and tome, a cutting). — 
 An incision of the vagina in parturition. 
 
 Craniot'omy (Gr. kranioii, the cranium, and tome, a cutting). 
 — The operation of opening the head in parturition. 
 
 Cystot'omy (Gr. Jiustis. the bladder, and tome, a cutting). — 
 Incision of the bladder. 
 
 Detrunca'tion, — Separation of the trunk from the head of the 
 fujtus, the latter remaining in the uterus. 
 
 Diortho'sis. — A surgical operation by which crooked or dis- 
 torted limbs are restored to their proper shape. 
 
 Embryotomy (Gr. emUruon, an embryo, and tome, a cutting). 
 — A division of the fojtus into fragments, to extract it by 
 piecemeal, when the narrowness of the pelvis or other 
 faulty conformation opposes delivery. 
 
 Gastrot'omy [Qv. gaster, the stomach, and tome, a cutting). —
 
 SURGERY. 181 
 
 The Caesarean section, and other operations involving an 
 incision into the abdomen. 
 
 Granula'tion. — Grauuhitions are the reddish, conical, flesh-like 
 shoots which form at the surface of suppurating wounds 
 and ulcers. They are the product of inflammatory ex- 
 citement, and may be produced by indolent ulcers, or by 
 exciting the parts by proper stimulants. They form the 
 basis of the cicatrix. 
 
 Hypodermat'omy (Gr. hupo, under, derma, the skin, and 
 tome, a cutting). — The section of subcutaneous parts, as 
 of tendons and muscles. 
 
 Iridec'tomy (Gr. iris, and eJcfome, cutting out). — The process 
 of cutting out a portion of the iris in order to form an 
 artifacial pupil. 
 
 Laryngot'omy (larynx, and Gr. tome, a cutting). — A surgical 
 operation which consists in opening the larynx, either to 
 extract a foreign body or to remedy an obstruction of the 
 glottis. 
 
 Lithot'omy (Gr. lithos, a stone, and tome, a cutting). — The 
 operation by which a stone is extracted from the bladder. 
 
 Lithot'rity (Gr. lithos, a stone, and tribo, I wear away). — The 
 operation by which a calculus is broken or pulverized in 
 the bladder. 
 
 (Esophagot'omy (Gr. oisoplmgos, the oesophagus, and tome, a 
 cutting). — An incision made into the oesophagus for the 
 purpose of extracting foi'eign bodies from it. 
 
 Omphalot'omy (Gr. omphalos, the umbilicus, and tome, a cut- 
 ting). — The division of the navel-string. 
 
 Oncot'omy (Gr. oghos, a tumor, and tome, a cutting). — The 
 opening of an abscess with a cutting instrument, or the 
 removal of a tumor. 
 
 Opera'tion. — The application of instruments to the human body 
 with the view of curing disease. 
 
 Os'teoplas'ty (Gr. osteon, a bone, and plasso, I form). — An 
 operation to remedy the loss of a bone. 
 
 Ovariotomy (Gr. oarion, the ovarium, and tome, a cutting). — 
 The operation for removing the ovary. 
 
 Phlebot'omy, or Venesec'tion (Gr. 2ihleps,i)hlcl)0s, a vein, and 
 tome, a cutting). — An operation which consists in making 
 an opening into a vessel to draw or let blood from it. 
 
 Posthet'omy ( Gr. postJie, the prepuce, and tome, a cutting). — 
 Circumcision. 
 
 16
 
 182 SURGERY. 
 
 Proth'esis. — The addition of some artificial part to tlie human 
 body, as a wooden lej;. 
 
 Reclina'tion. — The process of removing a cataract by applying 
 the needle to its anterior surface and depressing it into the 
 vitreous humor, in such a way that the front surface of the 
 cataract becomes the upper one and its back surface the 
 lower one. 
 
 Reduc'tion. — An operation the object of which is to restore 
 displaced parts to their original situation. 
 
 Resec'tion. — A name given to operations in which the carious 
 extremities of long bones, or the unconsolidated extremi- 
 ties of fractured bones forming irregular joints, are removed 
 with the saw. 
 
 Rhi'noplasty (Gr. rin, the nose, and plasso, I form). — The 
 process of forming an artificial nose. It consists in bring- 
 ing down a piece of flesh from the forehead and causing 
 it to adhere to the anterior part of the remains of the nose. 
 
 Scarifica'tion. — The operation of scarifying, especially with the 
 cupping instrument. 
 
 Scar'ifi^cator. — An instrument used in cupping, containing 
 several lancets moved simultaneously by a spring, for 
 making a number of incisions at once. 
 
 Staphyloplas'tic (Gr. sfaphulcj the uvula, and jjlasso, I form). 
 — Tlie operation for restoring or replacing the soft palate 
 when it has been lost. 
 
 Staphylot'omy (Gr. sfaphalc, the uvula, and tome, a cutting). 
 — Amputation of the uvula. 
 
 Strabot'omy (Gr. strahos, one who squints, and toim, a cutting). 
 — The operation for the removal of squinting by the division 
 of the muscle or muscles which distort the eyeball. 
 
 Sut'ure. — The uniting of the parts of a wound by stitching. 
 
 Symphyseot'omy (Gr. symphyds, and tome, a cutting). — The 
 operation of dividing the symphysis pubis for the purpose 
 of facilitating labor. 
 
 Syn'thesis. — The uniting or the approximation of parts that 
 are divided. 
 
 Syringot'omy (Gr. surinx, a pipe, and toine, a cutting). — The 
 operation of cutting for fistula. 
 
 Tarsor'raphy (Gr. (anus, a cartilage of the eyelids, and raphe, 
 a suture). — An operation for diminishing the size of the 
 opening between the eyelids when it is enlarged by sur- 
 roundino; cicatrices.
 
 SYMBOLS.— TEETH.— TELEGRAPn. 183 
 
 Tarsot'omy (tarsus, and Gr. tomt, a cutting). — The section or 
 removal of the tarsal cartilages. 
 
 Tax'is (Grr. an arranging). — An operation by which those parts 
 which have left their natural situation are replaced by the 
 hand, without the assistance of instruments ; as in reducing 
 hernia, etc. 
 
 Tenotomy (Gr. tenon, a tendon, and tome, a cutting). — The 
 operation of dividing a tendon. 
 
 Trachea-Laryngot'omy. — A surgical operation which consists 
 ill making an opening into both the larynx and trachea. 
 
 Tracheot'omy {trachea, and Gr. tome, a cutting). — A surgical 
 operation which consists in making an opening into the 
 trachea. 
 
 Trepan'ning (Gr. tmpanon, a borer). — The perforation of the 
 skull with a trepan, and the removal of a piece. When a 
 trephine is used in the operation, it is termed trejjhininff. 
 
 TJnion by First Intention. — The process by which the opposite 
 surfaces of recent wounds, when they are kept in contact 
 with each other, grow together and unite without suppu- 
 ration, the result of a self-healing power in living bodies. 
 
 TJranis'coplas'ty (Gr. ouraniskos, the palate, andplasso, I form). 
 — The process of forming an artificial palate. 
 
 Urethrot'omy (urethra, and Gr. tome, a cutting). — An opera- 
 tion which consists in opening the urethra with the ureth- 
 rotome, for the removal of stricture. 
 
 SYMBOLS. 
 Symhorogy. — The art of expressing by symbols. 
 
 TEETH. 
 Dentistry. — The art of the dentist. 
 
 TELEGRAPH. 
 
 Teleg'raphy (Gr. tele, at a distance, and grapho, I write). — 
 The art or practice of communicating intelligence by tele- 
 graph, 
 
 Terotype. — An electric telegraph which prints automatically 
 the messaores it delivers.
 
 184 TERMS.— TIME. 
 
 TERMS. 
 
 Terminorogy (Lat. terminus., a term, and Gr. logos, a dis- 
 
 coursej. — That branch of a science or art which exphiins 
 
 the meaning of its technical terms. 
 Orismol'ogy (Gr. orismos, the marking out as a boundary, and 
 
 logos). — That department of Naturdl History which relates 
 
 to the technical terms of the science. 
 
 TIME. 
 
 Chronol'ogy (Gr. chronos, time, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science which deteriuines the dates of events and the civil 
 distinctions of time. 
 
 Anach'ronism. — An error with respect to chronology by which 
 an event is placed earlier than it really happened. 
 
 Chronom'eter (Gr. chronos, time, and metron, a measure). — An 
 instrument that measures time, particularly one that meas- 
 ures time with great exactness. 
 
 Concur 'rent. — The supernumerary days in the year over fifby- 
 two weeks, so called because they concur with the solar 
 cycle, whose course they follow. 
 
 Cy'cle. — A revolution of a certain period of time within which 
 the same facts or events recur regularly and perpetually in 
 the same order. 
 
 Cyclom'etry (cycle, and Gr. metron, a measure). — The art of 
 measuring cycles. 
 
 Emer'gent Year. — The year or epoch from which any compu- 
 tation of time is made. 
 
 E'pact, — A term denoting the moon's age at the end of the 
 year, or the number of days by which the last new moon 
 has preceded the beginning of the year. 
 
 Ep'och. — A fixed point of time from which succeeding years 
 are numbered. 
 
 E'ra. — A fixed point of time from which any number of years 
 is begun to be counted. It differs from epoch in this : era 
 is a point of time fixed by some nation or denomination of 
 men ; epoch is a point fixed by historians and chronologists. 
 
 Hegi'ra. — The flight of Mohammed from Mecca, July 16, A. D. 
 022, — the epoch from which the Mohammedan era is 
 reckoned.
 
 TFPE. 185 
 
 Indic'tion. — A cycle ov period of fifteen years, the origin of 
 which is involved in obscurity ; but it is said by some to 
 have been instituted by Constantine the Great in phice of 
 the Olympiads. 
 
 Horol'ogy (Gr. ham, an hour, and Io(/os, a discourse). — That 
 branch of mathematics which treats of the principles and 
 construction of machines for measuring and indicating 
 portions of time, as clocks, watches, etc. 
 
 Metempto'sis. — The solar equation necessary to prevent the 
 new moon from happening a day too late, or the suppres- 
 sion of the bissextile once in one hundred and thirty-lour 
 years. 
 
 Paradl'ionism. — An error in chronology by which an event 
 is related as having happened at a later period than its 
 true date. 
 
 Proempto'sis. — The lunar equation, or addition of a day, neces- 
 sary to prevent the new moon from being le-'koned as hap- 
 pening a day too soon. 
 
 Sciag'raphy (Gr. skia, a shadow, and gvaj Iw^ I write). — Tlie 
 art of finding the hour of the day or night by the shadows 
 of objects caused by the sun, moon, or stars. 
 
 Synchronorogy. — Contemporaneous chronology. 
 
 TYPE. 
 
 Type-Founding. — The art of manufacturing the metal letters 
 used by printers. 
 
 Acrog'raphy (Gr. akros, extreme, and grapho, I write). — The 
 art of producing blocks in relief for the purpose of print- 
 ing from, along with types, and thus to supersede wood- 
 engraving. 
 
 Elec'trotypy (Gr. dektron, amber (for electricity), and tupos, 
 a model or type). — The process of copying metals, en- 
 gravings, etc., and of making stereotype plates by means 
 of electric deposition. 
 
 Photo-galvanog'raphy. — The art or process of obtaining from 
 a photographic negative on glass, by means of a gutta- 
 percha impression, an electrotype plate from which may be 
 taken, as in copper-plate printing, any number of copies, 
 exactly similar to the photograph. 
 
 Ster'eotypy (Gr. stereos, solid). — The art or mode of forming 
 
 IG*
 
 186 VERS I PICA TIG X. 
 
 solid metallic plates from pages of movable types, or from 
 wood engravings, etc., by the process of casting, from an 
 impression in plaster, for the purpose of printing from them. 
 
 TERSIFICATIOX. 
 
 Versifica'tion is the forming of that species of composition 
 
 ■which is called vei^se. 
 Poetic Feet. — A verse or line of poetry consists of successive 
 
 combinations of syllables, called feet, viz. : 
 Iam'bus is a foot of one short syllable and one long one. 
 Tro'chee is a poetic foot of a long syllable and a short one. 
 An'apest is a poetic foot of two short syllables and a long 
 
 one. 
 Dac'tyl is a poetic foot of one long syllable and two short 
 
 ones. 
 Spon'dee is a poetic foot of two long syllables. 
 Ptr'rhic is a poetic foot of two short syllables. 
 Molosse' is a poetic foot of three long syllables. 
 Tri'brach is a poetic foot of three short syllables. 
 Am'phibrach is a poetic foot of three syllables, having both 
 
 sides short, the middle long. 
 Am'phimac is a poetic foot of three syllables, having both 
 
 sides long, the middle short. 
 Bac'chy is a poetic foot of one short syllable and two long 
 
 ones. 
 Antibac'chy is a poetic foot of two long syllables and a 
 
 short one. 
 Measure, or Metre, is the manner of ordering and combining 
 
 the quantities, or the long and short syllables. 
 Catalec'tic is applied to a verse when a syllable is wanting. 
 Acatalec'tic is applied to averse when the measure is exact. 
 Hyper'3IETER is applied to verse when there is a redundant 
 
 syllable. 
 Scan'siox is the dividing of poetry into feet. 
 Octom'eter. — A verse of eight metrical feet. 
 Heptam'eter. — A verse of seven metrical feet. 
 Hexam'eter. — A verse of six metrical feet. 
 Pentam'eter. — A verse of five metrical feet. 
 Tetram'eter. — A verse of four metrical feet. 
 Trim'eter. — A verse of three metrical feet. 
 Dim'eter. — A verse of two metrical feet.
 
 U\4R. 187 
 
 Moxom'eter. — A verse of one metrical foot. 
 CoMPOs'iTE VERSE consists of various metres of feet com- 
 bined. 
 
 TTAR. 
 
 Logis'tics (Lat. logista, the administrator or intendant of 
 Human armies). — That branch of military art which em- 
 braces all details of moving or supplying armies ; by some 
 "writers extended to include strategy. 
 
 Strat'eg-y, or Strateget'ics (Gr. strategeo, I lead an army). — 
 The science of military command, ov the science of direct- 
 ing great military movements. 
 
 Tac'tics (Gr. taktlkos, from tasso, to set or appoint). — The 
 science and art of disposing military and naval forces in 
 oi'der of battle, and performing military and naval evolu- 
 tion.s. 
 
 Accou'tremeiits. — The necessaries of a soldier, as belts, 
 pouclies. cartridge-boxes, etc. 
 
 Ambuscade', — A snare set for an enemy, either to surprise him 
 when marching without precaution, or drawing him on by 
 different stratagems to attack him with superior force. 
 
 Ambush. — A place of concealment where an enemy may be 
 surprised by a sudden attack. 
 
 Ammunition. — All warlike stores, and especially powder, ball, 
 bombs, guns, and other weapons necessary for warfare. 
 
 Appointments. — The accoutrements of an officer. 
 
 Artillery. — Guns and their equipment ; troops serving them ; 
 the science of their construction and use. 
 
 Ballistics (Gr. hallo, I throw). — The art of nsin^ projectiles. 
 
 Banderole. — A small flag used for marking out a camp, etc. 
 
 Barracks. — Large buildings erected for the security and ac- 
 commodation of soldiers, whether infimtry or cavalry. 
 
 Battalion. — A body of infantry of undetermined number, 
 generally from six hundred to one thousand men. 
 
 Bat'tery. — A name given to any number of pieces of ordnance 
 placed behind an elevation of earth, or even without such 
 covering, either to destroy the works or dismount the ar- 
 tillery, or repel the advance of the enemy. 
 
 Bay'onet. — A triangular dagger, made with a hollow handle 
 and a shoulder, to fix on the muzzle of a firelock, so that 
 its presence does not impede either the charging or firing 
 of the piece.
 
 188 WAR. 
 
 Biv'ouac. — A night-guard, performed by the whole army when 
 tliere is any apprehension of danger ; or an encampment 
 in tlie open air. 
 
 Block'house. — A small fortified barrack, frequently used as a 
 keep or place of final defence in a field-work. 
 
 Boom. — A chain of masts, a large cable, or other obstacle, 
 stretched across a liver or harbor-mouth, to protect a mil- 
 itary bridge or bar access. 
 
 Breach. — The oi^ening formed by the partial demolition of a 
 rampart in order to permit an assault to be made upon the 
 defenders of a fortified place. 
 
 Brevet' Rank. — A rank in the army higher than that for which 
 pay is received. 
 
 Brigade'. — A division of troops, whether infantry, artillery, or 
 cavalry, commanded by a brigadier-general. It consists of 
 an indeterminate number of regiments, scpiadrons, or 
 battalions. A brigade of infantry may consist of from 
 one to six battalions ; of cavalry, of two or three regi- 
 ments ; of artillery, of six pieces of ordnance. 
 
 Cais'son. — An ammunition-wagon or tumbrel. 
 
 Calibre. — The bore or opening of a gun. 
 
 Campaigil'. — The military operations of one season in the 
 field. 
 
 Canteen'. — /» f^te British army, a public-house licensed in 
 every barrack or fort to sell liquors ; also a semi-cylindrical 
 tin case over a soldier's knapsack, to carry his cooked 
 victuals in. 
 In the United States army, a tin vessel used by soldiers for 
 carrying liquor for drink. 
 
 Can'tonments. — When troops are detached and quartered in 
 different adjacent towns and villages, they are said to be 
 placed in cantonments. 
 
 Capitula'tion. — The surrender of a fortress or army on stipu- 
 lated conditions. 
 
 Car'tel. — A mutual agreement between two states at war, or 
 rival armies, for the exchange of prisoners. 
 
 Castrameta'tion. — The art of regulating and laying out the 
 encampment of troops of all kinds. 
 
 Cav'alry. — A body of military troops on horses. 
 
 Chas'seurs. — A select body of infantry, formed on the left of 
 a battalion, and required to be particularly light, active, and 
 courasjeous.
 
 WAR. 189 
 
 Cim'eter. — A short sword, witli a convex edge or recurvate 
 point, used by the Persians and Turks. 
 
 Col'limn. — A formation of troops, narrow in front, and deep 
 from front to rear. It is contradistinguished from the line, 
 in which the troops display their front in its whole extent 
 with their minimum depth of formation. 
 
 Commissa'riat. — That department of the service which is 
 charged with the supply of provisions for the soldiers. 
 
 Com'pany. — A small body of infantry or artillery, the number 
 of which is never fixed, but is generally about one hun- 
 dred, commanded by a captain, assisted by two lieutenants. 
 
 Convoy. — A guard of troops employed to escort prisoners, stores, 
 ammunition, or money, conveyed in time of war from one 
 point or place to another. 
 
 Corps, — A grand division of an army, composed of an indefi- 
 nite number of organized troops. 
 
 Countersign. — A watchword demanded by sentries of those 
 who approach their posts. 
 
 Court'-Mar'tial. — A court consisting of military or naval offi- 
 cers, for the trial of offences of a military or naval char- 
 acter. 
 
 Court of Inquiry. — A meeting of oflScerswho are empowered 
 to inquire into the conduct of an officer of the army, to 
 see whether there be ground for a court-martial. 
 
 Cuirassiers'. — Heavy cavalry armed with cuirasses. 
 
 Cul-de-sac'. — A position in which an army finds itself with no 
 way of exit but to the front. 
 
 Cut'lass. — A broad, curving sword with but one cutting edge. 
 
 Divis'ion. — A body consisting of a certain number of brigades, 
 usually two or three, and commanded by a major-general. 
 
 Dragoons'. — A useful kind of cavalry, mounted on horses too 
 heavy for the hussars and too light for the cuirassiers. 
 
 Engineer' Corps. — That branch of the service employed in 
 forming plans of works for offence or defence. 
 
 Enlist'ment. — The writing by which a soldier is bound. 
 
 Entrepots'. — IMagazines and places appropriate in garrison 
 towns for the reception of stores, etc. 
 
 Ep'aulet. — An ornamental badge worn on the shoulder by 
 military men. 
 
 Eq'uipage. — The furniture of an army or body of troops, in- 
 fantry or cavalry, including whatever is necessary for a 
 military expedition. Camp equipage includes tents, and
 
 190 WAR. 
 
 everything required for accommodation in camp. Field 
 equipage consists of arms, artillery, wagons, tumbrels, etc. 
 
 Flank. — The side of an army, or a battalion encamped on the 
 right or left. 
 
 Fusileer'. — A soldier belonging to what is termed the light in- 
 fantry. Fusileers are distinguished by the white cockade. 
 
 Gar'rison. — The guard of a fortified place ; also, the place 
 itself. 
 
 Grenadier'. — Formerly, a soldier who threw grenades ; in modern 
 use, one of a company of tall, stout soldiers, selected for the 
 place, which takes post on the right of a battalion and 
 leads it in every attack. 
 
 Gui'don. — A cavalry banner. 
 
 Gun'nery. — The science of usinr/ artillery judiciously and with 
 the greatest effect. 
 
 Hav'ersack. — A coarse linen bag issued to every soldier pro- 
 ceeding on service, for the purpose of carrying provisions. 
 
 Hollow Square. — A body of foot-soldiers drawn up to receive 
 the charge of cavalry, having an empty space in the middle 
 to receive the officers, artillerymen, etc., and protected on 
 all sides by a line of bayonets. 
 
 In'fantry, — Soldiers who serve on foot. 
 
 Knap'sack. — A square case of canvas or leather, properly pre- 
 pai-ed for strapping on the infantry soldier's back and con- 
 taining the whole of his regimental necessaries. 
 
 Lan'cers. — A body of men armed with long lances and mounted 
 on swift horses. 
 
 Land'sturm. — A local militia of Germany, formed of men above 
 forty years of age, which never leaves its own district, and 
 is only called out in case of actual invasion. 
 
 Land'wehr. — The militia of Prussia and Austria. 
 
 Life'-Guards. — The body-guard of a sovereign prince. 
 
 Light Horse. — All mounted soldiers that are lightly armed 
 and accoutred for active and desultory service. 
 
 Lodg'ment. — An intrenchment hastily constructed on a captured 
 breach or outwork in order to maintain the position against 
 recapture. 
 
 Han'ual Ex'ercise. — The exercise by which soldiers are taught 
 the use of their muskets and other arms. 
 
 Marines'. — Soldiers raised for naval service and trained to 
 fight both on shipboard and on land. They are clothed 
 and armed in the same way as inflintry of the line.
 
 WAR. 191 
 
 Mili'tia. — A body of soldiers in a state enrolled for discipline, 
 but not engaged in actual service, except in emergencies. 
 
 Mobiliza'tion. — The calling into active service troops not pre- 
 viously on the war establishment. 
 
 Ordnance. — A general name for artillery of every description. 
 
 Out'post. — A post or station without the limits of the camp, at 
 a distance from the army ; troops placed at such a station. 
 
 Parley. — A conference with an enemy on particular subjects. 
 
 Parole'. — The promise on honor to reappear when call(id for, 
 given by a prisoner of war allowed to go at large. 
 
 Pass-Parole'. — A command given at the head of an army, and 
 passed from mouth to mouth to the rear. 
 
 Pick'et. — A certain number of men, horse or foot, who do duty 
 as an outguard to prevent surprises. 
 
 Pioneer'. — A military laborer, or one whose business it is to 
 attend an army in its march in order to clear the way, by 
 cutting down trees and levelling roads, etc. 
 
 Post. — Any spot of ground occupied by troops. 
 
 Pouch. — A case of strong leather, lined with tin divisions, for 
 the purpose of carrying a soldier's ammunition. It is 
 covered by a flap to preserve the cartridges from wet. 
 
 Praeliog'raphy (Lat. prselium, a battle, and Gr. graplco^ I 
 describe). — A description of battles. 
 
 Guar'ter. — The sparing of men's lives, and giving good treat- 
 ment to a vanquished enemy. Hence, to give quarter. 
 
 ftuar'ters. — Stations or lodgings assigned to soldiers ; also, the 
 apartments occupied by an officer in barracks. 
 
 Recon'noissance. — The reconnoitring or examination of any 
 tract of country preparatory to the march of an army, in 
 order either to take up quarters for the season or com- 
 mence operations against an opposing enemy. 
 
 Reg'iment. — A body of men, either cavalry, infantry, or ar- 
 tillery, commanded by a colonel, a lieutenant-colonel, and 
 a major, and consisting of a number of companies, usually 
 from eight to ten. 
 
 Reserve' Corps. — The third or last line of an army drawn up 
 for battle ; so called because they are reserved to sustain 
 the rest, as occasion requires, and not to engage except 
 in case of necessity. 
 
 Reveille. — The beat of drum about break of day, to give 
 notice that it is time for the soldiers to- rise, and for the 
 sentinels to forbear challenuin";.
 
 192 WAR. 
 
 Review'. — An inspection of the general appearance and regu- 
 lar disposition of a body of troops assembled for that 
 purpose. 
 
 Ri'cochet. — The firing of guns or howitzers, u.sually with 
 small charges, and elevated a few degrees, so as to cause 
 • the balls or shells to rebound or roll along the ground on 
 which they fall. 
 
 Ros'ter. — A list of officers for duty. 
 
 Sabre. — A sword or cimeter, with a broad and heavy blade, 
 thick at the back and a little curved toward the point. 
 
 Sa'bre-tasche. — A leather case or pocket worn by a cavalry 
 officer at the left side, suspended from the sword-belt. 
 
 Safe'guard. — A protection granted by the general of an army 
 for the safety of an enemy's lands or person, to preserve 
 them from being insulted or plundered. 
 
 Salute'. — A discharge of cannon or small arms, the lowering 
 of the colors, or beating of drums, in honor of some 
 distinguished personage. 
 
 Sal'vo. — A general discharge of firearms not intended for a 
 salute. 
 
 Scab'bard, — A case made of black leather, with a ferrule at 
 the end, or of steel, in which a sword, sabre, etc., may be 
 sheathed. 
 
 Se'poys. — The name given to the native troops in India. 
 
 Sig'nal Ser'vice. — A branch of the army equipped in time of 
 war to maintain communication hy sirjnnh^ by telegraph, 
 or by semaphores between different portions of an army 
 or armies, or between armies and fleets. In time of peace 
 it transmits intelligence in reference to storms or approach- 
 ing weather-change by the disj^lay of signals of warning 
 and by reports posted in different cities and ports of the 
 United States. Signal stations are also established in 
 connection with the life-saving stations. 
 
 Skir'mish. — A loose, desultory kind of engagement, in the 
 presence of two armies, between small detachments, sent 
 out for the purpose either of drawing on a battle or of 
 concealing by their fire the movements of the troops in 
 the rear. 
 
 Sortie'. — The issuing of a body of troops from a besieged place 
 to attack the besiegers. 
 
 Squad. — Any small number of men, horse or foot, collected 
 together for the purpose of drill, etc.
 
 WA TER.— WEALTH. 1 93 
 
 Squad'roii. — A body of cavalry, usually from one hundred to 
 two hundred. Squadron of ships, a division of a fleet 
 employed on a particular expedition, and commanded by 
 a vice-admiral or rear-admiral, or a commodore. 
 
 Stratarith'metry (Gr. sfratos, an army, arithmos, a number, 
 and met roH, a mesisnve). — The art of drawing up an army, 
 or any given number of men, in any geometrical figure, 
 or of estimating or expressing the number of men in such 
 a figure. 
 
 Stratog'raph.y (Gr. stratos, an army, and graplio, I describe). 
 — Description of armies, or what belongs to an army. 
 
 Tattoo'. — A beat of drum at night, giving notice to soldiers 
 to retreat, or to repair to their quarters in garrison or to 
 their tents in camp. 
 
 Tirailleurs' (Fr. marksmen). — A name given to a species of 
 infantry seldom intended to fight in close order, but gen- 
 erally dispersed two and two, always supporting each 
 other, and usually skii-mishing in front of the line. 
 
 Truce, — A temporary cessation of hostilities by agreement of 
 the commanders, for negotiation or other purpose ; an 
 armistice. 
 
 TJltima'tum. — A term used in military negotiations to express 
 the final conditions upon which any proposition or treaty 
 can be ratified. 
 
 Van'guard. — That part of an army which marches in the 
 front. 
 
 Vedette'. — A sentinel on horseback, detached from the main 
 body of the army to discover and give notice of the 
 enemy's movements. 
 See Fortifications. 
 
 WATER 
 
 Hydrorogy (Gr. huddr, water, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 science which treats of and explains the nature and prop- 
 erties of waters in general. 
 
 WEALTH. 
 
 Chrysorogy, or Chrematis'tics (Gr. chrusos, gold, fogos, a dis- 
 course, and cJtrematlstike, the art of trafiic). — That branch 
 of political economy which relates to the production of 
 wealth. 
 I 17
 
 194 WEIGHTS - WELLS.— WINDS. 
 
 WEIGHTS. 
 
 Metrol'ogy (Gr. viefron, a measure, and loffos, a discourse). — 
 The science of weijihts and measures. 
 
 WELLS. 
 
 Well'-sinking. — The art or process of sinking or digging a 
 well or wells. 
 
 WINDS. 
 
 Anemorogy (Gr. aneinos, wind, and logos, a discourse). — The 
 
 doctriue of winds. 
 Anemom'eter (Gr. anemos, wind, and metron, a measure). — An 
 
 instrument or macliine for measuring the force of the 
 
 winds. 
 Cy'clone. — A rotatory storm or whirlwind of extended cir- 
 cuit. 
 Harmat'tan. — A hot, dry wind, which blows on the western 
 
 coast of Africa. It corresponds to the simoom. 
 Lim'bat. — A cooling, periodical wind in the isle of Cyprus, 
 
 blowing from the northwest from eight o'clock a.m. to 
 
 the middle of the day or later. 
 Monsoon'. — A periodical wind prevailing in the East Indies, 
 
 which blows from the northeast in summer and from the 
 
 southwest in winter. 
 Pampe'ro. — A violent wind from the west or the southwest, 
 
 which sweeps over the pampas in the southern part of 
 
 Buenos Ayres. 
 Simoom', Simoon', or Sa'miel. — A hot, dry wind, that blows 
 
 in the Eastern deserts ; generated by the extreme heat. 
 Siroc'co. — An oppressive, relaxing wind from the Lib3'an 
 
 deserts, chiefly experienced in Italy, Malta, and Sicily. 
 Torna'do. — A violent gust of wind, or a tempest, distinguished 
 
 by a whirling motion ; usually accompanied with severe 
 
 thunder, lightning, and torrents of rain. 
 Trade'-wind. — Certain winds in the torrid zone, and often a 
 
 little beyond it, which blow from the same quarter through- 
 out the year, unless when aff'ected by local causes. 
 Typhoon'. — A violent tornado or hurricane in the Chinese seas. 
 
 It is produced chiefly by the action of heat.
 
 WRITING. 1 95 
 
 WRITING. 
 
 Cllirog''raphy (Gr. cheir, the hand, and graplio, I write). — 
 
 The ait of writing, or a writing with one's own hand. 
 Cryptog'raphy (Gr. krupto, I conceal, and graplio^. — The art 
 
 of writing in secret characters. 
 Diplomatics, or Palaeog'raphy (Gr. palaios, ancient, and 
 
 graphe, a writing). — The science of diplomas, or the art 
 
 of deciphering ancient tcridngs, assigning their date, etc. 
 Graphiol'ogy (Gr. graphe, a writing, and logos, a discourse). — 
 
 The art of loriting or delineation, or a treatise on that art. 
 Pasig'raphy (Gr. pas, all, and grapho, I write). — A manner or 
 
 system of writing that may be understood by all nations 
 
 without translation. 
 Polyg'raphy (Gr. j^olus, many, and grapho, I write). — The 
 
 art of writing in, and deciphering, various ciphers. 
 Short-hand Writing. See Short-hand Writing. 
 Steganog'raphy (Gr. steganos, a secret, and grapho, I write). 
 
 — The art of writing in ciphers, or characters which are 
 
 not intelligible except to the persons who correspond with 
 
 each other. 
 Stelog'raphy (Gr. stelos, a pillar, and grapho, I write). — The 
 
 art of writing or inscribing cliaracters on pillars. 
 Tachyg'raphy (Gr. tachns, quick, and grapho, I write). — The 
 
 art or practice of rapid writing.
 
 II^DEX. 
 
 A. 
 
 Abacus, 14. 
 
 Aberration (light), 72, 92. 
 Ablactation, 51. 
 Ablaqueation, 51. 
 Absolution, 156. 
 Absorbents, lfi3. 
 Absorption, 71, 92. 
 Abstinence, 157. 
 Abstract of Title, 80. 
 Abutment, 14. 
 Acceptance, 37. 
 Accidentals, 135. 
 Accole, 31. 
 
 Accommodation Bill, 37. 
 Accompaniment, 135. 
 Accounts, art of keeping, 5. 
 
 settlement of, 5. 
 Accoutrements, 187. 
 Acetometer, 25. 
 Acbelous, 125. 
 Acidometer, 25. 
 Acidulation, 25. 
 Acis, 125. 
 Acology, 104. 
 Acoutias, 114. 
 Acosmism, 162. 
 Acoumeter, 177. 
 Acoustics, 163, 176. 
 Acrography, 185. 
 Acrolifh, 174. 
 Acrostic, 148. 
 Act (drama), 43. 
 Actieon, 125. 
 Actinism, 92. 
 Actinograph, 92. 
 Actinology, 12. 
 Actinometer, 7. 
 Action, 80, 135, 177. 
 Active Commerce, 37. 
 Acupuncture, ISO. 
 Addorsed, 31. 
 
 Adit, 120. 
 Administrator, 80. 
 Adonis, 125. 
 Adumbration, 135. 
 Ad Valorem, 37. 
 Advent, 157. 
 iEdoealogy, 7. 
 iEdoeatomy, 7. 
 ^neid, 94. 
 Aerodynamics, 5. 
 Aerognosy, 5. 
 Aerolite, 111. 
 Aerolites, science of, 114. 
 Aerolithology, 114. 
 Aerology, 5. 
 Aerometer, 5. 
 Aerometry, 5. 
 Aeronautics, 5. 
 Aerostatics, 6. 
 Aerostation, 5. 
 ^?5sculapius, 125. 
 Jisthesiography, 7. 
 JEstheties, 116. 
 Etiology, 116. 
 Affection (painting), 135. 
 Affidavit, 80. 
 Affiliation, 80. 
 Affinage, 108. 
 AfiFrontee, 31. 
 Afrit, 126. 
 After-piece, 44. 
 Agio, 37. 
 Aglaia, 128. 
 Agraatology, 180. 
 Agni, 126. 
 Agonistics, 61. 
 Agriculture, 51. 
 Agrostography, 146. 
 Ahriman, 126. 
 Air, constituent parts of, 5. 
 
 density of vaporous gases, 6. 
 
 heat and moisture in, 6. 
 
 laws of aqueous vapor, 6. 
 
 17* 197
 
 198 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Air, measurement of density of, 15. 
 
 motion of, 5. 
 
 motion, j)rcssurc, etc., of elas- 
 tic fluids, 6, 7. 
 
 properties and phenomena of, 
 5,6. 
 
 sailing in the, 5. 
 
 science relating to the, 5, 
 
 water in, 6. 
 Aisle, 14. 
 Alcides, 126. 
 Alcoholmeter, 25. 
 Alecto, 126. 
 Alexandrine, 148. 
 Alfadur, 126. 
 Algebra, 102. 
 Alibi, 80. 
 Alimony, 80. 
 Alkali, 25. 
 Alkalimetry, 25. 
 Alkaloids, 25. 
 Alliance, 63. 
 Allopathy, 104. 
 Alluvion, SO. 
 Alterative, 163. 
 Altimetry, 102. 
 
 Altitudes, art of ascertaining, 102. 
 Alto, 122. 
 Alto-Rilievo, 178. 
 Alto-Ripieno, 122. 
 Amalgamation, 108. 
 Ambrosia, 126. 
 Ambrotypc, 140. 
 Ambuscade, 187. 
 Ambush, 187. 
 Amethyst, 151. 
 Ammon, 126. 
 Ammunition, 187. 
 Amphibiology, 12. 
 Amphitrite, 131. 
 Anachronism, 184. 
 Anacreontic, 148. 
 Anaesthetic, 163. 
 Anaglj'ptography, 48. 
 Analeptic, 163. 
 Analysis, 25. 
 
 science of, 116. 
 Analysis by aid of the spectroscope, 
 
 29. 
 Analytics, 116. 
 Anamorphosis, 92. 
 Anaplastic, 163. 
 Anaplerotic, 163. 
 Auastaltic, 163. 
 Anastatic printing, 154. 
 Anathema, 157. 
 
 Anatomy, 7. 
 Ancones, 14. 
 Ancmology, 194. 
 Anemometer, 194. 
 Angioiogy, 7. 
 Angiotomy, 7. 
 Animals, amphibious, 12. 
 
 anatomy of, 13. 
 
 cetaceous, 12. 
 
 classification of, 11. 
 
 dissection of, 7. 
 
 dissection of living, 10. 
 
 doctrine of similarity of struc- 
 ture of, 9. 
 
 entrapping of, 13. 
 
 foetus of, 13. 
 
 formation of, 13. 
 
 forms and habits of, 13. 
 
 laws of life of, 13. 
 
 microscopic, 13. 
 
 organs of, 13. 
 
 preparing specimens of, 13. 
 
 radiated, 12. 
 
 science of, 10. 
 Animated (painting and sculpture), 
 
 135, 178. 
 Animism, 162. 
 Annuity, 37. 
 Annulet, 14. 
 Annunciation, 157. 
 Anode, 46. 
 Anomaly, 72. 
 Antaphrodisiac, 163. 
 Anteros, 126. 
 Anthelion, 114. 
 Anthelmintic, 163. 
 Anthem, 122. 
 Anthology, 94, 146. 
 Anthropography, 100. 
 Anthropology, 100. 
 Anthropomorphism, 162, 
 Anthroposcopy, 100. 
 Anthropotomy, 7. 
 Antidote, 164. 
 Antiphonary, 157. 
 Antiphlogistic, 164. 
 Antipodes, 61. 
 Antiquities, science of, 162. 
 Antitype, 157. 
 Anubis. 126. 
 Apaume, 31. 
 Aphelion, 72. 
 Aphrodite, 126. 
 Apis, 126. 
 Apocalypse, 157. 
 Apochrypha, 157.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 199 
 
 Apogee, 72. 
 Apollo, 126. 
 Apologetics, 55. 
 Apologue, 94. 
 Aponeurotomy, 7. 
 Apparent Magnitude, 92. 
 Apparent Jlotion, 92. 
 Apparition (astronomy), 72. 
 Appeal, 81. 
 Appointments, 187. 
 Approaches, 55. 
 Appulse, 72. 
 Apsides, 72. 
 Aquarius, 72. 
 Aquatinta, 49. 
 Aqueous vapor, laws of, 6. 
 Arabesque, 135. 
 Araehnolog}', 78. 
 Arboriculture, 51. 
 Arch, 14. 
 Archajology, 13. 
 Archiepiscopate, 157. 
 Architecture, 14. 
 Architrave, 14, 
 Archivolt, 14. 
 Arcuation, 51. 
 Aria, 122. 
 Aries, 72. 
 Arietta, 122. 
 Arimanes, 126. 
 Aristology, 54. 
 Arithmetic, 102. 
 Arms of Patronage, 31. 
 Armies, description of, 193. 
 
 moving or supplying, 187. 
 Army, art of drawing up an, 193. 
 Arrache, 31. 
 Arraignment, 81. 
 Arrest of Judgment, 81. 
 Arrondee, 31. 
 Art, 22. 
 Artemis, 126. 
 Article of Faith, 157. 
 Artillerj-, 187. 
 
 science of using, 190. 
 Arteries of the human body, 7. 
 Artcriology, 7. 
 Articulata, 11. 
 Articulation, 69. 
 
 Arts, Industrial, science of the, 22. 
 Arts in general, doctrine of, 22. 
 Ascension Day, 157. 
 Ascii, 61. 
 Asgard, 126. 
 Ashtoreth, 126. 
 Ash-AVedncsday, 157. 
 
 Asmatography, 148. 
 
 Aspectant, 31. 
 
 Assay, 108. 
 
 Assignee, 81. 
 
 Astarte, 126. 
 
 Asterism, 73. 
 
 Asteroids, 73. 
 
 Asthenology, 104. 
 
 Astrrea, 126. 
 
 Astringent, 164. 
 
 Astrognosy, 73. 
 
 Astrography, 73. 
 
 Astrolatrj', 158. 
 
 Astrology, 60. 
 
 Astro-Meteorology, 6. 
 
 Astrometer, 92. 
 
 Astrometry, 73. 
 
 Astronomy, 72. 
 
 Astroscopy, 73. 
 
 Astro-The'ology, 158. 
 
 Ate, 126. 
 
 Atheism, 162. 
 
 Athene, 126. 
 
 Atlantis, 126. 
 
 Atmology, 6. 
 
 Atmometer, 104. 
 
 Atmosphere (see Air). 
 
 Atmospheric Phenomena, 114. 
 
 Atomism, 116. 
 
 Atoms, theory of, 116. 
 
 Atropos, 126. 
 
 Attachment, 81. 
 
 Attal, 120. 
 
 Attcnuant, 164. 
 
 Attire, 31. 
 
 Attitude ^painting and sculpture), 
 
 135, 178. 
 Audit, 5. 
 Auget, 55. 
 Augury, 126. 
 Aureola, 135. 
 
 Auricular Confession, 158. 
 Aurora, 126. 
 Aurora Australis, 115. 
 
 Borealis, 115. 
 Auscultation, 104. 
 Auster, 126. 
 Austere, 135. 
 Autobiography, 94. 
 Autocracy, 63. 
 Autonomy, 63. 
 Autopsy, 180. 
 Avanturine, 151. 
 Axis, 7.3, 92. 
 Azimuth, 73.
 
 200 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 B. 
 
 Bacchus, 126. 
 Backpainting, 135. 
 Backstay, 169. 
 Bacule, 55. 
 Baggala, 174. 
 Bail, 81. 
 Bail-bond, 81. 
 Bailment, 81. 
 Balance of Power, 63. 
 
 of Trade, 37. 
 Baldur, 126. 
 Ballad, 148. 
 Ballast, 37. 
 Ballistics, 187. 
 Baluster, 14. 
 Balustrade, 14, 
 Banderole, 187. 
 Bankrupt, 81. 
 Banquette, 55. 
 Baptism, 158. 
 Baptisterj^, 158. 
 Barbacan, 55. 
 Bark, 174. 
 Barracks, 187. 
 Barricade, 55. 
 Barology, 103. 
 Barometer, 6. 
 Barratry, 81. 
 Barry, 31. 
 Bartizan, 14. 
 Barytone, 122. 
 Base, 15, 28. 
 Bass, 122. 
 Basso-Rilievo, 178. 
 Bastion, 55. 
 Baston, 15. 
 Batardeau, 55. 
 Batch (mining), 120. 
 Bath3'metry, 167. 
 Battalion, 187. 
 Batter, 15. 
 Battery, 187. 
 Battlement, 55. 
 Battles, description of, 191. 
 Bayonet, 187. 
 Bay-Window, 15. 
 Bead, 15. 
 Beam, 15, 169. 
 Beam-filling, 15. 
 Beard, human, 10. 
 Bearing, 135, 168, 178. 
 Bearings, 31. 
 Beatification, 158. 
 Bed (architecture), 15. 
 
 Bcdagat, 194. 
 
 Beer, art of making, 22. 
 
 ]5elaying-pin, 169. 
 
 Belfry, 15. 
 
 Belles-Lcttres, 94. 
 
 Belloculus, 151. 
 
 Bell-Roof, 15. 
 
 Bells, art of ringing, 22. 
 
 Belvedere, 15. 
 
 Bend, 31. 
 
 Bendlet, 31. 
 
 Benediction, 158. 
 
 Benefice, 158. 
 
 Beneficiary, 158 
 
 Berm, 55. 
 
 Beryl, 151. 
 
 Beton, 15. 
 
 Bezant, 31. 
 
 Bible, science of interpreting the, 
 
 159. 
 Biblicism, 94. 
 Bibliography, 23. 
 Bibliopegy, 23. 
 Bile, 8. 
 Bill of Adventure, 37. 
 
 of Entry, 38. 
 
 of Exchange, 38. 
 
 of Lading, 38. 
 
 of Sale, 81. 
 Binary Compounds, 25. 
 Bind, 120. 
 Binnacle, 169. 
 Biography, 95. 
 Biology, 101. 
 Birds, classification of, 22. 
 
 habits of, 22. 
 
 science relating to, 22. 
 Bird's-eye view, 138. 
 Biscuit, 150, 178. 
 Bishop (painting), 135. 
 Biting-in, 49. 
 Bitts, 169. 
 Bivouac, 188. 
 Blanching, 51. 
 Blank Verse, 148. 
 Blazonry, 31. 
 Blending, 135. 
 Blockhouse, 188. 
 Blood, doctrineof motion of the, 106. 
 
 treatise on the, 105. 
 Bloodstone, 151. 
 Blue-Peter, 169. 
 Boast (sculpture), 178. 
 Bobstay, 169. 
 Body (painting) 135. 
 Body Politic, 63.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 201 
 
 Bomb-vessel, 174. 
 
 Bond, 15, 81. 
 
 Bonded Goods, .38. 
 
 Bones of the human body, treatise 
 
 on the, 10. 
 Boning, 15. 
 Bonnet, 56. 
 Boolv-binding, 23. 
 Books, knowledge of, 23. 
 Boom, 169. 188. 
 Bordure, 31. 
 Boreas, 126. 
 Boscage, 135. 
 Bosket, 151. 
 Boss, 178. 
 Bossage, 15. 
 Botanology, 146. 
 Botany, 142. 
 Bottomry. 38. 
 BoulderValls, 15. 
 Bowline, 170. 
 Bowsprit, 170. 
 Boxings of a Window, 15. 
 Brace, 170. 
 Brachiotomy, 180. 
 Brachvgraphy, 176. 
 Bragi."l26. 
 Brahma, 126. 
 Brail, 170. 
 
 Brain, human, treatise on the, 8. 
 Branched- work, 15. 
 Breach, ISS. 
 
 of Covenant, 81. 
 
 of Promise, 81. 
 
 of the Peace, 81. 
 
 of Trust, 82. 
 Breast, 120. 
 Breastfast, 179. 
 Breastwork, 56. 
 Brettices. 120. 
 Brevet Rank, 188. 
 Breviary, 158. 
 Brewing, 22. 
 Bricklaying, 24. 
 Bridge-head, 56. 
 Bridle-port, 170. 
 Brief (law), 82. 
 Brig, 174. 
 Brigade, 188. 
 Brigantine, 174. 
 Brokerage, 38. 
 Bromatography, 54. 
 Brontolog}', 6. 
 Bronzing, 26. 
 Brooch, 135. 
 Bryology, 146. 
 
 Bucolics, 148. 
 Buddha, 127. 
 Budding, 51. 
 Buddliug. 120. 
 Budget, 63. 
 Building, 24. 
 
 invention of designs for, 14. 
 
 of roads, bridges, canals, etc., 
 24. 
 
 science of, 14. 
 
 with taste. 24. 
 Bulkheads, 190. 
 Bullion, 38. 
 Bulls, 158. 
 
 Bunch (mining), 120. 
 Buntlines, 170. 
 Bureau, 03. 
 Bureaucracy, 63. 
 Burlesque, 44. 
 Burletta, 44. 
 Burrow, 120. 
 Bust, 178. 
 Buttress, 16. 
 By-Law, 82. 
 
 Cabinet, 63. 
 Cabiri, 127. 
 Cable-tier, 170. 
 Caboched, 31. 
 Caboose, 70. 
 Cabosse, 31. 
 Caduceus, 127. 
 Cairngorm-Stone, 151. 
 Caisson, 188. 
 Calcination, 26. 
 Calcographj', 49. 
 Calefaeient, 164. 
 Calibre, 188. 
 Calisthenics, 150. 
 Calkins, 154. 
 Calliop"e, 131. 
 Calloteehnics, 22. 
 Calorimeter, 26. 
 Calorimetrv, 26. 
 Calotvpe. 140. 
 Calypso, 127. 
 Camarilla. 63. 
 Cambistry, 37. 
 Cameo, 178. 
 Cameralistics, 64. 
 Camera Obscura, 140. 
 Campaign, 188. 
 Campanile, 16. 
 Campanology, 22. 
 Cancelli, 16.
 
 202 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Cancer, 73. 
 Canon, 158. 
 Cantata, 122. 
 Canteen, 1S8. 
 Canto, 148. 
 Canton, 31. 
 Cantonment?, 188. 
 Canzone, 122, 148. 
 Canzonet, 122. 
 Cajiias, 82. 
 Capital, 16. 
 Capitation Tax, 64. 
 Capitulation, 188, 
 Capnias, 151. 
 Capricorn, 73. 
 Caprification, 51. 
 Capstan, 170. 
 Cardiology, 8. 
 Carminative, 164. 
 Carnelian, 151. 
 Carpentrj', 24. 
 Carpology, 147. 
 Carrying Trade, 38. 
 Cartel, 188. 
 Cartilages, 8. 
 Cartography, 101. 
 Cartoon, 135. 
 Carving, 178. 
 
 art of, 177. 
 Caryatides, 16. 
 Case, 154. 
 
 Case-hardening, 108. 
 Casting, 178. 
 
 art of, 109 
 Castor, 127. 
 Castrametation, 188. 
 Castration, 180. 
 Casuistry, 158. 
 Catacousties, 177. 
 Catagraph, 136. 
 Catallactics, 38. 
 Catalotie, 164. 
 Catalysis, 26. 
 Catalytic, 164. 
 Cataplasm, 164. 
 Cateeheties, 79. 
 Cathartic, 164. 
 Cathead, 170. 
 Catheretic, 164. 
 Cathode, 46. 
 Catholes, 170. 
 Cation, 46. 
 Catoptrics, 92. 
 Cats-eye, 151. 
 Causalty, 120. 
 Causes, tinal, science of, 119. 
 
 Causes of all things existing, science 
 
 of the, 118. 
 science which investigates, 116. 
 Cautery, 164. 
 Cavalr}', 188. 
 Caveat, 82. 
 Cementation, 26. 
 Centaur, 127. 
 Cento, 148. 
 Cephalology, 8. 
 Ce|)halometer, 180. 
 Ceramics, 150. 
 Cerate, 139. 
 Ceraunics, 71. 
 Cerberus, 127. 
 Ceres, 127. 
 Cerography, 49. 
 Ceroplastic, 178. 
 Certiorari, 82. 
 Cetology, 12. 
 Chabasite, 152. 
 Chalcedony, 152. 
 Chalcedony X, 152. 
 Chalcography, 49. 
 Challenge, 82. 
 Chah-beate, 139. 
 Chamber, 120. 
 Chamber of Commerce, 38. 
 Champan, 174. 
 Chancel, 16. 
 Change, 38. 
 Chant, 122. 
 Chapel, 154. 
 
 Character, formation of, 117. 
 Charge, 46. 
 Charge d'Affaires, 64. 
 Charon, 127. 
 Charter, 82. 
 Charter Party, 82. 
 Charts, art of forming, 101. 
 Chase (printing), 154. 
 Chasing, 178. 
 Chasseurs, 188. 
 Chattels, 82. 
 Chekoa, 150. 
 Chemistry, 25. 
 Chcval-de-frise, 56. 
 Chevron, 31. 
 Chiaroscuro, 136. 
 Chief, 31. 
 Children, doctrine of nourishment 
 
 of, 106. 
 treatise on, 107. 
 Chimney, 16. 
 Chirography, 195. 
 Chirology, 79.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 203 
 
 Chironomy, 134. 
 
 Choir, 16. 
 
 Choledology, 8. 
 
 Chondrology, 8. 
 
 ChonJrotomy, 8. 
 
 Choral, 122. 
 
 Chord, 122. 
 
 Choregraphy, 42. 
 
 Chorography, 101. 
 
 Chorometrvj 102. 
 
 Chorus, 122. 
 
 Chretuatistics, 193. 
 
 Chrestomathj", 95. 
 
 Christianity, doctrines of, 159. 
 
 Christmas, 158. 
 
 Christology, 158. 
 
 Chrotnatology, 37. 
 
 Chromatj'pe, 140. 
 
 Chromo-Lithography, 154. 
 
 Chromo-Typography, 154. 
 
 Chronicle, 95. 
 
 Chronology, 184. 
 
 Chronometer, 184. 
 
 Chrysoberyl, 152. 
 
 Chrysolite, 152. 
 
 Chrysology, 193. 
 
 Chrysotype, 141. 
 
 Church building and decoration, 
 
 science of, 17. 
 Chyle, treatise on, 8. 
 Chylography, 8. 
 Cicatrization, 180. 
 Cid, 95. 
 Cimeter, 189. 
 Cionotomy, 180. 
 Circe, 127. 
 Circuit, 82. 
 Circular Roof, 16. 
 Circumincession, 158. 
 Circumvallation, 56. 
 Civil Law, 82. 
 Classic, 95. 
 
 Classification, laws of, 29. 
 Cleche, 32. 
 Cledge, 120. 
 Client, 82. 
 Climate, 30. 
 Climatology, 30. 
 Clio, 131. 
 Clipper, 174. 
 Cloff, 38. 
 Cloth, 30. 
 Clotho, 128. 
 Clouds, names of, 30, 
 Clough, 38. 
 Clustered Column, 16. 
 
 Clytie, 127. 
 
 Coats of Arms, 30. 
 
 Cockpit, 171. 
 
 Cockwater, 120. 
 
 Coda, 123. 
 
 Code, 82. 
 
 Codicil, 82. 
 
 Coe, 120. 
 
 Coffer, 16. 
 
 Cofferwork, 16. 
 
 Coffin, 154. 
 
 Cognovit, 82. 
 
 Coinage, 36. 
 
 Coining, 36. 
 
 Coins, in their relation to history, 36. 
 
 making and striking of, 36. 
 
 science of, 36. 
 Collateral Security, 38. 
 Collectanea, 95. 
 Colliery, 120. 
 Colonnade, 16. 
 Colophonite, 152. 
 Colorature, 123. 
 Coloring, 136. 
 
 Colors, art of applying vitrifiable, 
 37. 
 
 art of laying on, 134. 
 
 art of preparing, 134. 
 
 art of representing objects by, 
 134. 
 Colpotomy, 180. 
 Column, 16, 1S9. 
 Colure, 73. 
 Coma, 73. 
 Comedy, 44. 
 Comet, 73. 
 Commentary, 195. 
 Commerce, 37. 
 Commissariat, 189. 
 Commissure, 16. 
 Commitment, 82. 
 Common Law, 83. 
 Companion-way, 171. 
 Company, 189. 
 Compartments, 132. 
 Compendium, 95. 
 Composing, 154. 
 Composition, 136, 154. 
 Computation, art of, 102. 
 Concerto, 123. 
 Conchology, 168. 
 Conchyliometry, 168. 
 Concordance, 95. 
 Concrete, 16. 
 Concurrent, 184. 
 Conductor, 46.
 
 204 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Confection, 139. 
 Confoderation, 64. 
 Confirmation, 158. 
 Confiscation, 6-i. 
 Congress, 64. 
 Conic Sections, 102. 
 Conjunction, 73. 
 Conjuring, 42. 
 Conscience, doctrine of, 168. 
 Consecration, 159. 
 Conservatism, 64. 
 Conservatory, 123. 
 Conserve, 139. 
 Constellation, 73. 
 Constitution, 64. 
 Contempt, 83. 
 Con torn iati, 36. 
 Contour, 178. 
 Contourn§, 32. 
 Contraband, 39. 
 Contract, 83. 
 Contrast, 136. 
 Contravallation, 56. 
 Contumacy, 83. 
 Conveyance, S3. 
 Conveyancing, 83. 
 Coping, 17. 
 Copper-plate, 49. 
 Copy, 154. 
 Copyright, 83. 
 Corbeil, 56. 
 Cordon, 56. 
 Cornice, 17. 
 Corona, 115. 
 Corporation, 39. 
 Corposant, 115. 
 Corps, 189. 
 Corridor, 17. 
 Corrosive, 164. 
 Corvette, 174. 
 Corybantes, 127. 
 Cosmetology, 105. 
 Cosmogony, 45. 
 Cosmography, 45. 
 Cosmology, 45. 
 Cosmometry, 45. 
 Costeaning, 120. 
 Costs, 83. 
 Counterguard, 56. 
 Counter-irritant, 164. 
 Countermark, 36. 
 Counterpassant, 32. 
 Counterpoint, 123. 
 Counter Proof, 49. 
 Counterscarp, 56. 
 
 Countersign, 189. 
 
 Counter-Tenor, 123. 
 
 Counting by means of the fingers, 
 
 79. 
 Coup d'etat, 64, 
 Coupg, 32. 
 Courant, 32. 
 Courses, 171. 
 Court-martial, 189. 
 Court of Inquiry, 189, 
 Coussinet, 17. 
 Covenant, 83. 
 Craniology, 117. 
 Craniotomy, 180. 
 Creation, system of, 45. 
 Credentials, 64. 
 Creep, 120. 
 Crest, 32, 56. 
 Creux, 178. 
 Criticism, 95. 
 Critique, 95. 
 Crocket, 17. 
 Crosette, 17. 
 Cross-tining, 52. 
 Cross-trees, 171. 
 Crown-work, 56. 
 Crude, 136. 
 Cruiser, 174. 
 Crustaceology, 13. 
 Crypt, 17. 
 Cryptography, 195. 
 Cryptology, 79. 
 Crystallization, 26. 
 science of, 119. 
 Crystallogeny, 119. 
 Crystallography, 119. 
 Cuirassiers, 189. 
 Culinary Art, 54. 
 Cunabula, 23. 
 Cupid, 127. 
 Cupola, 17. 
 Curb-Roof, 18. 
 Curriculum, 79. 
 Curtain, 56. 
 Curtation, 74, 
 Customs, 39. 
 Cutter, 174. 
 Cutwater, 171. 
 Cycle, 184. 
 Cyclometry, 184. 
 Cyclone, 194. 
 Cyclopaedia, 95. 
 Cj'esiology, 105. 
 Cynosure, 75. 
 Cystotomy, 180.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 205 
 
 D. 
 
 Dactylography, 49. 
 Dactylology, 79, 167. 
 Dactylonomy, 79. 
 Daguerreotype, 141. 
 Dais, 17. 
 Damages, 83. 
 Damaskeening, 49. 
 Dancette, 32. 
 
 Dancing, art of representing, by 
 signs, 42. 
 treatise on, 42. 
 Daphne, 127. 
 Davit, 171. 
 Day-coal, 120. 
 
 Dead bodies, art of preserving, 43. 
 Dead Reckoning, 169. 
 Deaf and dumb language, 79. 
 Death, doctrine of, 43. 
 Debenture, 83. 
 De bonis non, 83. 
 Decalogue, 159. 
 Decameron, 95. 
 Deck, 171. 
 Declination, 74. 
 Declinometer, 46. 
 Decoction, 139. 
 Decree, 83. 
 Deeds, transfer, art of preparing, 
 
 83. 
 De facto, 83. 
 Defeasance, 83. 
 Default, 83. 
 Defendant, 83. 
 
 Definite proportions, doctrine of, 25. 
 Deforcement, 83. 
 Degraded, 32. 
 Deities, heathen, 125. 
 Delegate, 64. 
 Delf, 150. 
 Delos, 127. 
 Demi-Gorge, 5^. 
 Demi-Rilievo, 178. 
 Demise, 84. 
 Demitint, 136. 
 Democracy, 64. 
 Demulcent, 164. 
 Demurrage, 39. 
 Demurrer, 84. 
 Demy, 32. 
 Dendrology, 147. 
 Dendrometer, 54. 
 Dentifrice, 139. 
 Dentistry, 183. 
 Depolarization, 92. 
 
 Deposition, 84. 
 Derelicts, 84. 
 Derivative, 164. 
 Dermatology, 8. 
 Dermology, 8. 
 Descent, 32. 
 Desiccant, 164. 
 Design, 136. 
 
 art of, 44. 
 Desmology, 8. 
 Desmotomy, 8. 
 Detached, 136. 
 Detainer, 84. 
 Detergent, 164. 
 Detruncation, 180. 
 Dexter, 32. 
 Diacoustics, 176. 
 Diacrisiography, 8. 
 Diagnosis, 105. 
 Diagraphics, 44. 
 Dialect, 79. 
 Dialectics, 117. 
 Dialing, 43. 
 
 Dials, science relating to, 43. 
 Diamagnetism, 47. 
 Diamond, 152. 
 Diana, 127. 
 Diaphoretic, 164. 
 Diapyretic, 164. 
 Dichotomy, 74. 
 Dichroism, 92. 
 
 Dictionaries, art of composing, 97. 
 Didactic Poetry, 148. 
 Didactics, 79. 
 Diet (government), 64. 
 Diet, cure of diseases by, 105. 
 Dietetics, 105. 
 Diffraction, 93. 
 Digestion, doctrine of, 106. 
 Diluent, 164. 
 Dinarchy, 64. 
 Diocese, 159. 
 Dioptrics, 93. 
 Diorthosis, 180. 
 Diplomacy, 65. 
 Diplomas, science of, 195. 
 Diplomatics, 195. 
 Dirge, 123. 
 Disclaimer, 84. 
 Discount, 39. 
 Discutient, 165. 
 Diseases, art of distinguishing, 105. 
 
 art of preventing and curing, 
 104. 
 
 causes of, 105. 
 
 classification of, 106. 
 
 18
 
 206 
 
 IXDKX. 
 
 Diseases, discovery and application 
 of remedies lor, 107. 
 
 doctrine of endemic, 104. 
 
 doctrine of remedies for, 10-t. 
 
 generation and development of, 
 106. 
 
 judgment of, from examination 
 of the urine, lOG. 
 
 movement cure, lOJ. 
 
 nature and causes of. lOfi. 
 
 symptoms of, 107. 
 
 treatment of external, 180. 
 
 water cure, 105, 
 Disk, 74. 
 Dismembered, 32. 
 Dispensation, 159. 
 Displayed, 32. 
 
 Dissection of an animal body, 4.3. 
 Dissertation, 95. 
 Distances, art of measuring, 43. 
 Distemper, 136. 
 Distich, 148. 
 Distillation, 26. 
 Distillery, 27. 
 Distress (law), 84. 
 Distringas, 84. 
 Ditheism, 162. 
 Dithyramb, 148. 
 Diuretic, 165. 
 Dividend. 39. 
 
 Divine Things, science of, 119. 
 Division, 189. 
 Docimacy, 108. 
 Docimology, 108. 
 Dogmatics, 159. 
 Dome, 17. 
 Doris, 127. 
 Dormant, 32. 
 Dormer, 17. 
 
 Doses, doctrine of medicinal, 106. 
 Dower, 84. 
 Draft, 39. 
 Dragonnee, 32. 
 Dragoons, 189. 
 Drama, 43. 
 
 Dramatic poetry and representa- 
 tion, art of, 43. 
 Dramatis Personje, 44. 
 Dramaturgy, 43. 
 Drapery (painting and sculpture), 
 
 136, 178. 
 Drawing, 44. 
 
 Dreams, science of interpreting, 45. 
 Dress, treatise on, 105. 
 Dressings. 17. 
 Driftway, 120. 
 
 Drilling, 52. 
 Drugs, science of, 106. 
 Druse, 120. 
 Dryads, 126. 
 Dryness, 136. 
 Dualism, 162. 
 Duces Tecum, 84. 
 Duct, 123. 
 Dulocracy, 65. 
 Duodecimo, 23. 
 Dynamics, 103. 
 Dynasty, 65. 
 
 E. 
 
 Ear, the human, 10. 
 Earth, description of the several 
 parts of the, 45. 
 
 divisions of the surfaee, pro- 
 ductions, and inhabitants of 
 the, 61. 
 
 formation of the, 45. 
 
 knowledge of the, 45. 
 
 measurement of the, 45. 
 
 mineral constitution of the, 62. 
 
 origin of the, 45. 
 
 past conditions of the, 45. 
 
 physical laws of the, 45. 
 
 preparing the soil, planting, 
 eic, 51. 
 
 structure and parts of the, 45. 
 Earthenware, 150. 
 Earthquakes, science relating to, 
 
 46. 
 Easement, 84. 
 Eaves, 17. 
 Ecclesiology, 17. 
 Eccrinology, 8. 
 Echometer, 123. 
 Echometry, 177. 
 Eclipse, 74. 
 Ecliptic, 74. 
 Eclogue, 148. 
 Economics, 165. 
 Ectylotic, 165. 
 Ectypogrii])hy, 49. 
 Ecumenical Council, 159. 
 Ed.la, 95. 
 
 Editing, the profession of, 96. 
 Eggs, science of, 46. 
 Egyptology, 14. 
 Ejectment, 84. 
 Elastic Fluids, 7. 
 Electra, 127. 
 Electricity, agency of, 47. 
 
 chemical changes, 47.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 207 
 
 Electricity, deposition of metals by, 
 47. 
 
 diauiagnetic phenomena, 47. 
 
 effects of heat and, 71. 
 
 electrical forces in mesmerism, 
 47. 
 
 generated without friction, 47. 
 
 in equilibrium, 47. 
 
 in motion, 47. 
 
 principles of magnetism, 47. 
 
 science of, 46. 
 Electro-Biology, 47. 
 Electro-Chemistry, 47. 
 Electrode, 47. 
 Electro-Dynamics, 47. 
 Electrology, 46. 
 Electrolysis, 47. 
 Electrolyte, 47. 
 Electro-Magnet, 47. 
 Sllectro-Magnetism, 47- 
 Electro-Metallurgy, 47. 
 Electrometer, 47. 
 Electro-Physiology, 47. 
 Electro-Statics, 47. 
 Electrotint, 49. 
 Electrotypy, 185. 
 Electuary, 139. 
 Elements in nature, 27. 
 Eliquation, 108. 
 Elixir, laa. 
 Elocution, 69. 
 Eloquence, 79. 
 Em, 154. 
 Embalming, 43. 
 Embargo, 39. 
 Embossing, 49, 179. 
 Embracery, 84. 
 Embrasure, 57. 
 Embryology, 13. 
 Embrj'otomy, 180. 
 Emerald, 152. 
 Emergent Year, 184. 
 Emetic, 165. 
 Emission, 93. 
 Emmenagogue, 165. 
 Emollient, 165. 
 Empalement, 32. 
 Emplastic, 165. 
 Emporium, 39. 
 Emulsion, 139. 
 En, 154. 
 Enamel. .136. 
 Enamelling, 37. 
 Encaustic, 136. 
 Enceinte, 57, 84. 
 Encephalotomy, 8. 
 
 Enclave, 32. 
 Endemiologj', 105. 
 Endowment, 84. 
 Enema, 165. 
 Entiled, 33. 
 Engaged Columns, 17. 
 Engineer Corps, 189. 
 Engineering, Civil, 24. 
 
 Military, 55. 
 Enginery, 48. 
 
 Engines, art of managing, 48. 
 Engraving, 48. 
 
 after the manner of a drawing 
 in chalk, 49. 
 
 and inlaying iron and steel, 49. 
 
 by dot?, 50. 
 
 by galvanism, 49. 
 
 by lines, 49. 
 
 by lines crossing each other, 50. 
 
 copying works in relief, 49. 
 
 figures on precious stones, 49. 
 
 in relief, 49. 
 
 mezzotinto, 50. 
 
 on copper or brass, 49, 
 
 on gems, 49. 
 
 on glass, 50. 
 
 on gypsum, 50. 
 
 on steel, 50. 
 
 on stone, 50. 
 
 on wax, 49. 
 
 on wood, 50. 
 
 photographic, 49. 
 
 to resemble water-colors, 48. 
 Enigmatography, 167. 
 Enlistment, 189. 
 Ensign, 171. 
 Entablature, 17. 
 Ente, 33. 
 
 Enteradcnology, 8. 
 Enterology, 8. 
 Enterotomy, 8. 
 Entomology, 78. 
 Entrepots, 189. 
 Entry, 84. 
 Envelope (fort), 57, 
 Environno, 33. 
 Envoy, 65. 
 Eocene, 62. 
 Epact, 184. 
 Epaulement, 57. 
 Epaulet, 189. 
 Ephemeris, 95. 
 Epic, 149. . 
 Epicedium, 149. 
 Epidemics, 105. 
 Epidemiology, 105.
 
 208 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Epigraph, 95. 
 
 Epif,'raphics, 78. 
 
 Epilogue, 44. 
 
 Epiincthcus, 128. 
 
 Ejiirrhcology, 147. 
 
 Epismetology, 117. 
 
 Episode, 95, 149. 
 
 Epispastic, 165. 
 
 Epitome, 95. 
 
 Epoch, 184. 
 
 Epode, 149. 
 
 Equator, 61. 
 
 Equinox, 74. 
 
 Equitable Mortgage, 85. 
 
 Equity of Redemption, 85 
 
 Equivalent, 27. 
 
 Era, 184. 
 
 Eradicated, 33. 
 
 Erased, 33. 
 
 Erato, 131. 
 
 Erebus, 128. 
 
 Erect, 33. 
 
 Eris, 128. 
 
 Eros, 128. 
 
 Errhine, 165. 
 
 Escarpment, 57. 
 
 Eschatology, 117. 
 
 Escheat, 85. 
 
 Eseroll, 33. 
 
 Escrow, 85. 
 
 Escutcheon, 33. 
 
 Esplanade, 57. 
 
 Essay, 95. 
 
 Essence, 139. 
 
 Essorant, 33. 
 
 Estate, 85. 
 
 Estoppel, 85. 
 
 Etching, 49. 
 
 Ethereal Tincture, 139. 
 
 Ethics, 117. 
 
 Ethnology, 101. 
 
 Ethology, 117. 
 
 Etiolation, 52. 
 
 Etiology, 105. 
 
 Etymology, 68, 
 
 figures of, 69. 
 Eucharist, 159. 
 Euchology, 159. 
 Euclase, 152. 
 Eudiometer, 27. 
 Euphrosyne, 128. 
 Eurus, 128. 
 Eurydice, 128.. 
 Euterpe, 131. 
 Eutrophic, 165. 
 Evacuants, 165. 
 
 Evidence, 85. 
 Exchange, 39. 
 Exchanges, 38. 
 Excise, 39. 
 
 Excommunication, 159. 
 Excursus, 96. 
 Execution, 85. 
 Executor, 85. 
 Exegesis, 159. 
 Exequatur, 65. 
 Exercise, 60. 
 Exergue, 36. 
 Exorcism, 159. 
 Ex-part e, 85. 
 Expectorant, 165. 
 Exports, 40. 
 Ex post facto, 85. 
 Extract, 139. 
 Extradition, 65. 
 Extravaganza, 123. 
 Extreme Unction, 159. 
 Eye, the human, 159. 
 
 • F 
 
 Fable, 96. 
 
 Facetife, 96. 
 
 Faction, 65. 
 
 Faculae, 74. 
 
 Falconry, 70. 
 
 Fallow, 52. 
 
 Falsetto, 123. 
 
 Fanfare, 123. 
 
 Fang, 120. 
 
 Fantasia, 123. 
 
 Farce, 44. 
 
 Farming, 51. 
 
 Fascine, 57. 
 
 Fat (printing), 154. 
 
 Fatalism, 162. 
 
 Fata Morgana, 115. 
 
 Fates, the, 128. 
 
 Fatty parts of the human body, 11. 
 
 Fauna, 13. 
 
 Faunus, 128. 
 
 Febrifuge, 165. 
 
 Federal Government, 65. 
 
 Fee-simple, 85. 
 
 Felo-de-se, 86. 
 
 Felucca, 174. 
 
 Fermentation, doctrine of, 29. 
 
 Ferrotype, 141. 
 
 Fesse, 33. 
 
 Fetichism, 163. 
 
 Feudalism, 65. 
 
 Fevers, treatise on, 107. 
 
 Fiat, 86.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 209 
 
 Fiction, 96. 
 
 Field, 33. 
 
 Fieri fiieias, 86. 
 
 Figure-head. 171. 
 
 Fillet, 33. 
 
 Final causes, science of, 119. 
 
 things, doctrine of, 117. 
 Finale, 123. 
 Finance, science of, 64. 
 Finances, 65. 
 Fine, 86. 
 
 Fine Arts, philosophy of the, 116. 
 Fingering, 123. 
 Finial, 17. 
 Fire-damp, 120. 
 Fireworks, art of making, 53. 
 Fishes, artificial propagation of, 54. 
 
 classification of, 53. 
 
 science of, 53. 
 Fixed Stars, 74. 
 Flag-ship, 175. 
 Flank, 57, 190. 
 Flashing, 17. 
 Fleche, 57. 
 Flocking, 121. 
 Flora, 128, 147. 
 Floriculture, 52. 
 Flotant, 33. 
 Flotsam, 40. 
 Flowers, cultivation of, 52. 
 
 discourse on, 146. 
 
 elementary organs of fructifica- 
 tion, 143. 
 Flue, 18. 
 Fluids at rest, 104. 
 
 elastic, 6, 7, 104. 
 
 inelastic, 103. 
 
 in motion, 104. 
 
 of the human body, 9. 
 Flume, 121. 
 Flute-grafting, 52. 
 Flutes, 18. 
 Flutings, 18. 
 Flux, 108. 
 Focus, 93. 
 Fog, 115. . 
 Folio, 23. 
 Font, 154. 
 Food, 54. 
 
 art of preparing, 54. 
 
 description of articles of, 54. 
 
 nutrition of organized bodies, 
 54. 
 
 preservation of, by use of vin- 
 egar, 25. 
 
 science of good eating, 51. ' 
 
 18* 
 
 Footings, 18. 
 
 Forces, motive, 103. 
 
 Forecastle, 171. 
 
 Foreshortening, 136. 
 
 Forestay, 171. 
 
 Forestry, 54. 
 
 Forests, art of cultivating, 54. 
 
 Form, 154. 
 
 Formula, 27. 
 
 Fortifications, art of constructing, 
 
 etc., 55. 
 Fortune-telling, 60. 
 
 by communication with the 
 dead, 60. 
 
 by the lines of the hand, 60, 
 
 by the stars, 60. 
 Fosse, 57. 
 Fossil footsteps, 60. 
 
 organic remains, 61. 
 Fossils, science of, 60. 
 Fougasse, 57. 
 Founding, 109. 
 Fourneau, 57. 
 Fractures, doctrine of, ISO. 
 Fraise, 57. 
 Franchise, 65. 
 Freehold, 86. 
 Free Port, 50. 
 Freight, 40. 
 Fresco-Painting, 136. 
 Frey, 128. 
 Freya, 128, 
 Friese, 18. 
 Frigate, 175. 
 Frigorific, 165, 
 Frontispiece, 18. 
 Fruit, art of raising, 51. 
 Fruits, description of, 147. 
 Fugue, 123. 
 
 Fungi, science of the, 147. 
 Furies, the, 128. 
 Fusileer, 190. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gabion, 57. 
 Gabionnade, 57. 
 Gable, 18. 
 Gafi', 171. 
 Galaxy, 74. 
 Galiot, 175. 
 Galley, 154, 171. 
 Gallivat, 175. 
 Galvanism, 47. 
 Galvanology, 47. 
 Galvanometer, 47. 
 Games, science of, 61.
 
 210 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Gamut, 123. 
 
 Gangue, 121. 
 
 Ganymede, 128. 
 
 Garclant, 33. 
 
 Gardens, art of cultivating, 51. 
 
 Garnet, 152. 
 
 Garnishee, 86. 
 
 Garrison, 190. 
 
 Gases, density of vaporous, 6. 
 
 measurement of, 28. 
 Gas-fitting, 24. 
 Gasket, 171. 
 Gasometer, 27. 
 Gasometry, 28. 
 Gastrology, 8. 
 Gastronomy, 54. 
 Gastrotomy, 8, 180. 
 Gazette, 96. 
 Gazetteer, 96. 
 Gazons, 57. 
 Gemini, 74. 
 
 Genealogies, recording of, 30. 
 Generation, human organs of, 7. 
 Geocentric Parallax, 74. 
 Geodesy, 102. 
 Geogony, 45. 
 Geography, 61. 
 Geology, 62. 
 Geometry, 102. 
 Geonomy, 45. 
 Georgic, 149. 
 Geoscopy, 45. 
 Geronomy, 105. 
 Gestation, doctrine of, 105. 
 Gesticulation, 134. 
 Gilding, 24. 
 Girder, 18. 
 Glacis, 57. 
 
 Glass, art of setting, 63. 
 Glazing, 63, 136, 150. 
 Gleaning, 52. 
 Glebe, 121. 
 Glee, 124. 
 Glossary, 96. 
 Glossology, 8. 
 Glossotomy, 8. 
 Glyph, 18. 
 Glyptics, 49. 
 Glyptography, 50. 
 Gnomology, 96. 
 Gnomon, 43. 
 Gnomonics, 43. 
 Gnomonology, 43. 
 God, science of, 156. 
 Good Friday, 159. 
 
 Gorged, 'iZ. 
 Gorgona, 128. 
 
 Government, assumed by slaves and 
 base j)eople, 65. 
 
 branches of, 63. 
 
 by a woman, 65. 
 
 by several persons, 67. 
 
 by the aristocracy, 67. 
 
 by the common people, 67. 
 
 ecclesiastical, 66. 
 
 immediately by God, 68. 
 
 joint sovereignty, 68. 
 
 military, 68. 
 
 of several independent states 
 under one head, 65. 
 
 science of, 63. 
 
 vested in the people, 64, 67. 
 
 vested in one person, 66. 
 
 vested in one person uncon- 
 trolled, 63. 
 
 vested in two persons, 64. 
 
 vested in three persons, 68. 
 
 vested in five persons, 67. 
 
 vested in seven persons, 65. 
 
 vested in eight persons, 67. 
 
 with property qualifications, 
 68. 
 Grace, 129. 
 Gradation, 136. 
 Graeae, the, 129. 
 Grafting, 52. 
 Graining, 18. 
 Grammar, 68. 
 Grammatology, 117. 
 Grand Jury, 86. 
 Granulation, 81. 
 Graphiology, 195. 
 Graphotype, 155. 
 Grapline, 171. 
 Grapnel, 171. 
 Grasses, 146. 
 Grenadier, 190. 
 Ground, 136, 178. 
 Ground-tackle, 171. 
 Guidon, 190. 
 Gumption, 137. 
 Gunnel, 171. 
 Gunnery, 190. 
 Gunwale, 171. 
 Gymnastics, 51. 
 
 treatment of diseases by, 105. 
 Gynwocracy, 65. 
 Gynecology, 105. 
 Gypsography, 50.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 211 
 
 H. 
 
 Habeas Corpus, 86. 
 
 Hacking, 18. 
 
 Hading, 121. 
 
 Hagiology, 96. 
 
 Hail, 115. 
 
 Half-binding, 23. 
 
 Halo, 74. 
 
 Halyards, 171. 
 
 Hatniulryads, 129. 
 
 Hands, art of moving in oratory 
 
 and pantomime, 134. 
 Harmaltan, 194. 
 Harmonics, 124. 
 Harpies, 129. 
 Harrowing, 52. 
 Hatching, 50. 
 Hatchway, 172. 
 Haversack, 190. 
 Hawks, art of training, 70. 
 Hawse, 172. 
 Head, the human, S. 
 Health, science of preserving, 105. 
 
 use of water to promote, 105. 
 Haemospastic, 1 65. 
 Hearing, measurement of degrees 
 
 of, 177. 
 Heart, the human, 8. 
 Heat, art of measuring degrees of, 
 71. 
 
 eflfects of electricity and, 71. 
 
 mechanical action of, 72. 
 
 natural history of, 71. 
 
 science of, 71. 
 Heaven, 160. 
 Heavens, distant bodies in the, 73. 
 
 science relating to the, 72. 
 Hebe, 129. 
 Hedonism, 162. 
 Hegira, 184. 
 
 Heights, art of measuring, 102. 
 Heimdel, 129. 
 Hela, 129. 
 
 Heliocentric Parallax, 74. 
 Heliochromy, 141. 
 Heliogravure, 50. 
 Heliometer, 74. 
 Heliotrope, 151. 
 Heliotype, 141. 
 Hell, 160. 
 Hellenotype, 141. 
 Helminthology, 13. 
 Hemastatics, 105. 
 Hematolog}', 105. 
 Hemistich, 149. 
 
 Hepatology, 8. 
 Hepatotomy, 8. 
 Heptarchy, 65. 
 Hera, 129. 
 Heraldry, 30. 
 Hercules, 129. 
 Hereditaments, 86. 
 Hermeneutics, 96, 
 Hermes, 129. 
 Herpetology, 167. 
 Hierarchy, 65. 
 Hippopathology, 77. 
 Hipposteology, 77. 
 Hippotomv, 77. 
 Hip-Roof,"l8. 
 Histology, 9, 147. 
 Historiography, 96. 
 Historiology, 96. 
 History, treatise on, 96. 
 Histrionic Art, 44. 
 Hoar-frost, 115. 
 Hold, 72. 
 Holing, 121. 
 Hollow Square, 190. 
 Homography, 155. 
 Homology, 9. 
 Hooding, 70. 
 Hood-Moulding, 18. 
 Horizon, 74. 
 Hornwork, 58. 
 Horography, 43. 
 Horology, 185. 
 Horoscope, 60. 
 Horse, anatomy of the, 77. 
 
 diseases of the, 77. 
 
 osteology of the, 77. 
 
 training of the, 77. 
 Horsemanship, 77. 
 Horticulture, 51. 
 Ilorus, 129. 
 
 Household affairs, science of, 117. 
 Hulk, 172. 
 Ilumanics, 117. 
 
 Human nature, doctrine of, 117. 
 Hunting, 17. 
 Huntsmanship, 77. 
 Hurricane-deck, 172. 
 Husbandry, 52. 
 Hustings, 65. 
 Hyacinthus, 129. 
 Hyalography, 50. 
 Hyalotype, 141. 
 Hydragogue, 165. 
 Hydrates, 28. 
 Hydraulics, 103. 
 Hydrodj-naniics, 104.
 
 212 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Hydrography, 102. 
 
 medical, 105. 
 Hydrology, 193. 
 
 medical, 105. 
 Hydro-iMetallurgy, 108. 
 Hydromcteor, 1 15. 
 Ilydrometeorology, 6. 
 Hydrometer, 28. 
 Hydrometry, 28. 
 Hydropathy, 105. 
 Hydrostatics, 104. 
 Hyetography, 6. 
 Hygeia, 129. 
 Hygiene, 105. 
 Hygiology, 105. 
 Hygrology, 9. 
 Hygrometer, 6. 
 Hygroinetry, 6. 
 Hygroscope, 6. 
 Hylozoism, 117. 
 Hymen, 129. 
 Hymenograpby, 124, 
 Hymenotoiiiy, 129. 
 Hymns, science of writing 
 Hyperion, 129. 
 Hypnology, 176. 
 Hypodermatomy, 181. 
 Hypothecate, 86. 
 Hypotrachelium, 18. 
 Hj^psometry, 102. 
 Hysterology, 9. 
 Hysterotomy, 9. 
 
 I. 
 
 Ichnites, treatise on, 60. 
 Ichnography, 139. 
 Ichnology, 60. 
 Ichor, 129. 
 Ichthyology, 53. 
 Iconography, 14. 
 Iconology, 78. 
 Idealism, 117. 
 Ideography, 176. 
 Ideology, 79. 
 Idio-Eleotric, 48. 
 Idolatry, 163. 
 Idols, doctrine of, 78. 
 Iduna, 129. 
 Idyl, 149. 
 Ignis-fatuus, 115. 
 Iliad, 96. 
 Illaqueation, 13. 
 Images, doctrine of, 78. 
 Immaterialism, 117. 
 Immersion, 75. 
 
 124. 
 
 Impalement, 33. 
 Impanation, 160. 
 Impasting, 50. 
 Impasto, 137. 
 Impcachiucnt, 65. 
 Imports, 40. 
 Imposing, 165. 
 Impost, 40. 
 Impression, 137, 155. 
 Incarnation, 160. 
 Incarnative, 165. 
 Incensed, 33. 
 Incompatibles, 28. 
 Incunabula, 23. 
 Indenture, 86. 
 Indietion, 85. 
 Indictment, 86. 
 Induction, 48. 
 Indulgences, 160. 
 Indurans, 166. 
 Inebriant, 166. 
 Inescutcheon, 33. 
 Infallibilitv, 160. 
 Infantry, 190. 
 Infusion, 140. 
 Ingrailed, 33. 
 Ingress, 75. 
 Injunction, 86. 
 Inquest, 86. 
 
 Inscriptions, science of, 78. 
 Insects, classification of, 78. 
 
 dissection of, 78. 
 
 science of, 78. 
 Inspissant, 166. 
 Instruction, 79. 
 
 in questions and answers, 79. 
 Instrumentation, 124. 
 Insulation, 48. 
 Insulator, 48. 
 Intaglio, 170. 
 
 Intellectual facts, science of, 118. 
 Interdict, 160. 
 Interference, 71. 
 Interlacing Arches, 18. 
 Interlude, 44. 
 International Law, 66. 
 Interpleader, 86. 
 Interpretation, Literary, science of, 
 
 96. 
 Interregnum, 66. 
 Interrogatory, 87. 
 Intestinal glands, 8. 
 Intestines of the human body, 8. 
 Invoice, 40. 
 lo, 129. 
 Iridectomy, 181.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 213 
 
 Iris, 129. 
 Irradiation, 93. 
 Irrigation, 52. 
 Irritant, 166. 
 Ischuretic, 166. 
 Isis, 329. 
 Islamism, 160. 
 Isomerism, 28. 
 Issuant, 33. 
 Ivorytype, 141. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jamb, 18. 
 
 Janus, 129. 
 
 Jasper, 152. 
 
 Jessed, 34. 
 
 •Jetsam, 40. 
 
 Jib-boom, 172. 
 
 Joinery, 24. 
 
 Joints of the human body, 10. 
 
 Joint-Stock Company, 40. 
 
 Jointure, 87. 
 
 Joist, 18. 
 
 Journal, 96. 
 
 Journalisui, 96. 
 
 Jove, 129. 
 
 Judgment, 87. 
 
 Judiciary, 66. 
 
 Junk, 175. 
 
 Juno, 129. 
 
 Jupiter, 129. 
 
 Jurat, 87. 
 
 Jurisprudence, 80. 
 
 Medical, 87. 
 Jury, 87. 
 Jury-mast, 172. 
 Justifying, 155. 
 Justifying Bail, 87. 
 
 K. 
 
 Keel, 172. 
 Keelson, 172. 
 Keeping (paint), 137. 
 Ketch, 175. 
 
 Kidneys, the human, 9. 
 Kinematics, 104. 
 Kinesipathy, 105. 
 Knapsack, 190. 
 
 Knowledge, systematic view of all 
 branches of, 97. 
 theory of method or grounds 
 of, 117. 
 Koran, 96. 
 
 L. 
 
 Labyrinth, 108. 
 Lachesis, 128. 
 Lacquering, 109. 
 Lactifuge, 166. 
 Lacunar, 18. 
 Lancers, 190. 
 Lancet, 186. 
 Landscape, 137. 
 Landsturm, 190. 
 Land-warrant, 66. 
 Landwehr, 190. 
 Language, 79. 
 
 agreement and differences of 
 
 the various languages, 79. 
 communicating thoughts by 
 
 signs, 79. 
 counting by the fingers, 79. 
 deaf and dumb, 79. 
 modification of, 79. 
 origin and combination of 
 
 words, 80. 
 secret or enigmatical, 79. 
 Langued, 34. 
 Lanyard, 172. 
 Lares, 130. 
 Laryngology, 9. 
 Laryngotomy, 9. 
 Larynx, the human, 9. 
 Latitude, 61. 
 Latona, 130. 
 Law, civil, 117. 
 
 legislation and government, 
 
 science of, 67. 
 marine, 40. 
 maritime, 40. 
 martial, 66. 
 merchant, 87. 
 of nations, 87. 
 political, 117. 
 science of, 80, 
 Laxative, 166. 
 Lay, 149. 
 
 Lead (printing), 155. 
 Leader, 121. 
 Lease, 87. 
 Lectionary, 160. 
 Leda, 130. 
 Legacy, 87. 
 Legation, 66. 
 Legislature, 66. 
 Lengths, art of measuring, 43. 
 Lenitive, 166. 
 Lent, 100. 
 Leonine Verse, 149.
 
 214 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Lessee, 87. 
 
 Lessor, 87. 
 
 Letter of Mnrquc, 66. 
 
 Letters, art of writing, 91. 
 
 Leuoothca, 130. 
 
 Lexicography, 97. 
 
 Lexicology, 79. 
 
 Lexicon, 97. 
 
 Lexigraphy, 79. 
 
 Libra, 75. 
 
 Libretto, 124. 
 
 Lichenography, 147. 
 
 Lichens, natural history of the, 147. 
 
 Lien, 87. 
 
 Life, philosophy of human, 101. 
 
 science of, 117. 
 Lifc-Guards, 190. 
 Lift, 172. 
 
 Ligaments of the human body, 8. 
 Ligan, 87. 
 Light, action of, on bodies, 93. 
 
 and shade iu painting, 136. 
 
 colors of, 92. 
 
 corpuscuhxr theory of, 93. 
 
 laws of, 92. 
 
 measurement of, 93. 
 
 measurement of polarization of, 
 93. 
 
 reflected, 92. 
 
 refraction of, 93. 
 
 undulatory theory of, 94. 
 Light Horse, 190. 
 Lightning, 115. 
 Limbat, 194. 
 Limning, 137. 
 Lines, 58. 
 Linguistics, 79. 
 Liniment, 140. 
 LionccI, 34. 
 Lintel, 18. 
 Liquefacient, 166. 
 Liquidator, 84. 
 
 Liquids, art of determining the spe- 
 cific gravity of, 28. 
 Liquor, 140. 
 Literary interpretation, science of, 
 
 96. 
 Literature, 94. 
 Lithochromics, 155. 
 Lithogenesy, 119. 
 Lithography, 50. 
 Lithology, 62. 
 Lithoutriptic, 166. 
 Lithophotography, 155. 
 Lithotint, 155. 
 Lithotomy, 181. 
 
 Lithotrity, 181. 
 
 Liturgy, IfiO. 
 
 Liver, the human, 8. 
 
 Living bodies, science of functions, 
 
 etc., of, 101. 
 Lockrand, 18. 
 Lode, 121. 
 Lodged, 34. 
 Lodgment, 190. 
 Log, 169. 
 Logic, 117. 
 Logistics, 187. 
 Logography, 155. 
 Loki, 130. 
 Longimetry, 43. 
 Longitude, 61. 
 Loxodromics, 169. 
 Lueina, 130. 
 Lugger, 175. 
 Lug-sail, 172. 
 Lunation, 75. 
 Lunette, 58. 
 Lungs, the human, 10. 
 Luthern, 18. 
 
 Lj'mphatics of the human body, 9. 
 Lymphography, 9. 
 Lymphotomy, 10. 
 
 M. 
 
 Machines, science of moving, 104. 
 
 Maculic, 75. 
 
 Madrigal, 149. 
 
 Magazine, 97. 
 
 Magic, 42. 
 
 Magnetics, 48. 
 
 Magnetism, 48. 
 
 principles of, 48. 
 
 properties of the magnet, 48. 
 Magnetization, 48. 
 Magnitude, science of, 102. 
 Mahadeva, 130. 
 Mailed. 34. 
 Malacology, 13. 
 Malformations, 107. 
 Mammalogy, 99. 
 Mammal?, classification of, 09. 
 
 science of, 99. 
 Man, anatomy of, 7. 
 
 curing diseases of, 104. 
 
 dissection of, 7. 
 
 doctrine of remedies for re'ief 
 of. 104. 
 
 judging character of, hy lin- 
 eaments of body, 100. 
 
 natural races of, 101.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 215 
 
 Man, organs of, in life, 118. 
 
 science of, in his entire nature, 
 100. 
 Mandamus, 87. 
 Manege, 77. 
 Manes, 130. 
 Manifesto, 66. 
 Manner, 137. 
 Manometer, 6. 
 Manoscopy, 6. 
 Mansard-hoof, 18. 
 Mantel, 19. 
 Mantling, 34. 
 Manu, 130. 
 
 Manual Exercise, 190. 
 Manuscript, 97. 
 Maps, art of forming, 101. 
 March, 121. 
 Margin, 40. 
 Marine Law, 40. 
 Marines, 190. 
 Maritime Law, 40. 
 Marquetry, 19. 
 Mars, 130. 
 Marshalling, 34. 
 Martial Law, 66. 
 Martinets, 172. 
 Martingale, 172. 
 Martlets, 35. 
 Martyrology, 97. 
 Martyrs, history of, 97. 
 Masonry, 24. 
 Mastology, 13. 
 Masts, 172. 
 Materialism, 118. 
 Material substances, doctrine of, 
 
 119. 
 Materia Medic.-!, 105. 
 Mathematics, 102. 
 Matins, 160. 
 Matter, 155. 
 Maturant, 166. 
 Maxims, treatise on, 96. 
 Mazology, 13. 
 Mean, 75. 
 Measures and weights, science of, 
 
 40. 
 Mechanical Philosophy, 103. 
 Mechanics, 103. 
 MechanArgy, 104. 
 
 Medals, in their relation to historv, 
 36. 
 
 making and striking, 36. 
 
 science of, 36. 
 Medalurgy, 36. 
 Medical Jurisprudence, 87. 
 
 Medicine, 104. 
 
 art of preparing, 106. 
 Medusa, 130. 
 Mega3ra, 128. 
 Melicertes, 130. 
 Melodies, 124. 
 Melodrama, 44. 
 Melody, laws of, 124. 
 Melpomene, 131. 
 Member, 19. 
 
 Membranes of the human body, 9. 
 Membranology, 9. 
 Memory, art of assisting the, 107. 
 
 art of improving and using the, 
 107. 
 Mensuration, 102. 
 Mentor, 130. 
 Merchandise, 40. 
 Mercury, 130. 
 Meridian, 61. 
 Merlon, 68. 
 Merology, 9. 
 Mesmerism, 101. 
 Mesomelas, 152. 
 Metabolelogy, 106, 
 Metalepsy, 28. 
 Metallic lodes, process of discover- 
 
 ing, 120. 
 Metallocbromy, 109. 
 Metallography, 109. 
 Metalloids, 28. 
 Metallurgy, 108. 
 Metals, art of assaying, 108. 
 
 art of coloring, 109. 
 
 art of covering with lacquer, 
 109. 
 
 art of embossing on, 178, 
 
 art of examining by test, 108. 
 
 art of procuring from mines, 
 119. 
 
 art of refining, 108. 
 
 art of separating from their 
 ores, 108. 
 
 assaying by liquids, lOS. 
 
 classification of, 109. 
 
 description of, 109. 
 Metii phrase, 97. 
 Metaphysics, 118. 
 Metempsychosis, 162. 
 Metemptosis, 185. 
 Meteorology, 6. 
 Meteoroscopy, 75. 
 Meteors and atmospheric phenom- 
 ena, 114. 
 
 science of, 7. 
 Metis, 130.
 
 216 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Metre, 186. 
 Metrology, 40. 
 Mczzotinto, 50. 
 Micrology, 13. 
 Microphonics, 177. 
 Midwifery, science of, 106. 
 Military affairs, 187. 
 
 command, science of, 187. 
 
 forces, science of disjjosing, 
 187. 
 Militia, 191. 
 Milky Way, 75. 
 Milling, 36. 
 Mind, diseases of the, 106. 
 
 facts of the, 118. 
 
 judging by the configuration of 
 the skuil the, 142. 
 
 judging by the features the, 101. 
 
 laws of the, 118. 
 
 mesmeric sleep, 101. 
 
 powers and cultivation of the, 
 101. 
 
 science of, 117. 
 Mineralogy, 119. 
 Minerals, origin of, 119. 
 
 science of, 119. 
 
 structure of, 119. 
 Minerva, 130. 
 Mining, 119. 
 Ministry, 63. 
 Miocene, 62. 
 Mirage, 115. 
 Miscellany, 97. 
 Misprision, 88. 
 Missal, 160. 
 Mist, 116. 
 Mittimus, 88. 
 Mixture, 140. 
 Mnemonics, 107. 
 Mnemosyne, 130. 
 Mobilization, 191. 
 Modelling in wax, art of, 178. 
 Moineau, 58. 
 Mollusca, 11. 
 
 Mollusks, science of the, 13. 
 Momus, 130. 
 Monarchy, 66. 
 Money, stamped metallic, art of 
 
 making, 36. 
 Monodrame, 44. 
 Monody, 149. 
 Monorhyrae, 149. 
 Monostich, 149. 
 Monotheism, 162. 
 Monsoon, 194. 
 Monstrosities, 107. 
 
 Moon, 75. 
 
 surface of the, 76. 
 Morals, science of, 117. 
 Morbidezza, 137. 
 Moresque, 179. 
 Morpheus, 130. 
 Morphology, 147. 
 Mors, 130. 
 Mortg.age, 88. 
 Mortmain, 88. 
 
 Mosses, natural history of, 146. 
 Motion, effects of, 104. 
 
 law of, 116. 
 
 science of rotary, 104. 
 Motive forces, effects of, 103. 
 Motto, 34. 
 Mouldings, 19. 
 Mound, 34. 
 
 Mountains, science of, 61. 
 Movement, 124. 
 Mowing, 62. 
 Mulciber, 131. 
 Mullet, 34. 
 Mullion, 19. 
 ]\Iuniments, 88.. 
 Muscles of the human body, 9. 
 Muscology, 147. 
 Muses, 131. 
 Music, 122. 
 
 pitch of tones, 120. 
 
 symbolic writing of, 124. 
 Musical sounds, doctrine of, 124. 
 Musicography, 124. 
 Mycology, 147. 
 Myology, 9. 
 Myotomy, 9. 
 Mystagogy, 131. 
 
 Mysteries, interpretation of, 131. 
 Mythology, 125. 
 Myths, science treating of, 125. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nadir, 75. 
 
 Naiads, 131. 
 
 Naiant, 34. 
 
 Naissant, 34. 
 
 Names, science of, 134. 
 
 Narcotic, 166. 
 
 Nativity, 60. 
 
 Naturalism, 118. 
 
 Naturalization, 66. 
 
 Natural Philosophy, 118. 
 
 Nature, description of, 118. 
 
 order and course of, 45. 
 
 phenomena of, 118. 
 
 printing from, 155.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 217 
 
 Nature, science of human, 117. 
 
 Nave. 19. 
 
 Navigation, IfiS. 
 
 NebiilcU, 75. 
 
 Necromancy, CO. 
 
 Nemesis, 131. 
 
 Ne Exeat, 88. 
 
 Neology, 160. 
 
 Nephrology, 9. 
 
 Nephrotomy, 9. 
 
 Neptune, 131. 
 
 Nereids, 131. 
 
 Nereus, 131. 
 
 Nerves of the human body, 9. 
 
 philosophy of the sleep of the, ' 
 Neurology, 9. 
 Neurotomy, 9. 
 Neurypnology, 9. 
 Neutrality, 66. 
 Newel, 19. 
 Nimbus, 137. 
 Niobe, 131. 
 Node, 43. 
 Nodes, 75. 
 Noemics, 118. 
 Nog, 12. 
 
 Nolle Prosequi, 88. 
 Nombril, 34. 
 Nominalism, 118. 
 Nomology, 67. 
 Non Pros, 8. 
 Nonsuit, 88. 
 Noology, 118. 
 Nosology, 106. 
 Novel, 97. 
 Novitiate, 160. 
 Numbers, science of, 102, 
 Numismatics, 36. 
 Numismatography, 36, 
 Nutation, 76. 
 
 0. 
 
 Obligee, 88. 
 Obligor, 88. 
 Obstetrics, 106. 
 Obstruens, 166. 
 Obverse, 36. 
 Occultation, 76. 
 Oceanus, 131. 
 Ochlocracy, 67. 
 Octarchy, 67. 
 Octave, 124. 
 Octavo, 23. 
 Octo-decimo, 24. 
 Odors, treatise on, 106, 
 Odyssey, 97. 
 
 19 
 
 (Esophagotomy, 181. 
 
 Offertory, 160. 
 
 Old people, regimen for, 105. 
 
 Olfaction, treatise on, 106. 
 
 Oligarchy, 67. 
 
 Olympus (Mount), 131. 
 
 Ombrometer, 6. 
 
 Omphalotomy, 181. 
 
 Oncotomy, 181. 
 
 Oneirocrities, 45. 
 
 Ongl^e, 34. 
 
 Onomatology, 134. 
 
 Ontology, 118. 
 
 Onyx, 152. 
 
 Oology, 46, 
 
 Opal, 153. 
 
 Opalotype, 141. 
 
 Opera, 44. 
 
 Operation, 181. 
 
 Ophiology, 13. 
 
 Ophthalmia, science of, 106. 
 
 Ophthalmology, 9. 
 
 Ophthalmotology, 106. 
 
 Ophthalmotomy, 9. 
 
 Oppilative, 166, 
 
 Optics, 92. 
 
 Optimism, 118. 
 
 Optometer, 93. 
 
 Oracle, 131. 
 
 Oratorio, 44. 
 
 Oratory, 80. 
 
 science of, 69. 
 Orbit, 76. 
 
 Orchesography, 42. 
 Orchidology, 147. 
 Order (architecture), 19. 
 Ordinance, 69. 
 
 Ordinances of the Gospel, 161. 
 Ordinary, 34. 
 Ordination, 161. 
 Ordnance, 191. 
 Oreads, 131. 
 Organography, 147. 
 Organology, 13. 
 Oriel-Window, 19. 
 Orillon, 58. 
 Orismology, 184. 
 Ormuzd, 131. 
 Ornithology, 22. 
 Ornithoscopy, 23. 
 Orology, 61. 
 Oromasdes, 131. 
 Orpheus, 131. 
 Orthodromics, 169. 
 Orthoepy, 69. 
 Orthography, 44, 68.
 
 218 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Orthography, figures of, C9. 
 
 Orthoiiiotry, 80. 
 
 Orvctology, 61. 
 
 Osiris, 131. 
 
 Osinonosology, 106. 
 
 Osphrcsiology, 106. 
 
 Osteology, 10. 
 
 Ostcophisty, 181. 
 
 Osteotomy, 10. 
 
 Otology, 10. 
 
 Ototomy, 10. 
 
 Ourology, 106. 
 
 Outpost, 191. 
 
 Outworks, 58. 
 
 Ovariotomy, 118. 
 
 Overt Act, 88. 
 
 Ovology, 10. 
 
 Ovum, the human, 10. 
 
 Oxidation, 28. 
 
 P. 
 
 Pooan, 132. 
 Paideutics, 79. 
 Painting, 134. 
 
 art of distributing light and 
 shade in, 136. 
 
 in heated or burnt wax, 136. 
 
 scenery for a theatre, 138. 
 
 with vitrifiable colors on metal 
 plates, 136. 
 Palaeography, 195. 
 PaliBology, 13. 
 PaliBontology, 60. 
 Paloetiology, 45. 
 Pale, 34. 
 Pales, 132. 
 Palisades, 58. 
 Palisse, 34. 
 Pallas, 134. 
 Pallet, 34. 
 Palmistry, 60. 
 Paly, 35. 
 Pampero, 194. 
 Pamphlet, 97. 
 Pan, 132. 
 Pandect, 97. 
 Pandora, 132. 
 Panel, 88. 
 Panorama, 137. 
 Pantheism, 163. 
 Pantheology, 161. 
 Pantology, 97. 
 Pantomime, 44. 
 Paparchy, 161. 
 PapjTography, 155. 
 Parachronism, 185. 
 
 Paracrostic, 149. 
 Paradise, 161. 
 Parallax, 76. 
 Parapet, 58. 
 Paraphrase, 97. 
 Paraselene, 76. 
 Pargeting, 79. 
 Parlielion, 116. 
 Parian, 150. 
 Paring, 52. 
 Parley, 191. 
 Parody, 149. 
 Parole, 191. 
 Particeps criminis, 88. 
 Parturient, 166. 
 Party, 35. 
 Party- Wall, 19. 
 Pasigraphy, 195. 
 Pasquinade, 97. 
 Passant, 35. 
 Passive Commerce, 40. 
 Passover, 169. 
 Pass-Parole, 191. 
 Pasticcio, 137. 
 Pathogeny, 106. 
 Pathology, 106. 
 Pavilion, 19. 
 Pedestal, 19. 
 Pediment, 19. 
 Pedotrophy, 106. 
 Pegasus, 132. 
 Penal Laws, 88. 
 Penance, 161. 
 Penates, 132. 
 Pendant, 173. 
 Peneus, 132. 
 Penology, 156. 
 Penon, 35. 
 Pension, 67. 
 Pentarchy, 67. 
 Pentecost, 161. 
 Pent-Roof, 20. 
 Penumbra, 76, 137. 
 Peptic, 166. 
 Peptics, 106. 
 Percussion, 106. 
 Periecian, 61. 
 Perigee, 76. 
 Perihelion, 76. 
 Periscian, 61. 
 Peristyle, 20. 
 Persephone, 132. 
 Personal Estate, 88. 
 Personaltj', 88. 
 Perspective, science of, 138, 
 Perspectograpby, 138.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 219 
 
 Pessimism, 118. 
 
 Petrology, 62. 
 
 Pharmaceutical Preparations, 139. 
 
 Pharmaceutics, 106. 
 
 Pharmacology, 106. 
 
 Pharmacy, 106. 
 
 Pharyngology, 10. 
 
 Pharynx, the human, 10. 
 
 Pheon, 35. 
 
 Philology, 80. 
 
 Philosophy, 116. 
 
 mechanical, 103. 
 
 moral, 117. 
 
 natural, 118. 
 Phlebology, 10. 
 Phlebotomy, 181. 
 Phoebus, 132. 
 Phonascetics, 106. 
 Phonetics, 177. 
 Phonics, 177. 
 Phonograph, 177. 
 Phonography, 176. 
 Phonology, ioi. 
 Photogalvanography, 185. 
 Photogeny, 141. 
 Photographs, 140. 
 Photography, 93, 140. 
 Photology, 93. 
 Photometer, 93. 
 Photometry, 93. 
 Photozincography, 141. 
 Phrenology, 142. 
 Physianthropv, 101. 
 Physico-Theology, 161. 
 Physics, 118. 
 Physiognomy, 101. 
 Physiography, 118. 
 Physiology, 101. 
 Phytochimy, 147. 
 Phytogeny, 147. 
 Phytogeography, 147. 
 Phytoglyphy, 155. 
 Phytography, 147. 
 Phytolithology, 147. 
 Phytology, 147. 
 Phytonomy, 147. 
 Phytopathology, 147. 
 Pi, 155. 
 Piazza, 20. 
 Picket, 191. 
 Pickets, 58. 
 Pictures, art of producing, by light 
 
 upon a prepared surface, 140. 
 Pilaster, 20. 
 Pill, 140. 
 Pillars, art of writing on, 195. 
 
 Pindaric, 119. 
 
 Pinnace, 175. 
 
 Pinnacle, 20. 
 
 Pioneer, 191. 
 
 Placer, 121. 
 
 Plaint. 88. 
 
 Plaintiff, 88. 
 
 Planchet, 36. 
 
 Planet, 76. 
 
 Plants, chemistry of, 147. 
 
 classification of, 142. 
 
 diseases of, 147. 
 
 elementary organs of fructifica- 
 tion of, 143. 
 
 fossil, 147. 
 
 generation of, 147. 
 
 geography of, 147. 
 
 influence of external agents on, 
 147. 
 
 kinds and properties of, 147. 
 
 metamorphosis of organs of, 
 147. 
 
 microscopic, 13. 
 
 minute tissues of, 147. 
 
 orchidaceous, 147. 
 
 organs of, 147. 
 
 origin and growth of, 147. 
 
 science of, 142. 
 
 synopsis of classes of, 146. 
 Plashing, 52. 
 Plasma, 153. 
 Plaster, art of forming figures in, 
 
 179. 
 Plastic Art, 179. 
 Plastography, 179. 
 Plate, 20. 
 
 Plate-Printing, 155. 
 Plea, 88. 
 
 Pleiades, 76, 132. 
 Pleistocene, 62. 
 Plenipotentiary, 67 
 Pleochroism, 93. 
 Pliocene, 62. 
 Ploughing, 52. 
 Plumbing, 24. 
 Plumming, 121. 
 Pluto, 132. 
 Plutus, 132. 
 Pneumatics, 104. 
 Pneumology, 10. 
 Pneumotomy, 10. 
 Poems, art of composing, 148. 
 Poesy, 148. 
 Poetic Feet, 186. 
 Poetry, 148. 
 Pogonology, 10.
 
 220 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pointing, 179. 
 
 Poisoning, science which treats of, 
 
 107. 
 Polaiiinctry, 93. 
 Poles, 01. 
 Policy, 40, 67. 
 Political Economy, 65. 
 
 Science, 68. 
 Politics, 63. 
 Polity, 67. 
 Pollux, 127. 
 Polyacoustics, 177. 
 Polychrome Printing, 156. 
 Polycbromy, 179. 
 Polygarchy, 67. 
 Polyglot, 97. 
 Polygraphy, 195. 
 Polyhymnia, 131. 
 Polystyle, 20. 
 Polytheism, 163. 
 Pomology, 51. 
 Pomona, 132. 
 Pontificate, 161. 
 Porcelain, 151. 
 Porch, 20. 
 Pornography, 137. 
 Portico, 20. 
 Portuniis, 132. 
 Pose, 35. 
 Poseidon, 132. 
 Posology, 106. 
 Posse Comitatus, 88. 
 Postern, 58. 
 Posthetomy, 181. 
 Potamology, 61. 
 Pottery, art of, 150. 
 Pouch, 191. 
 
 Power of Attorney, 89. 
 Prreliography, 191. 
 Pratique, 40. 
 Preamble, 89. 
 Precept, 89. 
 
 Precession of Equinoxes, 76. 
 Precious Stones, 151. 
 Preface, 97. 
 Prescription, 89, 
 Price-current, 41. 
 Primacy, 101. 
 Primage, 41. 
 Primary Assembly, 67. 
 Printing, art of, 154. 
 
 by heated metallic cylinders, 
 156. 
 
 from an engraved plate, 156. 
 
 from letter-press in colors^ 154. 
 
 from nature, 155. 
 
 Printing from photographs on stone, 
 155. 
 
 in colors, 154. 
 
 in one or more colors, 150. 
 
 on stereotype, 1 56. 
 
 upon canvas in oil, 155. 
 Privateer, 175. 
 
 Prizc-Fighting, science of, 61. 
 Probate, 89. 
 Process (law), 89. 
 Proemptosis, 185. 
 Profile, 179. 
 Prohibition, 89. 
 Projectiles, art of using, 187. 
 Projection, 139. 
 Prometheus, 132. 
 Promissory Note, 41. 
 Pronunciation, 69. 
 Proof, 50, 156. 
 Prophylactic, 106. 
 PrQplasticc, 108. 
 Prose, 97. 
 Proserpine, 133, 
 Prosody, 68. 
 
 figures of, 69. 
 Prostyle, 20. 
 Protest, 41. 
 Proteus, 133. 
 Prothesis, 182. 
 Protocul, 67. 
 Protophyte, 148. 
 Protophj'tes, science of, 148. 
 Protophytology, 148. 
 Prow, 173. 
 Psalmody, 124. 
 Psalms, art of singing, 124. 
 Psyche, 133. 
 Psychism, 118. 
 Psychology, 101. 
 Psychonosology, 106. 
 Psychrometer, 7. 
 Puddling, 108. 
 
 Pulse, doctrine of human, 10, 
 Punctuation, 68, 69. 
 Punishments, science of public, 156. 
 Puratia, 97. 
 Purgative, 166. 
 Purgatorv, 161. 
 Purlin, 20. 
 Purview, 89. 
 Pyrelology, 107. 
 Pyrography, 156. 
 Pyrology, 7. 
 Pj-rometcr, 104. 
 Pyrometry, 71. 
 Pyronomics, 71.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 221 
 
 Pyroscope, 7. 
 Pyrotechnics, 53. 
 
 Quantity, science of, 102. 
 Quantum \ alebat, 89. 
 Quarantine, 41. 
 Quarter, 191 . 
 Quarter-deck, 173. 
 Quartering, 35. 
 Quarters, 191. 
 Quartette, 124, 149. 
 Quarto, 24. 
 Quatrain, 149. 
 Quatre-foil, 35. 
 Quietism, 118. 
 Quintette, 124. 
 Quirinus, 133. 
 Qui Tam, 89. 
 Quorum, 89. 
 Quo Warranto, 89. 
 
 B. 
 
 Rabdology, 102. 
 
 Races of mankind, science of, 117. 
 
 Radiant, 93. 
 
 Radiata, 12. 
 
 Radiation, 71. 
 
 Radical, 28. 
 
 Rafter, 20. 
 
 Raguled, 35. 
 
 Rain, 116. 
 
 geographical distribution of, 6, 
 Rainbow, 116. 
 Ramp, 58. 
 Rampant, 35. 
 
 Gardant, 35. 
 
 Regardant, 35. 
 Rampart, 58. 
 Rationalism, 163. 
 Ratlines, 173. 
 Rayonnant, 35. 
 Reiil Estate, 89. 
 Realism, 119. 
 Reality, 89. 
 Reasoning, rules of, 117. 
 
 science of, 117. 
 Reciprocity, 67. 
 Recitative, 124. 
 Reckoning, 169. 
 Reclination, 182. 
 Reconnoissance, 191. 
 Redemption, 41. 
 
 Redoubt, 59. 
 
 Reduction, 109, 182. 
 
 Re-entering Angle, 59. 
 
 Re-exchange, 41. 
 
 Refining, 109. 
 
 Reflection, 93. 
 
 Refraction, 93. 
 
 Refrain, 150. 
 
 Refrangibility, 93. 
 
 Refrigerant, 166. 
 
 Regardant, 35. 
 
 Regency, 67. 
 
 Regiment, 191. 
 
 Register, 41. 
 
 Rejoinder, 89. 
 
 Relief, 137, 179. 
 
 Religion, systems of, 162. 
 
 Remainder (law), 89. 
 
 Remedial Agents, 163. 
 
 Renaissance, 137. 
 
 Renverse, 35. 
 
 Repellent, 166, 
 
 Replevin, 90. 
 
 Replica, 137. 
 
 Repose, 137. 
 
 Reprieve, 90. 
 
 Reprint, 156. 
 
 Reptiles, classification of, 167. 
 
 science of, 167. 
 Republic, 69. 
 Requiem, 124. 
 Reredos, 20. 
 Resection, 182. 
 Reserve Corps, 62. 
 Respondentia, 41, 
 Retirade, 59. 
 Retraxit, 90. 
 
 Retrocession of Equinoxes, 76. 
 Reveille, 191. 
 Revenue, 68. 
 
 public, science of, 64, 
 Reverse, 36. 
 Reversion, 41, 90, 
 Revetment, 59. 
 Review, 97, 192, 
 Revise, 155. 
 Rhetoric, 69. 
 
 figures of, 69, 
 Rhinoplasty, 182. 
 Rhythmics, 124. 
 Ricochet, 192. 
 Riddles, art of making or solving, 
 
 167. 
 Rider, 121. 
 Ridge, 59. 
 Ringing (agriculture), 52.
 
 222 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ring?, finger, history and quality 
 
 of. 1C7. 
 RitorncUc, 124. 
 Ilitual, 101. 
 
 Koasting (metallurgy), 109. 
 Rocks, mineral aspects of, G2. 
 
 stratified, 62. 
 Romance, 98, 124, 
 Romanesque, 138. 
 Romanza, 124. 
 Rondeau, 124. 
 Rood-Tower, 20. 
 Rose-window, 20. 
 Roster, 192. 
 Rotary motion, 104. 
 Rotunda, 20. 
 Rousant, 35. 
 Rubefacient, 166. 
 Rubric, 98. 
 Ruby, 153. 
 Rudder, 173. 
 Rule (law), 90. 
 Rustic-work, 20. 
 
 Sabaism, 163. 
 Sabianism, 161. 
 Sabre, 192. 
 Sabre-tasehe, 192. 
 Saccbarometer, 28. 
 Sacellum, 21. 
 Sacraments, 161. 
 Sadda, 9S. 
 Saddle Roof, 21. 
 Safeguard, 192. 
 Sagittarius, 76. 
 Saic, 175. 
 Sailing, art of, 16S. 
 
 by compound courses, 169. 
 
 oblique, 169. 
 
 on the arc of a great circle, 169. 
 Salient, 35. 
 
 angle, 59. 
 Saltier, 35. 
 Salts, 29. 
 Salute, 192. 
 Salvage, 41. 
 Salvo, 192. 
 Samiel, 194. 
 Sapphire, 153. 
 
 yellow, 153. 
 Sarcology, 10. 
 Sard, 153. 
 Sardonyx, 153. 
 Satellite, 76. 
 
 Satire, 98. 
 
 Saturn, 133. 
 
 Scabbard, 192. 
 
 Scale, 124. 
 
 Scarification, 182. 
 
 Scarificator, 182. 
 
 Scene- Painting, 138. 
 
 Scenography, 139. 
 
 Schooner, 175. 
 
 Sciagraphy, 21, 138, 185. 
 
 Scioptics, 94. 
 
 Scire Facias, 90. 
 
 Score (music), 124. 
 
 Scorpio, 76. 
 
 Script, 156. 
 
 Sculpture, 177. 
 
 Scumbling, 138. 
 
 Scuppers, 173. 
 
 Scuttle, 173, 
 
 Sea, art of sounding depths in, 167. 
 
 influence of, on health, 105. 
 Seals, science of, 168. 
 Seamanship, 169. 
 Search-Warrant, 90. 
 Secondary, 76. 
 Secretory Organs, human, 8. 
 Sedative, 166. 
 Seeds, 147. 
 Seeling, 70. 
 Seismology, 46. 
 Sejant, 36. 
 Selenography, 76. 
 Seme, 36. 
 Semele, 133. 
 Senate, 68. 
 Senses, 7. 
 Sepoys, 182. 
 Serapis, 133. 
 Sericulture, 176. 
 Serpents, natural history of, 13. 
 Sextain, 150. 
 Sexto-dccimo, 24. 
 
 Shadows, art of ascertaining the 
 hours by, 185. 
 
 art of casting and delineating, 
 138. 
 Shaft, 21. 121. 
 Shallop, 175. 
 Shambles, 121. 
 Shasta. 98. 
 Sheet (ships), 173. 
 Shells, science of, 168. 
 
 science of measuring, 168. 
 Ships, art of managing, 169. 
 
 art of sailing. 168. 
 
 names of, 174.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 223 
 
 Short-hand writing, 173, 176. 
 Shroffage, 37. 
 Shrouds, 173. 
 Sialogogue, 166. 
 Siderography, 50. 
 Sign {astion()m.y), 75. 
 Signal Service, 192. 
 Signature (music), 125. 
 Silk-worms, cultivation of, 176. 
 Sill, 21. 
 Sillon, 59. 
 Simoon, 194. 
 Sinister, 36. 
 Sirens, 133. 
 Sirocco, 194. 
 Site, 59. 
 Siva, 133. 
 Skeletology, 10. 
 Skepticism, 161. 
 Skewback, 21. 
 Skin of human body, 8. 
 Skirmish, 192. 
 
 Skull, phrenological formation of, 
 142. 
 
 structure of, 117. 
 Sleep, doctrine of, 176. 
 Sloop, 175. 
 Sloop-of-War, 175. 
 Smell, diseases of sense of, 106. 
 Smelting, 109. 
 Snow, 116, 175. 
 
 Society, science relating to, 119. 
 Sociology, 176. 
 Socle, 21. 
 
 Solids, art of measuring, 103. 
 Solo, 125. 
 Solstice, 79. 
 Somatology, 119. 
 Somnus, 133. 
 Sonata, 125. 
 
 Songs, art of writing, 148. 
 Sonnet, 150. 
 Sonometer, 177. 
 Soprano, 125. 
 Sortie, 192. 
 Sorts, 156. 
 Soteriology, 162. 
 Soul, doctrine of the, 118. 
 Sounds, duration of, 177. 
 
 harmonical, 122. 
 
 length of musical, 124. 
 
 magnifjing low, 177. 
 
 multiplication of, 179. 
 
 musical, 122. 
 
 reproduction of, at a distance, 
 177. 
 
 Sounds, science of, 176. 
 Spanker, 173. 
 Span-Koof, 21. 
 Spars, 173. 
 Specific, 167. 
 Specific Duty, 41. 
 
 Gravity, 28. 
 Speetrology, 29. 
 Spectroscope, 94. 
 Spectrum, 94. 
 Speech, parts of, 68. 
 Spelling, 68. 
 Spencer, 173. 
 Sperm, 107. 
 Spermatology, 107. 
 Sphere, doctrine of the, 103. 
 Spherics, 103. 
 Sphinx, 133. 
 Sphragistics, 168. 
 Sphygmology, 10. 
 Spiders, science of, 78. 
 Spirometer, 107. 
 Spleen, human, 10. 
 Splenology, 10. 
 Splenotoni}', 10. 
 Squad, 192. 
 Squadron, 193. 
 Staff (music), 125. 
 Stamp-duty, 41. 
 Stamping-mill, 121. 
 Stanza, 150. 
 Staphyloplastic, 182. 
 Staphylotomy, 182. 
 Star, 77. 
 Star Forts, 59. 
 Stars, magnitude of the, 73. 
 
 observation of the, 73. 
 
 science of the, 73. 
 
 science of describing the, 73. 
 
 worship of the, 157. 
 Statics, 104. 
 Statistics, 68. 
 
 science of, 68. 
 Statistology, 68. 
 Statuar}% 177. 
 
 ancient art of coloring, 179. 
 Stay, 173. 
 Stay-sail, 173. 
 Steam, 7, 104. 
 Steeple, 21. 
 Steerage, 173. 
 Steganography, 195. 
 Stelographv, 195. 
 Stemplcs, 121. 
 Stenography, 176. 
 Sleicochrouiy, 138.
 
 224 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Stereography, 45. 
 
 Stereometry, 103. 
 
 Stereoscope, art of using or of con- 
 structing the, 179. 
 
 Stereoscopy, 179. 
 
 Stereotypography, 156. 
 
 Stereotypy, 185. 
 
 Sterling, 41. 
 
 Still-life, 138. 
 
 Stimulant, 167. 
 
 Stippling, 50. 
 
 Stockade, 59. 
 
 Stoichiometry, 193. 
 
 Stomach, human, 8. 
 
 Stones, Precious, 151. 
 
 Strabotomy, 182. 
 
 Stratarithmetry, 193. 
 
 Strategetics, 187. 
 
 Strategy, 187. 
 
 Stratocracy, 68. 
 
 Stratography, 193. 
 
 Strength (painting and sculpture), 
 138,179. 
 
 Striae, 21. 
 
 String (mining) 121. 
 
 Stromatology. 62. 
 
 St. Stephen's-Stone, 153. 
 
 Studding-sail, 173. 
 
 Study (painting and sculpture), 138, 
 179. 
 
 Stulm, 121. 
 
 Styptic, 167. 
 
 Styx, 133. 
 
 Sublimation, 29. 
 
 Subpoena, 90. 
 
 Sub-salt, 29. 
 
 Sub-style, 43. 
 
 Suit, 90. 
 
 Summons, 90. 
 
 Sump, 121. 
 
 Sun, 77. 
 
 Sunday, 162. 
 
 Supersedeas, 90. 
 
 Supporters, 36. 
 
 Supra-protest, 41. 
 
 Surfaces, mensuration of, 102. 
 
 Surgery, 80. 
 
 Surveying, 103. 
 
 Surya, 133. 
 
 Suture, 182. 
 
 Sylvanus, 133. 
 
 Symbol, 29. 
 
 Symbology, 183. 
 
 Symbols, art of expressing by, 183. 
 
 Symphony, 125. 
 
 Symphyseotomy, 181. 
 
 Symptomatology, 107. 
 Symptoms of diseases, 107. 
 Synarchy, 68. 
 Synchronism, 138. 
 Synchronology, 185. 
 Synod, 162. 
 Synosteology, 10. 
 Syntax, 68. 
 
 figures of, 69. 
 Synthesis, 29, 182. 
 Sj'philization, 107. 
 Syringotomy, 182. 
 
 Syzygy, 77. 
 
 T. 
 
 Tablature, 138. 
 
 Tachygraphy, 195. 
 
 Tackle (ships), 173. 
 
 Tactics, 187. 
 
 Taftrail, 174. 
 
 Tailings, 121. 
 
 Tallowing, 52. 
 
 Talmud, 98. 
 
 Talus, 59. 
 
 Tambour, 21, 59. 
 
 Tamping, 121. 
 
 Tanning, 91. 
 
 Tare, 42. 
 
 Tariff, 42. 
 
 Tarsorraphy, 182. 
 
 Tarsotomy, 182. 
 
 Tartan (ship), 175. 
 
 Tartarus, 133. 
 
 Tattoo, 193. 
 
 Tawing, 91. 
 
 Taxidermy, 13. 
 
 Taxis, 21, 183. 
 
 Taxonomy, 29. 
 
 Teaching, art of, 79. 
 
 Technics, 22. 
 
 Technology, 22. 
 
 Tecnology, 107. 
 
 Tectonics, 24. 
 
 Teeth, art of extracting, etc., 183. 
 
 treatise on, 9. 
 Telegraph, art of communicating 
 
 by, 183. 
 Telegraphy, 183. 
 Teleologj', 119. 
 Telephone, 177. 
 Telephony, 177. 
 Telestich, 150. 
 Tellus, 133. 
 Telotvpe. 183. 
 Tenail, 59.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 225 
 
 Tcnaillon, 59. 
 Tenotomy, 183. 
 Teratology, 107. 
 Terminology, 184. 
 Terminus, 133. 
 Terms, 184. 
 Terpsichore, LSI. 
 Terra-cotta, 151. 
 Terre-plein, 59. 
 Testator, 90. 
 Tetanic, 197. 
 Tete-de-pont, 60. 
 Tethys, 133. 
 Tetrapla, 98. 
 Text-book, 98. 
 Thalia, 128, 131. 
 Thanatology, 167. 
 Thaumaturgics, 42. 
 Theism, 167. 
 Themis, 133. 
 Theocracy, 68. 
 Theodicy, 119. 
 Theogony, 133. 
 Theology, 156. 
 Therapeutics, 107. 
 Thermochrosy, 71. 
 Thcrmo-Dynamies, 72. 
 Thermo-Electricity, 48. 
 Thermogen, 72. 
 Thermo-Magnctism, 48. 
 Thermotics, 71. 
 Theurgy, 42. 
 Thor, 133. 
 Thoth, 133. 
 Thrashing, 52. 
 Threnody, 150. 
 Threpsology, 54. 
 Thunder, 6. 
 Tierce, 36. 
 Tillage, 63. 
 
 Time, ascertainment of, by shadows, 
 185. 
 
 civil distinctions of, 184. 
 
 machines for indicating, 185. 
 
 measurement of, by cycles, 184. 
 Timocracy, 68. 
 Tincture, 140. 
 Tiralleurs, 193. 
 Tisiphone, 128. 
 
 Tissues of the human body, 9. 
 Titiins, 134. 
 Tithonicity, 94. 
 Tocology. 107. 
 Token, 37, 156. 
 Tone (painting), 138. 
 Tongue-grafting, 63. 
 
 K* 
 
 Tongue, the human, 8. 
 Tonic, 167. 
 Tontine, 42. 
 Topaz, 153. 
 Top-dressing, 53. 
 Topiary-work, 63, 
 Topography, 102. 
 Topology, 107. 
 Toreumatology, 177. 
 Tornado, 194. 
 Torrefaction, 109. 
 Torso, 179. 
 Tort, 90. 
 Torus, 21. 
 Tossing, 109. 
 Tout Ensemble, 138. 
 Toxicology, 107. 
 Tracery, 21. 
 Tracheotomy, 183. 
 Trade-mark) 174. 
 Trade-wind, 194. 
 Tragedy, 44-. 
 Transit-duty, 42. 
 Transom, 21. 
 Transubstantiation, 162. 
 Transverse, 60, 90. 
 Traverse-Sailing, 169. 
 Travesty, 98. 
 Treasure Trove) 91. 
 Treatise, 98. 
 Treble, 125. 
 Trees, cultivation of, 51. 
 
 natural history of, 147. 
 
 raising, by layers, 61. 
 Trench, 60. 
 Trenching, 53. 
 Trepanning, 183. 
 Trestle-work, 2L 
 Tret, 42. 
 Triarchy, 68. 
 Trigonometry, 103. 
 Trinitarianism, 163, 
 Trinity, 162. 
 Trio, 125. 
 Triolet, 150. 
 Triplet, 150. 
 Tritheism, 163. 
 Triton, 134. 
 Trochilics, 104. 
 Trover, 91. 
 Truce, 193. 
 Truck (ships), 174. 
 True Bill, 91. 
 Truss (architecture), 21. 
 Tunnel, 121. 
 Turn (mining), 122.
 
 226 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Turnery, 24. 
 Turning, 24. 
 Turquoise, 153. 
 Type, 102. 
 
 art of manufacturing, 185. 
 Type-Founiling, 185. 
 Typhoon, 194. 
 'Typography, 154. 
 Tyr, 134. 
 
 U. 
 
 Udometer, 7. 
 Ullage, 42. 
 Ultimatum, 193. 
 Underlayer, 122. 
 Underwriting, 42. 
 Undulatory Theory, 94. 
 Unguent, 140. 
 
 Union by First Intention, 183. 
 Unitarianism, 163. 
 Unity (painting), 138. 
 Universalism, 163. 
 Universe, origin of the, 116. 
 Urania, 131. 
 Uraniscoplasty, 183. 
 Urethrotomy, 183. 
 Urine, 107. 
 Urinometer, 29. 
 Uronology, 107. 
 Ustulation, 109. 
 Uterus, the human, 9. 
 Utterance, 69. 
 
 Vaccination, 107. 
 
 Vair,36. 
 
 Y.alhalla, 134. 
 
 Yalkyriur, 134. 
 
 Van Fosse, 60. 
 
 Vanguard, 193. 
 
 Vangs, 174. 
 
 Vapor (see Air). 
 
 Varuna, 134. 
 
 Vaudeville, 44, 125. 
 
 Vault, 21. 
 
 Veda, 98. 
 
 Vedette, 193. 
 
 Veins of the human body, 10. 
 
 Veneering, 24. 
 
 Venesection, 181. 
 
 Venetian AVindow, 21. 
 
 Venue, 91. 
 
 Venus, 134. 
 
 Veranda, 22. 
 
 Verdict, 91. 
 
 Vcrgette, 36. 
 
 Verses, art of constructing, 80. 
 
 construction of poetic feet, 186. 
 Versification, 186. 
 Vertebrata, 11. 
 Vesicant, 167. 
 Vespers, 162. 
 Vessels, sailing, names of, 174. 
 
 of the human body, 7. 
 Vesta, 134. 
 Vestibule, 22. 
 Veterinary Art, 77. 
 Veto, 68. 
 
 Vigesimo-quarto, 24. 
 Vignette, 22. 
 Vishnu, 134. 
 Vision, laws of, 92, 
 Vivisection, 10. 
 Vocabulary, 98. 
 Vocal Expression, 69. 
 Voice, elementary sounds of the, 
 101. 
 
 method of restoring the, 106. 
 
 sounds of the, 177. 
 Volant, 36. 
 Voltameter, 48. 
 Voluntary, 125. 
 Volute, 22. 
 Vulcan, 134. 
 Vulgate, 98. 
 
 W. 
 
 Waifs (law), 91. 
 
 Wainscot, 22. 
 
 Waist (ships), 174. 
 
 War, 187. 
 
 Warehousing System, 42. 
 
 Warp, 30, 53. 
 
 AV arrant, 91. 
 
 of Attorney, 91. 
 Water as a remedial agent, 105. 
 
 cure, 105. 
 
 influence of the sea on health, 
 105. 
 
 properties and relations of, 104. 
 Water-colors, art of painting in, 
 
 137. 
 Wealth, production of, 193. 
 Weather, foretelling by moon and 
 
 stars, (5. 
 Weaving, 30. 
 Weight, science of, 103. 
 Weights and measures, science of, 
 
 40. 
 Well-sinking, 194.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ill 
 
 Wells, art of digging, 194. 
 Welsh Mortgage, 91. 
 Wheel- Window, 22. 
 Whitsunday, 162. 
 Wind-Hatch, 122. 
 Winds, doctrine of, 194. 
 Winnowing, 53. 
 Winze, 122. 
 Woden, 134. 
 Woof, 30. 
 Women, 105. 
 
 Words, arrangement of, in sen- 
 tences, 68. 
 
 defining of, 79. 
 
 forming by the voice, 69. 
 
 graceful utterance of, 69. 
 
 origin and combination of, 80. 
 
 science of, 79. 
 
 uttering with propriety, 69. 
 Work (mining), 122. 
 Working Drawing, 45. 
 Work? (fortifications), 60. 
 Works of Art, Ancient, 14. 
 Worms, 13. 
 AVrit. 91. 
 Writing, art of, 195. 
 
 characters on pillars, 195. 
 
 deciphering ancient, 195. 
 
 in ciphers, 195. 
 
 in secret characters, 195. 
 
 rapid, 195. 
 
 Writing, short-hand, 176. 
 
 universal system of, 195. 
 
 Xylography, 50. 
 
 Yacht, 175. 
 Yama, 134. 
 Yard (ships), 174. 
 
 Zebec, 175. 
 
 Zendavesta, 99. 
 
 Zenith, 77. 
 
 Zephyrus, 134. 
 
 Zeus, 134. 
 
 Zincode, 48. 
 
 Zincography, 50. 
 
 Zircon, 153. 
 
 Zolverein, 68. 
 
 Zone, 62. 
 
 Zoogeny, 13. 
 
 Zoography, 13. 
 
 Zoology, 10. 
 
 Zoonomy, 13. 
 
 Zoophytes, natural history of, 13. 
 
 Zoophytology, 13. 
 
 Zootomy, 13. 
 
 Zymology, 29.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT S^ CO. 
 
 The Life of Benjamin Franklin. Written by Himself. 
 
 Embracing a brief account of his Ancestors, and an Auto- 
 biography of the first fifty years of his Life, with a continuous 
 story of his later years and the events of his times. From 
 his original manuscripts, printed correspondence, and othei 
 writings. Now first edited by the Hon. John Bigelow, late 
 Minister to France. In three crown 8vo volumes, of about 
 550 pages each. With Portrait from Steel. Price per 
 volume: — Extra cloth. 1^2.50. Libraiy extra. $3.00. Half 
 calf, gilt. $4.50. 
 
 "If any one should dispute the 
 claim of this work to a place in con- 
 tempcrary literature, the answer is at 
 hand in the facts of which Mr. Bige- 
 low presents a lucid statement, and in 
 the admirable manner in which he has 
 carried its plan into execution." — Nco) 
 York Tribune. 
 
 " We know of no volumes which we 
 would more willingly commend to the 
 study of our fellow-citizens, young and 
 old, than those which the Lippin- 
 cotts have given us as the result of Mr. 
 Bigelow's painstaking researches into 
 the life and character of Benjamin 
 Franklin." — Boston Globe. 
 
 " The Hon. John Bigelow, well 
 known in diplomacy and journalism, 
 has conferred a real service on Ameri- 
 can literature by his new edition of 
 
 the ' Life of Franklin.' ... It is 
 one of the best specimens of book- 
 making we have seen." — I^e7v York 
 Herald. 
 
 " On the whole, Mr. Bigelow has 
 put before us what must be regarded 
 as the most authoritative, as it is the 
 most interesting, full record of Frank- 
 lin's life. Thanks to Mr. Bigelow, 
 Franklin may now be studied with 
 confidence in the accuracy of what is 
 read, with deep interest in the man 
 and the statesman, and without te- 
 diousness." — Xew York Independent. 
 
 " We are not e.xaggerating the mer- 
 its of these volumes in saying that, as 
 a work of rare interest, from the com- 
 mencement to its close it is unsur- 
 passed in our modern biographical 
 1 i tera ture. ' ' — Boston IVatchman. 
 
 Memoirs of J. Q. Adams. Memoirs of jFohn Qiiincy 
 
 Adams, comprising portions of his Diary from 1795 to 1S48. 
 Edited by Hon. Charles Francis Adams. Complete in 
 12 volumes. 8vo. Extra cloth. Per volume: SiJ.oo. 
 
 "As the publication advances it 
 assumes an increased value and inter- 
 est, and will doubtless form a com- 
 mentary of no little importance on the 
 development of our national policy." — 
 New I ork I'ributie. 
 
 " This book is destined to become 
 a classic, and a valuable addition to 
 every American librarj*." — Chicago 
 Inter- Ocean. 
 
 " This is the most important politico- 
 biographical work that has been issued 
 from the press for many years." — 
 Fhilada. Evening Telegrafik. 
 
 " We of to-day cannot realize the 
 full value of this remarkable perform- 
 
 ance ; it must be handed over to thS 
 appreciation of posterity. It is doubt- 
 ful if any other record of the same pe- 
 riod has been kept at all. or, if there ii 
 one yet to appear, that it will prove a 
 richer treasurj' of historical facts. "^ 
 7Vte Galaxy. 
 
 " For the student of American his- 
 tory it is a really valuable contribution. 
 It gives us, moreover, a near and cleai 
 view of the very able, upright, and 
 resolute man, and of a person whose 
 political influence, if not wide, was 
 strongly felt over a great period of hii 
 country's existence." — N. V.Eveninf 
 Pott.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTr^ CO. 
 
 Hazlitfs Life of Napoleon. The Life of Napoleon 
 
 Buonaparie. By Wll.i-IAM Hazlitt. Illustrated with Sttel 
 Plates. Three volumes. Large i2ino. Extra cloth. $4.50. 
 Sheep. $6.00. Half calf, <;ilt. $9.75. 
 
 ' Hazlitt was so bright a man, and 
 hud such a keen eye for dramatic con- 
 trasts, that his picture of Napoleon's 
 career has a vividness which is neces- 
 sary to a true appreciation of it, and, 
 in this way, liis work is more valuable 
 than those cf writers who, however 
 conscientious, lack the sympathetic, 
 imaginative qualities which arc neces- 
 sary to the appreciation of such a genius 
 as IJuonaparte." — Boston Globe. 
 
 " One of the most characteristic pro- 
 ductions of the i;ifted author, and cer- 
 tainly the one to which he devoted the 
 greatest strength of his intellect and 
 
 the full enthusiasm of his impassicned 
 nature. Mr. Hazlitt was in possession 
 of ample materials for the accomplish- 
 ment of his task, and the consummate 
 skill with which he has turned them to 
 account presents a tempting object of 
 literary curiosity." — jVeiv Vork Trib- 
 une. 
 
 " It has held a recognized place in 
 our literature for forty years, and it will 
 probably long retain that place. At 
 least, no work has yet appeared in our 
 language to supplant it, though there 
 have been a good many ' lives' of Na- 
 poleon." — Bostcni Trutucrifit. 
 
 Life of " Stojiezvair' Jackson. Life of Gen' I Thomas 
 J. Jackson. By S. N. Randolph, author of "The Domestic 
 Life of Thomas Jefferson." With Illustrations. Crown Svo 
 Extra cloth. $2.00. 
 
 " Miss Randolph's Life of T. J. 
 ("Stonewall") Jackson is accurate in 
 biographical details, and attractive m 
 form and composition. An e.xcdlent 
 portrait of General Jackson accom- 
 panies the volume." — Ckristian 
 Union. 
 
 " The book depicts, with fidelity 
 to the facts and graphic power, the 
 various scenes of the war with which 
 he was identified. It is evidently a 
 labor of love." — Chicago Advance. 
 
 " In the volume before us we have a 
 faithful picture of the remarkable man 
 who, in the course of less than three 
 years, filled not only our own country, 
 but Europe, also, with the fame of his 
 military exploits. . . . Until the 
 reader has acquainted himself with 
 this biography he cannot know the 
 inner life of the man who blended in 
 such harmonious combination all that 
 was stern in the soldier with all that 
 was meek and humble in the Chris- 
 tian." — JVew York World. 
 
 The German Emperors. History of the German Em^ 
 
 perors and their Contemporaries. Translated from the Ger- 
 man, and Compiled from Authentic Sources. By Eliza- 
 beth Peake, author of " Pen Pictures of Europe." With 
 numerous Illustrations. Svo. Extra cloth. $3.00. 
 
 " We have rarely examined a work 
 whose material seemed to be so thor- 
 oughly digested and compactly ar- 
 ranged as that before us." — Boston 
 Globe. 
 
 " Admirably adapted for a text- 
 book" — Philadelphia Evening Tele- 
 graph. 
 
 "As here given, history is made en- 
 teitaining and instructive to youu'.; and 
 old. This record has been carefully 
 
 translated and compiled from authentic 
 sources, and compresses in one volume 
 the facts which would require a search 
 through many ponderous works to ob- 
 tain elsewhere." — t'resbyterian Ban- 
 ner 
 
 " In her goodly volume she has 
 made a useful contribution to Euro- 
 pean history. The mechanical execu- 
 tion of the work is substantial and 
 handsome." — New York Independent
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPIAXOTT &- CO. 
 
 Philosophers and Fools. A Study. By jfulia DiiJir- 
 
 Crown 8vo. Extra cloth. $2.00. 
 
 tractive and forcible. We have derived 
 great pleasure from her thoughtful^nd 
 carefully studied essays. They discuss 
 with fairness and ability that question 
 which all persons love most to read 
 about^themselves." — Chicago InU r ■ 
 I Ocean. 
 
 ing. 
 
 " Their author has thought much, 
 leen a great deal, and read the best 
 authors. She possesses a mind of in- 
 trospective and analytical power, and 
 the refined delicacy of her taste causes 
 her to express the conclusions to which 
 she has arrived in language at orx:e at- 
 
 Gejitlcfolks and Others. By jfulia Duliring, authot 
 
 of " Philosophers and Fools." i2mo. Extra cloth. $2.00. 
 
 " For summer reading, and especial- 
 ly for reading aloud among people of 
 refinement and culture, there are few 
 more desirable books than this." — 
 Philada. Evenittg Btilletin. 
 
 " The success of ' Philosophers and 
 Fools' justified Miss Duhring in con- 
 tinuing the papers that constituted 
 that volume ; and the thirteen essays 
 in this will vindicate the praises that 
 won." — Philada. North A merican. 
 
 Scrambles Among the Alps in the Years 1860-69. 
 By Edward Whymper. Handsomely and profusely Illus- 
 trated. 8vo. Extra cloth, gilt. 52.50. Full gilt. ^3.00. 
 
 " Mr. Whymper's volume is as fasci- 
 nating as it is exact. It excels any 
 recent novel in ' interest.' It gives us 
 new information, and thrills us with 
 vivid descriptions of mountain adven- 
 ture. We cannot forecast the popu- 
 larity of such a volume; but we are 
 sure that if the great body of readers 
 knew what was in it, there would be a 
 scr.imble in the bookstores for these 
 ' Scrambles Among the Alps.' " — Bos- 
 ton Globe. 
 
 "Alpine adventure and scenery have 
 tiever been better portrayed." — Phila- 
 delphia Age. 
 
 Pen Pictures of Europe. Where and How We Went 
 
 and What we Saw during a Seventeen Months' Tour. By 
 Elizabeth Peakf.. Profusely and handsomely Illustrated. 
 
 "Graphically described and elegantly 
 illustrated." — Bjooklyn Daily Eagle. 
 
 " More beautiful, and at the same 
 time faithful, Alpine woodcuts have 
 neveryet appeared. In one word, they 
 are, with scarcely one or two excep- 
 tions, admirable, and will be regarded 
 as triumphs of this kind of art. No 
 preceding publication on the same sub- 
 ject surpasses it in general attractive- 
 ness, and we are disposed to say none 
 equals it as the work of one man."— 
 London Athenteuni. 
 
 Crown Svo. Extra cloth. 
 
 " It has often been said that the in- 
 telligent European traveler who should 
 make a literal transcript of his im- 
 pressions from day to day, without 
 any attempt at originality, and wiih 
 no pretense of literary excellence, could 
 not fail to produce a valuable and at- 
 tractive work. This is very nearly 
 the character of the present volume." 
 — New York Tribune. 
 
 " Another very readable book of 
 travel is Pen Pictures 0/ Eurof'e, by 
 F.lizabeth Peake. The author tells the 
 
 story of her journey in a series of let- 
 ters, which are bright, entertaining, 
 and suggestive, the result of keen and 
 close observation, and of that intui- 
 tive perception of things which is a 
 part of woman's nature." — Boiicn 
 yournal. 
 
 " This is a superb book. The illus- 
 trations are excellent in every respect, 
 and the reading matter quite abova 
 the average of books of travel."— 
 Chicago Journal.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPIMCOTT &> CO. 
 
 The Voice in Speaking, By Emma Seiler, author of 
 
 "The Voice in Singing." Translated by W. H. Furness. 
 With Illustrations. i2mo. Fine cloth. $1.50. 
 
 "Although it is based upon rigidly 
 scientific principles, the treatment is 
 of a popular cliaracter, and within the 
 compass of every reader possessing an 
 ordinary degree of intelligence. The 
 translation has been made with idio- 
 
 matic precision and force, showing a 
 familiar knowledge of the two lan- 
 guages, as well as a masterly skill 
 in the choice of words." — New York 
 Tribune. 
 
 The Roma7ice of Natural History. By Philip Henry 
 
 GosSE, F.R.S. With Twelve full-page Illustrations. New 
 Edition. i2mo. Fine cloth. Si. 2:5. 
 
 " In this little volume there is all 
 the charm of romance, and yet no im- 
 portant element of natural history is 
 overlooked. Ihe book is a delightful 
 study for old and young, and is as in- 
 
 structive as entertaining. The reader 
 IS taken to every part of the globe, and 
 ciescriptions are given of the habits and 
 haunts of all classes of animals." — 
 Pittsburgh Coimuercial. 
 
 America Discovered by the 
 
 Rev. Benjamin F. Bowen. i2mo 
 
 Welsh in 1170 A.D. By 
 
 Extra cloth. $1.25. 
 
 " The book is e.xtremely interest- 
 ing, and will be especially absorbing 
 to those fond of antiquarian researches. 
 The last peg appears to be knocked 
 from under poor Columbus as an origi- 
 nal discoverer." — St. Louis Repub- 
 lican. 
 
 " The author has brought together 
 all the documents bearing upon the 
 matter, and makes out a strong case. 
 . . . The book is well written, and 
 gives proof of the author's close study 
 of the subject." — N. Y. Christian 
 Union. 
 
 The Abuse of Maternity, through its Rejection, and 
 through its Unwise Acceptance. By Mrs. Elizabeth E. 
 Evans. i2mo. Fine cloth, ^i.oo. 
 
 "A well-timed and sensible book 
 this, which may be commended to the 
 perusal of the se.x most seriously in- 
 terested." — New Orleans Picaymu. 
 
 " She sweeps over the whole length 
 
 and breadth of the subject as it affects 
 all known races and countries, govern- 
 ments and peoples and households, 
 and makes an interesting essay."— 
 Si. Louis Republican. 
 
 Literature of Kissing. Gleaned from Poetry, HiS' 
 
 toiy. Fiction, and Anecdote. By C. C. Bo.MBAUGH, author 
 of "Gleanings for the Curious," etc, 121x10. Extra cloth. 
 $1.75. Full gilt. 52.50. 
 
 " Taken altogether it is a most curi- 
 )us and entertaining work, and discus- 
 ses the subject to its fullest e,\tent in 
 history, poetrj', dramatic literature, 
 fiction, humorous story, and anecdote, 
 and in other aspects and relations." — 
 Pittsburgh Sunday Critic. 
 
 " This is a curious and very amusing 
 book. Only a gentleman of peculiar 
 
 tastes and great patience would have 
 thought of it, or given the time neces< 
 sary for its compilation. But out 
 author has proved th.it he possessei 
 both the taste and patience necessary, 
 for he has made a book almost as at- 
 tractive, fascinating, and exhilarating 
 as his subject." — Albany Journal.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT &^ CO. 
 
 On Punctuation. A Handbook of Punctuation, con- 
 
 taining the more important Rules and an exposition of Princi- 
 ples upon which they depend. By Prof. Joseph A. Turner, 
 M.A. l6mo. Extra cloth. 75 cents. 
 
 much larger pretensions." — Ifathiug 
 ton Chronicle. 
 
 " 'I'liisis the most useful little manual 
 of punctuation we have evir seen. 
 . . We commend this little book to 
 those — and who does not? — who find 
 themselves puzzled by the necessities 
 of punctuation." — Boston Literary 
 iVorld. 
 
 "This little volume is one of the 
 handiest books that ever came under 
 our observation. It instructs in a clear 
 manner on a most ditTicult subject, one 
 which should engage the attention of 
 every person making any pretension 
 to writing at all. . . . It is a small 
 book, but there is more solid informa- 
 tion crowded between its covers than 
 can be found in many a volume of 
 
 The Concordance to Shakespeare's Poems. An Index 
 to Every Word Therein Contained. By Mrs. Horace 
 Howard Furness. 8vo. Witli the Poems appended. E.xtra 
 cloth. ^4.00. 
 
 " It will be as valuable to readers of 
 Shakespeare as is Mrs. Mary Cowden 
 Clarke's Concordance to the Dramas. 
 At the end of the volume the entire 
 poems are also printed, which will add 
 greatly to the value of ihe work. The 
 patience, care, and industry necessary 
 to the preparation of such a book are 
 
 The Ten Laws of Health ; 
 
 duced and can be Prevented. 
 Extra cloth. $1.75. 
 
 " It is a production showing a sound 
 and mature judgment, a refined sense 
 of propriety, and a thorough knowl- 
 edge of the conditions which underlie 
 the material welfare of the race." — 
 Netu York Trilntne. 
 
 "The style is simple, direct, and 
 terse. The different topics are well 
 handled, the injunctions in reference 
 to health, in the main, consonant with 
 our present views on the prevention of 
 disease." — Pkof. Austin Flint, Sk., 
 BelUvue Medical College, New 1 'ork. 
 
 worthy of the highest praise ; and the 
 volume shows that Mrs. Furness is as 
 devoted a Shakespearean as is her 
 husband, whose variorum edition of 
 the plays has won the admiration ot 
 scholars and critics wherever the vol 
 umes issued have been received." — 
 Philadelphia Evening Bulletin. 
 
 or, Hozv Disease is Pro- 
 By J. R. Black, M.D. lamo 
 
 " I have given yotir work on the 
 Laws of Health a very thorough ex- 
 amination, the result of which is a full 
 indorsement of your teachings in every 
 department of your subject. The 
 manner in which the several questions 
 discussed by you am handled is in my 
 judgment admirably adapted to a hygi- 
 enic treatise intended for popular use." 
 — D. Franxis Condie, M.D., of Phil- 
 adelphia. 
 
 The Villages of the Bible. By Rev. E. Paxton Hood, 
 
 author of " The World of Anecdote," " Lamps, Pitchers, 
 
 and Trumpets," etc. 
 
 i2mo. With Illustrations. Extra cloth. 
 
 "It is an interesting and highly in- 
 structive volume, handsomely illustra- 
 ted with full-page engravings of the 
 
 memorable places described." — Balti 
 more Episcopal Methodist.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT Ss' CO. 
 
 Florida : Its Scenery, Climate, and History. With 
 
 an Account of Charleston, Savannali, Augusta, and Aiken, 
 a Chapter for Consumptives; Various Papers on Fruit-Cul- 
 ture; and a Complete Handbook and Guide. By Sidney 
 Lanier. Profusely Illustrated. l2mo. Fine cloth. $1.75. 
 
 " Written in a delightfully sketchy, 
 }ff-hand style, the author is artist, 
 poet, musician, scientist, all in one." 
 — Neui Orleans Bulletin. 
 
 " It is spirited in style, attractive in 
 mateiial, and is at once a hiitory, a 
 handboolc, and a guide for the region 
 
 The Nezv Hyperion. From Paris to Marly by Way 
 
 of the Rhine. By Edward Strahan. Profusely Illus- 
 trated with over Three Hundred Engravings, from designs by 
 Dore and others. 8vo. Extra cloth, black and gilt orna- 
 mentation. $3.00. Full gilt. iJJj.SO. 
 
 of which it treats. A chapter for con- 
 sumptives will be found full of excellent 
 practical advice for those who, afHicted 
 with this complaint, are in search of a 
 mild and favorable climate." — Boiton 
 Saturday Evenuig Gazette. 
 
 " Besides the descriptions, which 
 are exceedingly racy and characteris- 
 tic, we have a series of illustrations, 
 in many respects the most amusing 
 we have seen, although the ground 
 gone over has been traveled before, 
 and the story is committed to scenes 
 
 connected with Mr. Longfellow's 
 celebrated romance of Hyperion; the 
 writing is exceedingly piquant, and 
 the general air of the book so jolly 
 that we enjoy it quite as well as if it 
 had not been indebted to two excellent 
 models." — Chicago Inter-Ocean. 
 
 Europe Viewed through American Spectacles. By 
 
 C. C. Fulton, Editor of the Baltimore American. 8vo. 
 Paper. ^1.25. Fine cloth, $1.75. 
 
 " It is very pleasant to be able con- I so much delight that we have little 
 scientiously to praise a book of a time to spare to elaborate its merits." 
 brother editor. We have read it with | — Boston Globe. 
 
 Many Lands and Many People. Being a Series of 
 
 Sketches of Travel in all Parts of the World. With One 
 Hundred and Forty-seven Illustrations. 8vo. Extra cloth, 
 black and gilt ornamentation. $2.50. 
 
 but to all who delight in clever sketches 
 
 '■' Truly a work of universal interest, 
 not only to young people eager for 
 infcrmation concerning the wide and 
 womlerful world in which they live. 
 
 of scenes abroad that possess the 
 charm of novelty." — St. Louis Times 
 
 Lady Bell. A Story of the Last Century. By the 
 
 author of "Citoyenne Jacqueline," etc. Illustrated. i2mo. 
 
 Extra cloth. $1.75. 
 
 '"Citoyenne Jacqueline' won a fair I public again with 'Lady Bell,' a de- 
 success with the lovers of current fie- cidedly attractive story of English 
 tion, and the author now tempts the | life." — Xeiv York Home youmai.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT dr- CO. 
 
 NOW COMPLETE, IN FIFTEEN VOLUMES. 
 
 THE 
 
 XEW STANDARD EDITION 
 
 PRESCOTT'S \VORKS 
 
 WITH THB 
 
 Author's Latest Corrections and Additions. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 AS FOLLOWS : 
 
 HISTORY OF FERDINAND AND ISABELLA. 
 
 3 Volumes. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MEXICO, 
 
 3 Volumes. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF PERU, 
 
 'i Volumes. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF PHILIP II.. 
 
 3 Volumes. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF CHARLES V., 
 
 3 Volumes. 
 
 PRESCOTT'S MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. 
 
 1 Volume. 
 
 This Edition is Illustrated with Maps, Plates, and Engravings 
 
 Price per volume, i2mo, in fine English cloth, with black 
 
 and gold ornamentation, $2.00; library sheep, 
 
 $2.50; half calf, gilt back, $3.50. 
 
 " It would be difficult to point out 
 among any works of living historians 
 tVie equal of those which have pro- 
 ceeded from Mr. Prescott's pen." — 
 Harper's Magazine. 
 
 " We would gladly do our share to- 
 wards making acknowledgment of the 
 debt of gratitude we all owe to Messrs. 
 Lippincott & Co. for the superb and 
 even monumental edition of the IVorks 
 of William H. Prescott, which ihey 
 
 have at last brought to completion." — 
 Ne7v York Christian Union. 
 
 " 1'he typography, indeed the entire 
 mechanical execution, of these books 
 is exquisite ; and we unhesitatingly 
 pronounce the series not only the best 
 edition of Prescott's Works ever pub- 
 lished, but one of the handsomest set 
 of books the American press has given 
 us." — Boston Journal.
 
 PUBLICATJOA'S OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT &- CO. 
 
 AlEiKUSSlCS^imPiEMS 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 REV. W. LUCAS COLLINS. 
 
 so Volumes. Small lamo. Fine Cloth, $r.oo each. The 
 
 20 Volumes, in neat Cloth Box, $20.00. Complete 
 
 in 10 Volumes, in neat Cloth Box, $15.00. 
 
 NOW COMPLETE, EMBRACING 
 
 1. HOMER'S ILIAD. 
 
 2. HOMER'S ODYSSEY. 
 
 3. HERODOTUS. 
 
 4. C/ESAR. 
 
 5. VIRGIL 
 
 6. HORACE. 
 
 7. /ESCHYLUS. 
 
 8. XENOPHON. 
 
 9. CICERO. 
 
 W. SOPHOCLES. 
 
 11. PLINY. 
 
 12. EURIPIDES. 
 
 13. JUVENAL. 
 
 14. ARISTOPHANES. 
 
 15. HESIOD & THEOGNIS. 
 
 16. PLAUTUS & TERENCE. 
 
 17. TACITUS. 
 
 18. LUC I AN. 
 
 19. PLATO. 
 
 20. GREEK ANTHOLOGY. 
 
 The aim of this delifjhtful series of books is to explain, suffi- 
 ciently for general readers, who these great writers were, and what 
 they wrote; to give, wherever possible, some connected outline 
 of the story which they tell, or the facts which they record, checked 
 by the results of modern investigations ; to present some of their 
 most striking passages in approved English translations, and to 
 illustrate them generally from modern writers; to serve, in short, 
 as a popular retrospect of the chief literature of Greece and Rome. 
 
 " Each successive issue only adds to 
 our appreciation of the learning and 
 skill with which this admirable enter- 
 prise of bringing the best classics within 
 easy reach of English readers is con- 
 ducted." — Netu York Independent. 
 
 *^f* A Supplemental Series in the same sire and type is hfinjf 
 issued. It will not be extended beyond eight or ten volumes 
 
 " There is not a volume of this most 
 admirable and useful series that is not 
 done in a very masterly manner, and 
 worthy of the highest praise." — Priiiih 
 Quarterly Revieiu.
 
 BULWER'S NOVELS 
 
 THE 
 
 LORD LYTTON EDITION. 
 
 Complete in 25 Volumes. Large lamo. With Frontispiece. 
 
 Extra Cloth, Black and Gilt, $1.25. 
 
 Price per Set, $31.25. 
 
 Each Complete in One Volume. 
 
 THE CAXTONS. 
 
 PELHAM. 
 
 EUGENE ARAM. 
 
 THE LAST OF THE BARONS. 
 
 LUCRETIA. 
 
 DEVEREUX. 
 
 THE LAST DAYS OF POMPEIL 
 
 RIENZI, 
 
 GODOLPHIN. 
 
 A STRANGE STORY. 
 
 KENELM CHILLINGLY. 
 
 ZANONI. 
 HAROLD. 
 
 LEILA, PILGRIMS OF THE 
 RHINE, AND CALDERON. 
 NIGHT AND MORNING. 
 ERNEST MALTRAVERS. 
 ALICE. 
 
 PAUL CLIFFORD. 
 THE DISOWNED. 
 PAUSANIAS, THE SPARTAN. 
 THE PARISIANS. 
 
 Each Complete in Two Volumes. 
 
 MY NOVEL. WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT? 
 
 " We know of no series so desirable 
 in every respect as this." — Fhiladel- 
 pkia Evening Bulletin. 
 
 " It makes one of the most attractive 
 
 and valuable series to be found in any 
 library for reading in distinction from 
 reference. It is at once handsome and 
 cheap." — Chicago Evening Journal. 
 
 THE GLOBE EDITION. 
 
 Complete in 25 Volumes. Printed on Tinted Paper. i6mo. 
 
 With Frontispiece. Fine Cloth, $1.00. 
 
 Price per Set, $25.00. 
 
 " We have more than once com- 
 inended the Globe as the best edition 
 of Bulwer accessible to American 
 readers."- -Cincinnati Gazette. 
 
 . . . " The convenient si2e, beau* 
 tiful style, and cheapness of this edition 
 is worthy the attention of book-buy- 
 ers." — Pittsburgh Gazette. 
 
 LIBRARY EDITION. 
 
 Complete in 47 Volumes. Large Type. Fine Tinted 
 
 Paper. i2mo. Extra Cloth, $1.00. 
 
 Price per Set, $47.00, 
 
 E-&.CII TSrOVEIi SOLI? SS:PA.S-.A.TEIjTr.
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. LIPPINCOTT &- CO. 
 
 VALUABLE WORKS OF REFERENCE. 
 
 Lippincott's Pronouncing Biographical Dictionary. 
 
 Containing complete and concise Biograpliical Sketches of the 
 Eminent Persons of all Ages and Countries. By J. THOMAS, 
 A.M., M.D. Imperial 8vo. Sheep. ^15.00. 2 vols. Cloth. 
 J22.00. 
 
 Allibone'3 Critical Dictionary of Authors. 
 
 A Dictionary of English Literature and Briti.sh and American 
 Authors, Living and Deceased. By S. Austin Allibone, LL.D. 
 3 vols. Imperial Svo. Extra cloth. $22.50. 
 
 Lippincott's Pronouncing Gazetteer of the World. 
 
 A Complete Geographical Dictionary. By J. Thomas and 
 T. B\LD\viN. Royal 8vo. Sheep. $10.00. 
 
 Allibone's Dictionary of Prose Quotations. 
 
 By S. Austin Allibone, LL.D. With Indexes. 8vo. Extra 
 cloth. $5.00. 
 
 Allibone's Dictionary of Poetical Quotations. 
 
 By S. Austin Allibone, LL.D. With Indexes. Svo. Extra 
 cloth. $5.00. 
 
 Chambers's Encyclopaedia. 
 
 American Eevisei Edition. 
 A Dictionary of Useful Knowledge. Profusely Illustrated with 
 Maps, Plates, and Woodcuts. 10 vols. Royal Svo. 
 
 Chambers's Book of Days. 
 
 A Miscellany of Popular Antiquities connected with the Cal- 
 endar. Profusely Illustrated. 2 vols. Svo. Extra cloth. $8.00. 
 
 Dictionary of Quotations, 
 
 From the Greek, Latin, and Modern Languages. With an 
 Index. Crown Svo. Extra cloth. $2.00. 
 
 Furness's Concordance to Shakespeare's Poems. 
 
 An Index to Every W'ord therein contained, with the Complete 
 Poems of Shakespeare. Svo. Extra cloth. $4.00. 
 
 Lempriere's Classical Dictionary. 
 
 Containing all the Principal Names and Terms relating to 
 Antiquity and the Ancients, with a Chronological Table. Svo. 
 Sheep. $3.75. i6mo. Cloth. $\.%o. 
 
 WS' The above Works are also bound in a variety of handsome extra styles
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF 'j. 3. LIPFINCOTT &* CO. 
 
 Popular Standard Works, 
 
 OF THE MOST APPROVED EDITIONS. 
 
 ■ <« > • 
 
 ANCIENT CLASSICS FOR ENGLISH READERS. 
 
 Embracing the Distinguished Authors of Greece and Rome. Edited by 
 Rev. W. L. Collins. 20 vols. i6mo. Cloth. Ji.oo per vol. In set of 10 
 vols, in bo-x. Extra cloth. ;fis.oo. 
 
 BIGELOW'S LIFE OF BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. 
 
 Written by himself (Franklin). Edited from Original Manuscripts, printed 
 Correspondence, and other Writings. By Hon. John Bigelow. 3 vol*. 
 With Portrait. Crown 8vo. Extra cloth. $7.50. 
 
 FORSTER'S LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. 
 
 By John Fokster, author of " Life of Goldsmith," etc. With Steel Ei»- 
 gravings and Fac-Similos. 3 vols. i2mo. E.\tra cluth. g6.oo. 
 
 HAZLITT'S LIFE OF NAPOLEON BUONAPARTE. 
 
 Illustrated with 100 Fine Steel Engravings. 3 vols. Crown 8vo. Fine 
 cloth, extra. 1^7.50. Cheap Edition. 3 vols. i2mo. Cloth. $4.50. 
 
 PRESCOTT'S COMPLETE WORKS. 
 
 New and Reznsed Edition. Edited by J. Foster Kirk. 15 vols. i2mo. 
 With Portraits from Steel, and Maps, tine cloth, extra. ^2.25 per vol. 
 
 BULWER'S NOVELS. 
 
 Complete in 25 volumes. With Frontispieces. The Globe Edition. i6mo. 
 Boimd in fine cloth, fi.oopervol. The Lord Lytton Edition. i2mo. Fine 
 cloth, extra. J1.25 per vol. 
 
 DICKENS'S WORKS. 
 
 The standard Illustrated Edition. Complete in 30 vols. 8vo. Fine cloth, 
 extra. $3.00 per vol. The Charles Dickens Edition. Illustrated. 16 vols. 
 i2mo. line cloth. $16.00 per set. Diamond Edition. Illustrated. 14 vols. 
 i6mo. Paper cover. 35 cents per vol. 
 
 LANDOR'S WORKS. 
 
 The Works of Walter Savage Landor. New Editio?i. Edited by JoHH 
 FoRSTER. 8 vols. With Portniits. Crown Svo. Cloth. ^32.00. 
 
 ADDISON'S COMPLETE WORKS. 
 
 Edited, with Notes, by Prof. Greene. With Portrait on Steel. 6 vols 
 ismo. Cloth. J9.00. 
 
 BYRON'S COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS. 
 
 Edited by Thomas Moore. Illustrated with Steel Plates. 4 vols. i2mo. 
 Fine cloth, extra. ;Jio.oo. 
 
 KIRK'S HISTORY OF CHARLES THE BOLD, 
 
 Duke of Burgundy. By John Foster Kirk. 3 vols. Svo. Fine clotK 
 fg.oo. 
 
 RANDALL'S LIFE OF THOMAS JEFFERSON. 
 
 By Henry S. Randall, LL. D. In 3 vols. Svo. Cloth. $10.00. 
 
 "The abeve Works are also bound in a variety of handsome extra stylett
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF J. B. UPriNCOTf &- CO. 
 
 GET THE STANDARD! 
 
 ■ 
 
 " £t ought to be in every Library, also in every Acadc/n 
 and every School."— Hun. Chas. Slsineu. 
 
 WORCESTER'S 
 
 QUARTO DICTIONARY. 
 
 A large, handsome volume of 1854 pages, containing 
 considerably more than 100,000 Words in its 
 Vocabulary, with the Correct Pronun- 
 ciation, Definition, and Etymology. 
 
 FULLY ILLUSTRATED. LIBRARY SHEEP. $10.00. 
 
 ( < 
 
 T7\7"On.OE3STE3H. 
 
 > » 
 
 is now regarded as the standard authority, and is so recommendoj 
 by Bryant, Longfellow, Whittier, Sumner, Holmes, Irving, AVinthroi 
 Agassiz, Marsli, Henry, Everett, Mann, Quincy, Felton, Hillard, anl 
 the majority of our most distinguished scholars, and is, besidcq 
 recognized as authority by the Departments of our National Govern 
 mcnt. 
 
 THE COMPLETE SERIES OF i 
 
 Worcester's Dictionaries! 
 
 Quarto Dictionary. Illustrated. Library sheep. SIO.OO. I 
 
 Universal and Critical (Octavo) Dictionary. 8vo. Library sbee| 
 
 S4.2o. 
 Academic Dictionary. Illustrated. Crown 8vo. Il.ilf roan. S1.8S. 
 Comprehensive Dictionary. Illustrated. 12nio. Ualf roan. ?1.75. 
 School (Elementary) Dictionary. Illustnited. l2mo. Half roan. S\.(H. 
 Primary Dictionary. Illustrateil. IGnio. Half roan. GU cents. 
 Pocket Dictionary. Illustrated. 24mo. Cloth, 63 cents ; roan, tlexibli 
 
 85 cents ; roiiii, tucks, gilt edges, Sl.OU. 
 
 't 
 
 Many special aids to students, in addition to a very full prof 
 nouncing and defining vocabulary, make the above-named books, ii 
 tlie ojiinion of our most distinguished educators, the most complet* 
 as well as bj' far the cheapest Dictionaries of our language 
 
 *^:* Tor sale by Booksellers generallj.or will bn sent, carriage free, ou teceipl 
 ef the price by j 
 
 J. B. LIPPIXCOTT tC CO., 
 
 PUBLISHERS, BOUKSELLEUS, .VXD .-^TxlTlO^ERi^ 
 715 and 717 Market Street. Philadelcbia.